Document:

<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.26

                                     PART 1

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

         1.1.1 ADOPTION AND TITLE. The parties hereby adopt a Plan and a Trust
Agreement to be known by the names set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE. The provisions of this Plan and the Trust shall
be effective as of the Effective Date set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.1.3 PURPOSE. This Plan and the Trust are established for the purpose
of providing retirement benefits to eligible Employees in accordance with the
Plan and the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer designates the Plan as a Cash
or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan (CODA) in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan is
also intended to enable eligible Employees to supplement their retirement by
electing to have the Employer contribute amounts to the Plan and the Trust in
lieu of payments to such Employees in cash and the Plan and the Trust are
intended to satisfy the provisions of section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                   DEFINITIONS

         As used in this Plan, the Trust, and the Adoption Agreement, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:

         1.2.1 "ACCOUNT": The Employer Account, Controlled Account, Elective
Contribution Account, Matching Account, Qualified Matching Account, Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution Account, Voluntary Account or Segregated Account of a
Participant, as the context requires, established and maintained for accounting
purposes.

         1.2.2 "ACP": The actual contribution percentage determined in
accordance with the provisions of Part II, Article VII.

         1.2.3 "ACT": The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

         1.2.4 "ADP": The actual deferral percentage determined in accordance
with the provisions of Part II, Article VII.

         1.2.5 "ALTERNATE PAYEE": Alternate Payee means any spouse, former
spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order as having a right to receive all, or a
portion of, the benefits payable under this, or any other plan of the Employer,
with respect to such Participant.

         1.2.6 "ANNIVERSARY DATE": Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the last day of each Plan Year.

         1.2.7 "ANNUITY STARTING DATE": The first day of the first period for
which an amount is payable as an annuity or any other form.

         1.2.8 "AVERAGE MONTHLY COMPENSATION": Unless otherwise specified in the
Adoption Agreement, the total Compensation paid by the Employer to a Participant
during 36 consecutive months within the consecutive Compensation Computation
Periods while a Participant which produce the highest Average Monthly
Compensation provided that, if the Participant's entire period of service is
less than the specified period, the Participant's Average Monthly Compensation
shall be determined by averaging (on a monthly basis) the Compensation received
by the Participant during the Participant's entire period of service for the
Employer or participation in the Plan, as elected in the Adoption Agreement.

For the purpose of determining Average Monthly Compensation, all Compensation
shall be included, except the following Compensation may be excluded:
Compensation received before the first day of the Compensation Computation
Period which ends within the initial Plan Year of participation, Compensation
received during the Compensation Computation Period in which the Participant
attains Normal Retirement Age, Compensation received during the Compensation
Computation Period in which the Participant terminates employment with the
Employer and Compensation received during the Compensation Computation Period in
which the Plan terminates.

         1.2.9 "BASE BENEFIT PERCENTAGE": The Base Benefit Percentage is the
rate, expressed as a percentage of Compensation, at which Employer-derived
benefits are accrued with respect to Compensation of Participants at or below
the Social Security Integration Level for the Plan Year.

         1.2.10 "BENEFICIARY": The person or persons entitled hereunder to
receive the benefits which may be

<PAGE>

payable upon or after a Participant's death.

         1.2.11 "BOARD OF DIRECTORS": The Board of Directors of an incorporated
Employer.

         1.2.12 "BREAK IN SERVICE": The failure of a Participant to complete
more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service or such lesser number specified in
the Adoption Agreement during any 12 consecutive month computation period,
beginning with a Participant's first computation period after becoming a
Participant. Under the Elapsed Time Method substitute either 91 consecutive
calendar days or 3 consecutive calendar months for 500 Hours of Service. A Year
of Service and a Break in Service shall be measured on the same computation
period. Under the Elapsed Time Method of service counting, the term "one year
Period of Severance" shall be substituted for the term "1 year Break in
Service". The computation period shall be specified by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.13 "CODE": The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time.

         1.2.14 "COMPENSATION": The Compensation as defined in this Section and
as specified in the Adoption Agreement (or Earned Income in the case of a
Self-Employed Individual) which is actually paid to the Participant by the
Employer during the Compensation Computation Period. The Employer shall elect in
the Adoption Agreement, whether Compensation shall include or exclude any amount
which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
and which is not includible in the gross income of the Employee under sections
125, 132(f)(4) 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, and before January 1,
1994, the annual compensation of each Participant taken into account for
determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not
exceed $200,000. This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary of the
Treasury at the same time and in the same manner as under section 415(d) of the
Code, except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar
year is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year and the first
adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of
each Participant taken into account for determining all benefits provided under
the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000, as adjusted for increases
in the cost-of-living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal
Revenue Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year
applies to any determination period beginning in such calendar year.

If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual
compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual
compensation limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of which
is 12.

If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in
determining a Participant's allocations for the current Plan Year, the
Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable
annual compensation limit in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, in
determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the
annual compensation limit in effect for determination periods beginning before
that date is $200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation limit in effect
for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

For purposes of sections 403(b)(3), 415(c)(3), and 457(e)(5), an Employee who is
in Qualified Military Service shall be treated as receiving Compensation from
the Employer during such period of Qualified Military Service equal to: (A) the
Compensation the Employee would have received during such period if the Employee
were not in Qualified Military Service, determined based on the rate of pay the
Employee would have received from the Employer but for absence during the period
of Qualified Military Service, or (B) if the Compensation the Employee would
have received during such period was not reasonably certain, the Employee's
average compensation from the Employer during the 12-month period immediately
preceding the Qualified Military Service (or, if shorter, the period of
employment immediately preceding the Qualified Military Service).

         1.2.15 "COMPENSATION COMPUTATION PERIOD": The period specified as the
Compensation

<PAGE>

Computation Period in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.16 "CONTROLLED ACCOUNT": An account established and maintained for
a Participant to account for his interest in the Trust Fund over which he is
permitted, under the terms of the Plan and the Plan's investment policy, to
exercise investment control.

         1.2.17 "COVERED COMPENSATION": A Participant's Covered Compensation for
a Plan Year is the average (without indexing) of the Taxable Wage Bases in
effect for each calendar year during the 35-year period ending with the last day
of the calendar year in which the Participant attains (or will attain) Social
Security Retirement Age.

If elected in the Adoption Agreement, Covered Compensation for Plan Years
beginning prior to 1995 shall be the average (without indexing) of the Taxable
Wage Bases for the 35 calendar years ending with the year prior to the calendar
year an individual attains Social Security Retirement Age.)

In determining a Participant's Covered Compensation for a Plan Year, the Taxable
Wage Base in effect for the current Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year will
be assumed to be the same as the Taxable Wage Base in effect as of the beginning
of the Plan Year for which the determination is being made. Covered Compensation
will be determined based on the year designated by the Employer in Part II.D. of
the Adoption Agreement.

A Participant's Covered Compensation for a Plan Year before the 35-year period
ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Participant attains
Social Security Retirement Age is the Taxable Wage Base in effect as of the
beginning of the Plan Year. A Participant's Covered Compensation for a Plan Year
after such 35-year period is the Participant's Covered Compensation for the Plan
Year during which the 35-year period ends.

         1.2.18 "CURRENT TARGET BENEFIT": For each Participant, the product of:
(1) the amount derived from the formula designated in Section D of the Adoption
Agreement, and (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's
number of Years of Participation from the latest Fresh-Start Date, if any,
through and including the later of the year in which the Participant attains
Normal Retirement Age or the current Plan Year, and the denominator of which is
the Participant's total Years of Projected Participation.

If this Plan has not had a Fresh-Start Date, such fraction will equal 1.0 for
all Participants. In any event, for those Participants who first participated in
the Plan after the latest Fresh-Start Date, such fraction shall equal 1.0. For
purposes of determining the numerator in the fraction above, only those current
and prior years during which a Participant was eligible to receive a
contribution under the Plan will be taken into account.

For purposes of determining a Participant's Current Target Benefit, a
Participant's total Years of Projected Participation under the Plan is the sum
of (1) and (2), where (1) is the number of years during which the Participant
benefited under this Plan beginning with the latest of: (a) the first Plan Year
in which the Participant benefited under the Plan, (b) the first Plan Year taken
into account in the stated benefit formula, and (c) any Plan Year immediately
following a Plan Year in which the Plan did not satisfy the safe harbor for
target benefit plans in regulations section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3), and ending with
the last day of the current Plan Year, and (2) is the number of years, if any,
subsequent to the current Plan Year through the end of the Plan Year in which
the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

         1.2.19 "DATE OF HIRE": The date an Employee first completes an Hour of
Service for the Employer.

         1.2.20 "DIRECT ROLLOVER": A payment by the Plan to the Eligible
Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

         1.2.21 "DISTRIBUTABLE BENEFIT": The benefit to which a Participant is
entitled following termination of his employment.

<PAGE>

         1.2.22 "DISTRIBUTEE": A Distributee includes an Employee or former
Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and
the Employee's or the former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the
Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in
section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the
spouse or former spouse.

         1.2.23 "DISTRIBUTION DETERMINATION DATE": The date as of which the
Distributable Benefit of a Participant is determined.

         1.2.24 "EARLY RETIREMENT AGE": The age specified as the Early
Retirement Age, if any, in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.25 "EARLY RETIREMENT DATE": The date specified as the Early
Retirement Date, if any, in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.26 "EARNED INCOME": The net earnings from self-employment in the
trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established for which
personal services of the Participant are a material income-producing factor. Net
earnings shall be determined without regard to items not included in gross
income and the deductions allocable to such items but, in the case of taxable
years beginning after 1989, with regard to the deduction allowed to the taxpayer
by section 164(f) of the Code. Net earnings shall be reduced by contributions to
a qualified plan to the extent deductible under section 404 of the Code.

         1.2.27 "ELAPSED TIME METHOD": The Elapsed Time Method of counting
service for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting, and accrual of
benefits (as elected in the Adoption Agreement).

             (a) Under this provision, such service is determined by reference
         to the total period of time which elapses while the Employee is
         employed (i.e., while the employment relationship exists) with the
         Employer or Employers maintaining this Plan.

             (b) Under this method of crediting service, an Employee's service
         is required to be taken into account for purposes of eligibility to
         participate and vesting as of the date he or she first performs an Hour
         of Service within the meaning of 29 CFR 2530.200b-2(a)(1) for the
         Employer or Employers maintaining the Plan. Service is required to be
         taken into account for the period of time from the date the Employee
         first performs such an Hour of Service until the date he or she severs
         from service with the Employer or Employer's maintaining the Plan.

             (c) The date the Employee severs from service is the earlier of the
         date the Employee quits, is discharged, retires or dies, or the first
         anniversary of the date the Employee is absent from service for any
         other reason (e.g., disability, vacation, leave of absence, layoff,
         etc.)

             (d) For purposes of eligibility to participate and vesting under
         the Elapsed Time Method of crediting service, an Employee who has
         severed from service by reason of a quit, discharge or retirement may
         be entitled to have a period of time of 12 months or less taken into
         account by the Employer or Employers maintaining the Plan if the
         Employee returns to service within a certain period of time and
         performs an Hour of Service within the meaning of 29 CFR
         2530.200b-2(a)(1). In general, the period of time during which the
         Employee must return to service begins on the date the Employee severs
         from service as a result of a quit, discharge or retirement and ends on
         the first anniversary of such date. However, if the Employee is absent
         for any other reason (e.g., layoff) and then quits, is discharged or
         retires, the period of time during which the Employee may return and
         receive credit begins on the Severance from Service Date and ends one
         year after the first day of absence (e.g., first day of layoff). As a
         result of the operation of these rules, a severance from service (e.g.,
         a quit), or an absence (e.g., layoff) followed by a severance from
         service, never results in a period of time of more than one year being
         required to be taken into account after an Employee severs from service
         or is absent from service.

             (e) For purposes of benefit accrual under the Elapsed Time Method
         of crediting service, an Employee is entitled to have his or her
         service taken into account from the date he or she begins to
         participate in the Plan until the Severance from Service Date. Periods
         of Severance under any circumstances are not required to be taken into
         account.

<PAGE>

             (f) Definitions only for use with the Elapsed Time Method under
         paragraph (b) above:

                      (1) Employment Commencement Date: The Employment
             Commencement Date, which is the date on which an Employee first
             performs an Hour of Service within the meaning of 29 CFR
             2530.200b-2(a)(1) for the Employer or Employers maintaining the
             Plan.

                      (2) Severance From Service Date: For purposes of this
             Section, and Section 1.2.91, a "severance from service" shall occur
             on the earlier of--

                             (i) The date on which an Employee quits, retires,
                      is discharged or dies; or

                             (ii) The first anniversary of the first date of a
                      period in which an Employee remains absent from service
                      (with or without pay) with the Employer or Employers
                      maintaining the Plan for any reason other than quit,
                      retirement, discharge or death, such as vacation, holiday,
                      sickness, Disability, leave of absence or layoff.

                      (3) Reemployment Commencement Date: For purposes of this
             Section, and Section 1.2.91, the term "reemployment commencement
             date" shall mean the first date, following a Period of Severance
             from service which is not required to be taken into account under
             the service spanning rules of this Section, on which the Employee
             performs an Hour of Service within the meaning of 29 CFR
             2530.200b-2(a)(1) for the Employer or Employers maintaining the
             Plan.

                      (4) Participation Commencement Date: For purposes of this
             Section, and Section 1.2.91, the term "participation commencement
             date" shall mean the date a Participant first commences
             participation under the Plan.

                      (5) Period Of Severance: For purposes of this Section, and
             Section 1.2.91, the term "Period of Severance" shall mean the
             period of time commencing on the Severance From Service Date and
             ending on the date on which the Employee again performs an Hour of
             Service within the meaning of 29 CFR 2530.200b-2(a)(1) for an
             Employer or Employers maintaining the Plan.

                      (6) Period Of Service:

                             (i) General Rule: For purposes of this Section, and
                      Section 1.2.91, the term "period of service" shall mean a
                      period of service commencing on the Employee's employment
                      commencement date or Reemployment Commencement Date,
                      whichever is applicable, and ending on the Severance from
                      Service Date.

                             (ii) Aggregation Rule: Unless a plan provides in
                      some manner for an "adjusted" Employment Commencement Date
                      or similar method of consolidating Periods of Service,
                      Periods of Service shall be aggregated unless such periods
                      may be disregarded under section 410(a)(5) or 411(a)(4) of
                      the Code.

                             (iii) Month of Service: 30 days are deemed to be a
                      Month of Service under this Section 1.2.27.

                             (iv) Year of Service: 12 Months of Service or 365
                      days of service are deemed to be a Year of Service under
                      this Section 1.2.27.

             (g) Years of Service for purposes of vesting, participation and
         accrual of benefits are subject to separate election in the Adoption
         Agreement.

<PAGE>

         1.2.28 "ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT": An Account established and
maintained for a Participant to account for the Elective Contributions made on
his behalf.

         1.2.29 "ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION": A contribution to a cash or deferred
profit sharing plan by the Employer on behalf of an electing Employee.

         1.2.30 "ELECTIVE DEFERRALS": Any Employer contributions made to the
Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, including
contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral
mechanism.

         With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral is
the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of the Participant pursuant
to an election to defer under any qualified CODA as described in section 401(k)
of the Code, any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as
described in section 408(k)(11) of the Code, any Simple IRA Plan described in
section 408(p) of the Code, any eligible deferred compensation plan under
section 457 of the Code, any plan as described under section 501(c)(18) of the
Code, and any employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the
purchase of an annuity contract under section 403(b) of the Code pursuant to a
salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not include any deferrals
properly distributed as Excess Annual Additions.

         1.2.31 "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE": An Employee as defined in Section 1.2.35
who has met the eligibility requirements of the Plan.

         1.2.32 "ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN": An Eligible Retirement Plan is an
individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an
individual retirement annuity described in section 403(b) of the Code, an
annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust
described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible
Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution
to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement
account or individual retirement annuity.

         1.2.33 "ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION": An Eligible Rollover
Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the
credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does
not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
of the Distributee and the Distributee's Designated Beneficiary, or for a
specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; any hardship
distribution described in section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(iv) of the Code received after
12-31-98; the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in
gross income (determined without regard to the inclusion for net unrealized
appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution(s)
that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

         1.2.34 "ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD": For purposes of determining
Years of Service and Breaks in Service for purposes of eligibility, the initial
Eligibility Computation Period is the twelve (12) consecutive month period
beginning with the employment commencement date on which the Employee first
renders an Hour of Service for the Employer, and unless otherwise specified in
the Adoption Agreement, the subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods are each
subsequent twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing on the annual
anniversary of such employment commencement date. If an Employee has a Break in
Service before satisfying the Plan's eligibility requirements, service before
such Break in Service shall not be taken into account.

         If in accordance with the election in the Adoption Agreement, the
subsequent periods commence with the first Plan Year which commences prior to
the first anniversary of the Employee's employment commencement date, an
Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial
Eligibility Computation Period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to
the first anniversary of the Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period
shall be credited with two (2) Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to
participate.

         1.2.35 "EMPLOYEE": A person who is currently or hereafter employed by
the Employer, or by any other employer aggregated under sections 414(b), (c),
(m), (n) or (o) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, including a Leased
Employee subject to section 414(n) of the Code and a self-employed owner of

<PAGE>

an unincorporated employer, but, unless otherwise provided in the Adoption
Agreement, excluding (a) an Employee who is a Non-Resident Alien (within the
meaning of section 7701(b)(1)(B) of the Code deriving no earned income (within
the meaning of section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employer which
constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of
section 861(a)(3) of the Code); and (b) employees who are included in the unit
of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer
and employee representatives, provided benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining and two percent or less of the employees of the Employer who are
covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Treasury
regulation section 1.410(b)-9. For this purpose, the term "Employee
Representatives" does not include any organization more than half of whose
members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, if the Employer elects in the
Adoption Agreement to exclude Employees who became Employees as the result of a
"Code section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction," then such Employees shall not be
"Eligible Employees" prior to the expiration of the transition period beginning
on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year
beginning after the date of the transaction. A "Code section 410(b)(6)(C)
transaction" is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction
involving a change in the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business.
However, if a separate trade or business becomes a Related Employer as the
result of a "Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction," then Employees of such
Related Employer will not be treated as "Eligible Employees" prior to the date
the entity adopts the Plan as a participating Employer. For purposes of this
section, "Related Employer" means any trade or business related to the Employer
by the application of sections 414(b), (c), (m), (n), or (o) of the Code. In the
case of a standardized plan, affected Employees shall become eligible to
participate on the earlier of the adoption of this Plan by such separate entity
or the expiration of the transition period.

In the case of non-standardized plans, notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as Employees of
the Employer for purposes of the Employer's payroll system (including, without
limitation, individuals employed by temporary help firms, technical help firms,
staffing firms, employee leasing firms, professional employer organizations or
other staffing firms whether or not deemed to be "common law" Employees or
"Leased Employees" within the meaning of section 414(n) (o) of the Code) are not
considered to be Eligible Employees of the Employer and shall not be eligible to
participate in the Plan. In the event any such individuals are reclassified as
Employees for any purpose, including without limitation, common law or statutory
employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any
government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action, or
administrative proceeding, such individuals shall notwithstanding such
reclassification, remain ineligible for participation hereunder. Notwithstanding
foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously
classified as an Employee of the Employer on the Employer's payroll system to
become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this
Plan, duly executed by the Employer, which specifically renders such individuals
eligible for participation hereunder.

The Plan Administrator shall have full and complete discretion to determine
eligibility for participation and benefits under this Plan, including, without
limitation, the determination of those individuals who are deemed Employees of
the Employer (or any controlled group member). The Plan Administrator's decision
shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties having or claiming a
benefit under this Plan. This Plan is to be construed to exclude all individuals
who are not considered Employees for purposes of the Employer's payroll system,
and the Plan Administrator is authorized to do so, despite the fact that its
decision may result in the loss of the Plan's tax qualification.

         1.2.36 "EMPLOYER": The Employer that is a party to this Plan, or any of
its affiliates, successors or assigns which adopt the Plan; provided, however,
that no mere change in the identity, form or organization of the Employer shall
affect its status under the Plan in any manner, and, if the name of the Employer
is hereafter changed, a corresponding change shall be deemed to have been made
in the name of the Plan and references herein to the Employer shall be deemed to
refer to the Employer as it is then known.

         1.2.37 "EMPLOYER ACCOUNT": An Account established and maintained for a
Participant for accounting purposes to which his share of Employer contributions
and Forfeitures are added.

         1.2.38 "EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION": A contribution to a money purchase
pension plan, target benefit

<PAGE>

plan or profit sharing plan other than a cash or deferred profit sharing plan by
the Employer.

         1.2.39 "ENTRY DATE": The date or dates specified as the Entry Date in
the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.40 "EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS": With respect to any Plan Year,
the excess of:

             (a) The aggregate contribution percentage amounts taken into
         account in computing the numerator of the contribution percentage
         actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan
         Year, over

             (b) The maximum contribution percentage amounts permitted by the
         ACP test (determined hypothetically by reducing contributions made on
         behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their contribution
         beginning with the largest of such contributions). Such determination
         shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals and
         then determining Excess Contributions.

         1.2.41 "EXCESS BENEFIT PERCENTAGE": The Excess Benefit Percentage is
the rate, expressed as a percentage of Compensation, at which Employer-derived
benefits are accrued with respect to Compensation of Participants above the
Social Security Integration Level for the Plan Year.

         1.2.42 "EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS": With respect to any Plan Year, the
excess of:

             (a) The aggregate amount of Employer Contributions actually taken
         into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated Employees for
         such Plan Year, over

             (b) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP
         test (determined hypothetically by reducing contributions made on
         behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the contributions,
         beginning with the largest of such contributions).

         1.2.43 "EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS": Those Elective Deferrals that are
includible in a Participant's gross income under section 402(g) of the Code to
the extent such Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the
dollar limitation under such Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be
treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed
no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant's
taxable year.

         1.2.44 "EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITION": The portion of the allocation of
contributions and Forfeitures that cannot be added to a Participant's Accounts
due to the limitations on Annual Additions contained in the Plan.

         1.2.45 "FIDUCIARY": The Plan Administrator, the Trustee and any other
person who has discretionary authority or control in the management of the Plan
or the disposition of Trust assets.

         1.2.46 "FINAL AVERAGE COMPENSATION": The average of the Participant's
annual Compensation, as defined in Section 1.2.14, from the Employer for the
three consecutive year period ending with or within the Plan Year; provided,
that if a Participant terminates employment before the last day of a Plan Year,
the Participant's Final Average Compensation shall be determined based on the
Participant's most recently completed three consecutive year period; and
provided further, that if a Participant's entire period of employment for the
Employer is less than three consecutive years, the Participant's Final Average
Compensation shall be determined by averaging (on an annual basis) the
Compensation received by the Participant from the Employer during the
Participant's entire period of employment for the Employer.

Compensation for any year in excess of the Taxable Wage Base in effect at the
beginning of such year shall be limited to the Participant's Covered
Compensation. A Participant's Final Average Compensation for a Plan Year is
limited to the Participant's Covered Compensation. No increase in Final Average
Compensation will decrease a Participant's Target Benefit under the Plan.

<PAGE>

         1.2.47 "FRESH-START DATE": The last day of a Plan Year preceding a Plan
Year for which provisions that would affect the amount of the Current Target
Benefit are amended.

         1.2.48 "FROZEN ACCRUED TARGET BENEFIT": The benefit determined as of
the Plan's latest Fresh-Start Date as if the Participant terminated employment
with the Employer as of that date, without regard to any amendment made to the
Plan after that date.

A Participant's Frozen Accrued Target Benefit is equal to the amount of the
Current Target Benefit in effect on the latest Fresh-Start Date that a
Participant has accrued as of that date, assuming that such Current Target
Benefit accrues ratably from the year in which the Participant first
participated in this Plan (or, if later, the preceding Fresh-Start Date under
this Plan) through and including the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
Normal Retirement Age.

The amount of the Current Target Benefit in effect on the latest Fresh-Start
Date that a Participant is assumed to have ratably accrued is determined by
multiplying the Plan's Current Target Benefit formula in effect on that date by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Years of Participation from
the later of the Participant's first Year of Participation in this Plan or the
preceding Fresh-Start Date, if any, through and including the year that contains
the latest Fresh-Start Date, and the denominator of which is the number of Years
of Participation from the later of the Participant's first Year of Participation
in this Plan or the preceding Fresh-Start Date, if any, through and including
the later of the year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or
the current Plan Year. For purposes of this paragraph, only those Years of
Participation during which a Participant was eligible to receive a contribution
under the Plan will be taken into account.

If this Plan has had a preceding Fresh-Start Date, each Participant's Frozen
Accrued Target Benefit as of the latest Fresh-Start Date will equal the sum of
the amount of the Current Target Benefit in effect on the latest Fresh-Start
Date that a Participant is assumed to have ratably accrued as of that date under
the preceding paragraph, and the Frozen Accrued Target Benefit determined as of
the preceding Fresh-Start Date.

If: (1) the Current Target Benefit formula in effect on the latest Fresh-Start
Date was not expressed as a straight life annuity for all Participants, and/or
(2) the Normal Retirement Age for any Participant on the latest Fresh-Start Date
was greater than the Normal Retirement Age for that Participant under the
Current Target Benefit formula in effect after the latest Fresh-Start Date, the
Frozen Accrued Target Benefit will be converted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity commencing at the Participant's Normal Retirement Age
under the Current Target Benefit formula in effect after the latest Fresh-Start
Date, using the actuarial assumptions in effect under the Current Target Benefit
formula in effect on the latest Fresh-Start Date.

Notwithstanding the above, if in the immediately preceding Plan Year this Plan
did not satisfy the safe harbor for target benefit plans in Treasury regulations
section 1.401(a)(4)-(8)(b)(3) or was not a prior safe harbor plan, the Frozen
Accrued Target Benefit for any Participant in the Plan, determined for the next
Plan Year during which the section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3) is satisfied until the
year following the next Fresh-Start Date, if any, will be zero.

Prior safe harbor plan means a plan adopted and in effect on September 19, 1991,
that satisfied the applicable nondiscrimination requirements for target benefit
plans on that date and in all prior periods (taking into account no amendments
to the Plan after September 19, 1991, other than amendments necessary to satisfy
section 401(l) of the Code).

         1.2.49 "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE": For Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1996, a Highly Compensated Employee is defined as follows:

         A Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who:

             (a) was a 5-percent owner (as defined in section 416(i)(1) of the
         Code) of the Employer at any time during the year or the preceding
         year, or

<PAGE>

             (b) for the preceding year

                      (i) had compensation from the Employer in excess of
             $80,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to
             section 415(d) of the Code, except that the base period shall be
             the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996), and

                      (ii) if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement the
             application of this clause for such preceding year, was in the
             top-paid group of Employees for such preceding year.

             For this purpose, an Employee is in the top-paid group of Employees
             for any year if such Employee is in the group consisting of the top
             20 percent of the Employees when ranked on the basis of
             compensation paid during such year.

             The determination of whether an Employee had compensation in excess
             of $80,000, as adjusted, shall be made based on compensation paid
             during the preceding Plan Year, unless the Employer has made a
             calendar year data election in the Adoption Agreement. The effect
             of the calendar year data election is that the Look-Back Year
             becomes the calendar year beginning with or within the Look-Back
             Year.

             For these purposes the applicable year of the plan for which a
             determination is being made is called a Determination Year and the
             preceding 12-month period is called a Look-Back Year.

             The top-paid group election and the calendar year data election
             must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans of
             the Employer, except that this consistency requirement will not
             apply to determination years beginning with or within the 1997
             calendar year, and for determination years beginning on or after
             January 1, 1998 and before January 1, 2000, satisfaction of the
             consistency requirement is determined without regard to any
             nonretirement plans of the Employer.

             In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee
             for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to section 414(q) of
             the Code stated above are treated as having been in effect for
             years beginning after 1996.

             For purposes of this Subsection, the term "compensation" means
             compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code.

             (c) Generally, a former Employee shall be treated as a Highly
         Compensated Employee if:

                      (i) such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when
             such Employee separated from service or

                      (ii) such Employee was a Highly Compensated active
             Employee for any Plan Year that ended on or after the Employee's
             55th birthday.

             (d) The Plan Administrator shall apply rules for rounding and tie
         breaking as set forth in an administrative policy so long as such rules
         are reasonable, nondiscriminatory and uniformly and consistently
         applied.

         The determination of whether a former Employee is a Highly Compensated
Employee shall be based on the rules applicable to determining Highly
Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year, in
accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-7 and A-4 of the Temporary Income Tax
regulations and Notice 97-45.

         1.2.50 "HOUR OF SERVICE": An hour for which (a) the Employee is paid,
or entitled to payment by the

<PAGE>

Employer for the performance of duties, (b) the Employee is paid or entitled to
payment by the Employer during which no duties are performed (irrespective of
whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday,
illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or
leave of absence, or (c) back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has
been either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.

Hours of Service shall be credited to the Employee under (a), above, for the
period in which the duties are performed, under (b), above, in the period in
which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the
first Hour of Service to which the payment relates, and under (c), above, for
the period to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the period in
which the award, agreement or payment is made; provided, however, that Hours of
Service shall not be credited under both (a) and (b), above, as the case may be,
and under (c) above. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, (i) no more than
five hundred one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited under (b), above, on
account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no
duties whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period, (ii) no
Hours of Service shall be credited to the Employee by reason of a payment made
or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
applicable worker's compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability
insurance laws, and (iii) no Hours of Service shall be credited by reason of a
payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related
expenses incurred by the Employee. The determination of Hours of Service for
reasons other than the performance of duties and the crediting of Hours of
Service to computation periods shall be made in accord with the provisions of
Labor regulation sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) which are incorporated herein
by reference.

Solely for the purposes of determining whether an Employee has incurred a Break
in Service, an Employee shall be credited with the number of Hours of Service
which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for the absence
or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined with eight (8) Hours of
Service for any day that the Employee is absent from work by reason of the
Employee's pregnancy, the birth of a child of the Employee, the placement of a
child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the
Employee or for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning
immediately following such birth or placement. Such Hours of Service shall be
credited only in the computation period in which the absence from work begins if
the Employee would be prevented from incurring a Break in Service in such
computation period solely because credit is given for such period of absence
and, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit shall be given for such service unless
the Employee furnishes to the Plan Administrator information to establish that
the absence from work is for the reasons indicated and the number of days for
which there was such an absence.

In the event the Employer does not maintain records of the actual hours for
which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment, credit for service shall be
given in accordance with the method selected in the Adoption Agreement.

Service with another business entity that is, along with the Employer, a member
of a controlled group of corporations under section 414(b) of the Code, an
affiliated service group under section 414(m) of the Code or trades or
businesses under common control under section 414(c) of the Code, or which is
otherwise required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o)
of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder shall be treated as service
for the Employer. Hours of Service shall be credited for any individual
considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under section 414(n) or section
414(o) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder.

If the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, service with such
predecessor shall be treated as service for the Employer.

         1.2.51 "INSURER": Any insurance company which has issued a Life
Insurance Policy.

         1.2.52 "JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY": A "Joint and Survivor Annuity" is
an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life
of a named Beneficiary which is not less than fifty (50%) percent and not more
than one hundred (100%) percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable
during the joint lives of the Participant and the named Beneficiary and which is
the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's vested
Account balances. The percentage of the survivor annuity shall be fifty (50%)
percent unless a different percentage is elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement

<PAGE>

         1.2.53 "LEASED EMPLOYEE": Any person (other than an Employee of the
recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
person has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and
related persons determined in accordance with section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on
a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one (1) year and such
services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient;
provided, that any such person shall not be taken into account if:

             (a) such person is covered by a money purchase pension plan
         providing

                      (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least
             ten (10%) percent of compensation, as defined in section 415(c)(3)
             of the Code and Section 3.2.1(h)(iii) of the Plan, but including
             amounts contributed by the employer pursuant to a salary reduction
             agreement which are excludable from the person's gross income under
             sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code;

                      (ii) immediate participation; and

                      (iii) full and immediate vesting; and

             (b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty(20%)
         percent of the workforce of the recipient who are not Highly
         Compensated Employees. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased
         Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services
         performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by
         the recipient employer.

         1.2.54 "LIFE INSURANCE POLICY": A life insurance, annuity or endowment
policy or contract that is owned by the Trust and is on the life of a
Participant, the joint lives of a Participant and someone in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest or on the life of someone in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest.

         1.2.55 "LIMITATION YEAR": Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the Plan Year; provided that all qualified plans maintained by the
Employer use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a
different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a
date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

         1.2.56 "MASS SUBMITTER":  DATAIR Employee Benefits Systems, Inc.

         1.2.57 "MATCHING ACCOUNT": An Account established and maintained for a
Participant for accounting purposes to which his share of Matching Contributions
are added.

         1.2.58 "MATCHING CONTRIBUTION": A contribution to the Plan by the
Employer which matches in whole or in part an Elective Contribution on behalf of
an electing Employee.

         1.2.59 "MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION DATE": The date elected in the
Adoption Agreement for the allocation of the Matching Contribution.

         1.2.60 "NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION": A contribution to a cash or
deferred profit sharing plan by the Employer which is neither a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution, a Matching Contribution nor an Elective Contribution.

         1.2.61 "NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE": The age specified as the Normal
Retirement Age in the Adoption Agreement, but in no event later of age 65 or the
fifth anniversary of the participation in the Plan. For this purpose only,
Participation is assumed to commence as of the first day of the first Plan Year
in which the Employee became a Participant.

         1.2.62 "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE": The date specified in the Adoption
Agreement as the Normal

<PAGE>

Retirement Date upon the occurrence of which the Participant becomes entitled to
receive a benefit under the Plan.

         1.2.63 "OWNER-EMPLOYEE": An individual who is a sole proprietor or who
is a partner owning more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital or profits
interest of the partnership.

         1.2.64 "PARTICIPANT": Any eligible Employee who enters the Plan after
meeting the requirements of Section 2.1.1.

         1.2.65 "PLAN": The defined contribution plan for Employees as set forth
in this Agreement, the Trust, and the Adoption Agreement, together with any
amendments or supplements thereto.

         1.2.66 "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR": The person, persons or entity appointed by
the Employer to administer the Plan, or, if the Employer fails to make such
appointment, the Employer.

         1.2.67 "PLAN SPONSOR": The Plan Sponsor specified in the Adoption
Agreement.

         1.2.68 "PLAN YEAR" OR "YEAR": The 12 consecutive month period
designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.69 "PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY": A survivor annuity for the
life of the surviving spouse (or other Beneficiary) of the Participant
purchasable with an amount equal to at least 50% of the vested Accounts of the
Participant as of the date of the Participant's death, provided that any
security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the
Participant for which a valid spousal consent has been obtained, if necessary,
shall be taken into account.

         1.2.70 "QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY": An immediate annuity for
the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse
which is not less than fifty (50%) percent and not more than one hundred (100%)
percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of
the Participant and the spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be
purchased with the Participant's vested Account balances. The percentage of the
survivor annuity shall be fifty (50%) percent unless a different percentage is
elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.71 "QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION": Matching Contributions that
are one hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable when made, and which
are subject to the distribution restrictions which apply to the Elective
Deferrals under the Plan, however, Qualified Matching Contributions may not be
distributed on account of Hardship even though Elective Deferrals may be
distributed on account of Hardship.

         1.2.72 "QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT": An Account
established and maintained for a Participant to account for the Qualified
Matching Contributions made on his behalf.

         1.2.73 "QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION": A contribution to a cash
or deferred profit sharing plan by the Employer which is neither a Matching
Contribution nor an Elective Contribution, is one hundred percent (100%) vested
and nonforfeitable when made, which a Participant may not elect to have paid in
cash instead of being contributed to the Plan and which may not be distributed
from the Plan (except in the case of a Hardship distribution) prior to the
termination of employment or death of the Participant, attainment of age 591/2
by the Participant or termination of the Plan without establishment of a
successor plan.

         1.2.74 "QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT": An Account
established and maintained for a Participant to account for the Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions made on his behalf.

         1.2.75 "QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY": A survivor annuity
for the life of the surviving spouse of the Participant, the actuarial
equivalent of which is equal to the portion of the Account balance of the
Participant as of the date of death to which the Participant had a vested and
nonforfeitable right, provided that any security interest held by the Plan by
reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant for which a valid spousal
consent has been obtained, if necessary, shall be taken into account. The
surviving spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable
period after the participant's death.

         1.2.76 "QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES OR REAL PROPERTY": Securities or
real property of the

<PAGE>

Employer which the Trustee may acquire and hold pursuant to the applicable
provisions of the Code and the Act.

         1.2.77 "SAFE HARBOR PROFIT SHARING PLAN": A plan shall be deemed a Safe
Harbor Profit Sharing Plan if the following conditions are satisfied:

             (a) the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form
         of a life annuity; and

             (b) on the death of a Participant, the Participant's vested account
         balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving spouse, but if
         there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving spouse has consented
         in a manner conforming to a qualified election, then to the
         Participant's Designated Beneficiary. The surviving spouse may elect to
         have distribution of the vested Account balance commence within the 90
         day period following the date of the Participant's death. The Account
         balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the
         Participant's death in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
         governing the adjustment of Account balances for other types of
         distributions. This Section 1.2.77 shall not be operative with respect
         to a participant in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct or
         indirect transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase plan, a
         target benefit plan, stock bonus, or profit sharing plan which is
         subject to the survivor annuity requirements of section 401(a)(11) and
         section 417 of the Code.

         1.2.78 "SEGREGATED ACCOUNT": An Account established and maintained for
a Participant to account for his interest in a Segregated Fund.

         1.2.79 "SEGREGATED FUND": Assets held in the name of the Trustee which
have been segregated from the Trust Fund in accordance with any of the
provisions of the Plan.

         1.2.80 "SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL": An individual who has Earned Income
for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is
established or who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade
or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

         1.2.81 "SOCIAL SECURITY INTEGRATION LEVEL": The Social Security
Integration Level shall be equal to the Taxable Wage Base or such lesser amount
specified in the Adoption Agreement. The "Taxable Wage Base" is the contribution
and benefit base in effect under section 230 of the Social Security Act on the
first day of the Plan Year for which allocations of Employer contributions and
Forfeitures are made (referred to as the Social Security Wage Base). The Social
Security Integration Level shall be deemed to be the full amount of such Social
Security Integration Level, even though a Participant's Compensation may include
less than a full year's compensation because of either his participation
commencing after the first day of the Compensation Computation Period or his
service terminating prior to the end of the Compensation Computation Period.

         1.2.82 "SOCIAL SECURITY RETIREMENT AGE": Age sixty-five (65) if the
Participant attains age sixty-two (62) before January 1, 2000 (i.e., born before
January 1, 1938), age sixty-six (66) if the Participant attains age sixty-two
(62) after December 31, 1999, but before January 1, 2017 (i.e., born after
December 31, 1937, but before January 1, 1955), and age sixty-seven (67) if the
Participant attains age sixty-two (62) after December 31, 2016 (i.e., born after
December 31, 1954).

         A Participant's Social Security Retirement Age ("SSRA") is based on the
Participant's year of birth as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year of Birth                             SSRA
-------------                             ----
<S>                                       <C>
1937 or earlier                            65
1938 through 1954                          66
after 1954                                 67
</TABLE>

         1.2.83 "TARGET BENEFIT": The monthly benefit as set forth in the
Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's actual
benefit at any time shall be the value of his Employer Account.

<PAGE>

         1.2.84 "TAXABLE WAGE BASE": The contribution and benefit base in effect
under section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of the Plan Year.

         1.2.85 "TRUST FUND": All money and property of every kind and character
held by the Trustee pursuant to the Plan.

         1.2.86 "TRUSTEE": The persons, corporations, associations or
combination of them who shall at the time be acting as such from time to time
hereunder.

         1.2.87 "VALUATION DATE": The date or dates specified as the Valuation
Date(s) in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.2.88 "VOLUNTARY ACCOUNT": An Account established and maintained for a
Participant for accounting purposes to which his voluntary Employee
contributions made prior to Plan Years beginning after 1986 have been added.

         1.2.89 "YEAR OF PARTICIPATION": Each year with the Employer with
respect to which benefits are treated as accruing on behalf of the Participant
for such year pursuant to Section 2.2.1 of the Plan.

         1.2.90 "YEAR OF PROJECTED PARTICIPATION": The sum of (1) and (2), where
(1) is the number of years during which the Participant benefited under this
Plan beginning with the latest of: (a) the first Plan Year in which the
Participant benefited under the Plan, (b) the first Plan Year taken into account
in the Target Benefit formula, and (c) any Plan Year immediately following a
Plan Year in which the Plan did not satisfy the safe harbor for target benefit
plans in regulations section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3), and ending with the last day
of the current Plan Year, and (2) is the number of years if any, subsequent to
the current Plan Year through the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains Normal Retirement Age.

For purposes of this definition of Years of Projected Participation, if this
Plan is a prior Safe Harbor Plan the Plan is deemed to satisfy the safe harbor
for target benefit plans in regulations section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3) and a
Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan in any Plan Year beginning
prior to January 1, 1994.

         1.2.91 "YEAR OF SERVICE": A "Year of Service" is the 12-consecutive
month period (computation period) specified in the Adoption Agreement during
which an Employee completes at least one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service. If
so elected in the Adoption Agreement the hours requirement for the completion of
a Year of Service can be satisfied before the end of the Eligibility Computation
Period. See Section 1.2.27 for Elapsed Time Method of determining a Year of
Service. All Years of Service shall be taken into account.

<PAGE>

                                     PART 2

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                  PARTICIPATION

         2.1.1 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. Each Employee shall be eligible to
participate in this Plan and receive an appropriate allocation of contributions
upon satisfying the eligibility requirements set forth in the Adoption
Agreement.

         2.1.2 COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION. An eligible Employee shall become
a Participant in the Plan on the applicable Entry Date selected in the Adoption
Agreement.

         2.1.3 PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT. A Participant whose employment
terminates and who is subsequently re-employed shall re-enter the Plan as a
Participant immediately on the date of his reemployment. In the event that an
Employee completes the eligibility requirements set forth in the Adoption
Agreement, his employment terminates prior to becoming a Participant and he is
subsequently re-employed, such Employee shall be deemed to have met the
eligibility requirements as of the date of his re-employment and shall become a
Participant on the date of his re-employment; provided, however, that if he is
re-employed prior to the date he would have become a Participant if his
employment had not terminated, he shall become a Participant as of the date he
would have become a Participant if his employment had not terminated. Any other
Employee who has not met the eligibility requirements and whose employment
terminates and who is subsequently reemployed shall become a Participant in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2.

         2.1.4 TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION. An Employee who has become a
Participant shall remain a Participant until the entire amount of his
Distributable Benefit is distributed to him or his Beneficiary in the event of
death.

         2.1.5 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR'S DETERMINATION. In the event any question
shall arise as to the eligibility of any person to become a Participant or the
commencement of participation, the Plan Administrator shall determine such
question and the Plan Administrator's decision shall be conclusive and binding.

         2.1.6 ONE-TIME ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. With respect to
nonstandardized plans only, and notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan
to the contrary, an Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to permit an
Employee to make an election not to participate in the Plan. The election must:

             (a) include plans not yet established;

             (b) be for the duration of the Employee's employment with the
         Employer;

             (c) be a one-time irrevocable election;

             (d) be made upon an Employee's commencement of employment with the
         Employer or upon the Employee's first becoming eligible under any plan
         of the Employer.

Such a one-time irrevocable election described in this Section shall not be
treated as having been made pursuant to a cash or deferred election.

In no event is an election made after December 23, 1994, treated as a one-time
irrevocable election under this Section 2.1.8 if the election is made by an
Employee who previously became eligible under another plan (whether or not
terminated) of the Employer.

<PAGE>

         2.1.7 CHANGE IN STATUS. If any Participant continues in the employ of
the Employer or an affiliate for which service is required to be taken into
account but ceases to be an Employee for any reason (such as becoming covered by
a collective bargaining agreement unless the collective bargaining agreement
otherwise provides) the Participant shall continue to be a Participant until the
entire amount of his benefit is distributed but the individual shall be deemed
not to have completed any "Years of Service" or "Years of Participation" in the
case of a Target Benefit Plan, for purposes of Article IV ("Benefits") during
the period that the Participant is not an Employee for such reason. Such
Participant shall continue to receive credit for Years of Service completed
during the period for purposes of determining his vested and nonforfeitable
interest in his Accounts. In the event that the individual subsequently again
becomes a member of an eligible class of Employees, the individual shall
participate immediately upon the date of such change in status. If such
Participant incurs a Break in Service and is subsequently reemployed,
eligibility to participate shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.1.3.
In the event that an individual who is not a member of an eligible class of
Employees becomes a member of an eligible class, the individual shall
participate immediately if such individual has satisfied the eligibility
requirements and would have otherwise previously become a Participant.

         2.1.8 EXISTING PARTICIPANTS. An Employee who, on the Effective Date,
was a Participant under the provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately
prior to the Effective Date shall be a Participant on the Effective Date and the
provisions of Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2, pertaining to participation, shall not
be applicable to such Employee unless such Employee is excluded for
participation because such Employee is a member of an excluded class. The rights
of a Participant whose employment terminated prior to the Effective Date shall
be determined under the provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time of such
termination.

         2.1.9 ELAPSED TIME METHOD. The Employer may elect in the Adoption
Agreement to use any of the optional service counting methods permitted within
the Plan for eligibility to participate, vesting and accrual of benefits. Thus,
for example, service for eligibility may be determined by counting actual hours
worked, while service for vesting could be determined by the equivalencies as
provided in the Adoption Agreement Part II.A., or the Elapsed Time Method as
provided for in Section 1.2.27 of the Plan.

         2.1.10 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE. Notwithstanding any provision of
this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with
respect to Qualified Military Service will be provided in accordance with
section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS

         2.2.1 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.

             (a) Amount of Contribution.

                      (1) Money Purchase Pension Plan. The Employer shall
             contribute to the Trust Fund each Plan Year such amount, including
             any Forfeitures to be applied, as set forth in the Adoption
             Agreement.

                      (2) Profit Sharing Plan. The Employer shall contribute to
             the Trust Fund each Plan Year such amount as elected in the
             Adoption Agreement.

                      (3) Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan.

                             (i) Amount of Non-Elective Contribution. The
                      Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund each Plan Year
                      such amount as a Non-Elective Contribution as the Employer
                      elected in the Adoption Agreement.

                             (ii) Amount of Matching Contribution. Subject to
                      applicable limitations provided by the Plan, the Employer
                      shall contribute to the Trust Fund each Plan Year with
                      respect to the amount of Elective Contributions on behalf
                      of each electing Employee, a Matching Contribution
                      determined in the manner set forth in the Adoption
                      Agreement, to the extent permitted under IRC section
                      401(m).

                             (iii) Amount of Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
                      and Qualified Matching Contribution. If the Employer has
                      elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year
                      Testing Method, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust
                      Fund each Plan Year such amount as a Qualified
                      Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified Matching
                      Contribution as the Employer may determine. In addition,
                      in lieu of distributing Excess Contributions or Excess
                      Aggregate Contributions as provided in Article VII, below,
                      and to the extent elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                      Agreement, the Employer may make Qualified Non-Elective
                      Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions on
                      behalf of Employees who are not Highly Compensated
                      Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either the ADP
                      test or the ACP test, or both, pursuant to regulations
                      under the Code.

                      (4) Target Benefit Plan. For each Plan Year the Employer
             shall contribute for each eligible Participant the annual Employer
             contribution necessary to fund the Target Benefit. Such amount is
             determined by amortizing the excess of the present value of the
             Target Benefit over the theoretical reserve for each Participant
             according to the following procedure:

                             (i) The present value of the Target Benefit is
                      determined by multiplying the Target Benefit by the
                      applicable factor in Table I (based on the Participant's
                      Normal Retirement Age and the interest rate and mortality
                      table selected in the Adoption Agreement) and by the
                      applicable factor in Table II (based on the number of
                      years the Participant's Normal Retirement Age exceeds his
                      current age and the interest rate selected in the Adoption
                      Agreement).

                             (ii) For the last day of the Participant's first
                      year (the first Valuation Date of the Participant), the
                      theoretical reserve is zero. In subsequent years
                      (Valuation Dates) the
<PAGE>

                      theoretical reserve equals the prior year's theoretical
                      reserve plus the prior year's contribution (as limited by
                      section 415 of the Code, but without regard to any
                      required minimum contribution under section 416 of the
                      Code) accumulated with interest for one year at the rate
                      specified in the Adoption Agreement, provided that in any
                      Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant
                      attains Normal Retirement Age, such interest shall be zero
                      (interest rate of 0%).

                      In the case of a Participant in a plan which determines
                      the Target Benefit in part on service prior to the first
                      day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January
                      1, 1994, the theoretical reserve as of the last day of the
                      last Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1994, shall
                      be determined below; provided such Target Benefit Plan was
                      adopted and effective on September 19, 1991, and such plan
                      met the nondiscrimination requirements in effect for all
                      Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1994.

                                    A. Determine the present value of the Target
                             Benefit in effect as of the last day of the last
                             Plan Year beginning prior to January 1, 1994 based
                             on the interest and mortality assumptions in effect
                             on such date. For a Participant whose attained age
                             exceed his Normal Retirement Age, such present
                             value shall be calculated assuming his age equals
                             his Normal Retirement Age.

                                    B. Determine the present value of future
                             contributions as of the last day of the same date
                             (including the contribution for such Plan Year)
                             based on the interest rate in effect on such date.
                             For this purpose only, such contribution shall be
                             the contribution determined by the plan on such
                             date without regard to the limitation of section
                             415 of the Code or any required minimums of section
                             416 of the Code.

                                    C. The theoretical reserve as of the last
                             day of the last Plan Year beginning before January
                             1, 1994 shall equal the amount determined in item A
                             less the amount determined in item B. The
                             theoretical reserve as of the last day of the first
                             Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1994
                             shall be such theoretical reserve plus the
                             contribution for the prior Plan Year (as determined
                             in item B) increased for interest at the interest
                             rate in effect for the prior year. For a
                             Participant whose attained age exceeds his Normal
                             Retirement Age, such interest shall be zero
                             (interest rate of 0%).

                             (iii) A Participant's contribution equals the
                      excess of i. over ii. (but not less than zero) multiplied
                      by the applicable factor in Table III (based on the number
                      of years the Participant's Normal Retirement Age exceeds
                      his current age and the interest rate selected in the
                      Adoption Agreement).

                             (iv) If the Plan is amended to change the interest
                      rate or mortality table the applicable factors in Tables
                      I, II, and III will be based on the new assumptions in the
                      valuation coincident with or next following the effective
                      date of the amendment. The theoretical reserve in (ii,)
                      above, will be accumulated with the old interest rate for
                      such valuation and the new interest rate for all
                      subsequent valuations.

             (b) Limitation. The contribution for any Plan Year by the Employer
         shall not exceed the maximum amount deductible from the Employer's
         income for such Year for federal income tax purposes under the
         applicable sections of the Code.

             (c) Time of Contribution. All contributions by the Employer shall
         be delivered to the Trustee not later than the date fixed by law for
         the filing of the Employer's federal income tax return for the Year for
         which such contribution is made (including any extensions of time
         granted by the Internal Revenue Service for filing such return).

<PAGE>

             (d) Determination of Amount to be Final. The determination by the
         Employer as to the amount to be contributed by the Employer hereunder
         shall be in all respects final, binding, and conclusive on all persons
         or parties having or claiming any rights under this Agreement or under
         the Plan and the Trust created hereby. Under no circumstances and in no
         event shall any Participant, Beneficiary, or other person or party have
         any right to examine the books or records of the Employer.

             (e) Rights of Trustee as to Contributions. The Trustee shall have
         no duty to report any contribution to be made or to determine whether
         contributions delivered to the Trustee by the Employer comply with the
         provisions of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be accountable only for
         funds actually received by the Trustee.

         2.2.2 ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS BY THE EMPLOYER ON BEHALF OF ELECTING
EMPLOYEES.

             (a) Amount of Contribution. If the Plan is designated in the
         Adoption Agreement as a Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, each
         Employee may elect to have the Employer contribute to the Trust on his
         behalf for any Plan Year during which he is a Participant such amounts
         expressed either in dollars or in whole percentages of his Compensation
         as he may elect which would otherwise be payable by the Employer as
         Compensation (but not to exceed the dollar limitation provided by
         section 402(g) of the Code as in effect at the beginning of the taxable
         year); provided, that the Employer may impose reasonable limitations in
         a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner on the amounts which may be so
         contributed in order to satisfy applicable legal requirements and to
         assure the deductibility of amounts contributed by the Employer to the
         Plan and any other qualified plan of deferred compensation.

         The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to limit Elective
         Contributions made on behalf of electing Employees to a percentage of
         Compensation that is less than the amount otherwise allowable by
         section 402(g) of the Code.

         If the deferral election is made on an annual or Plan Year basis, but
         deferrals are taken from Compensation on some other basis, the Employer
         shall not adjust ("True-Up") deferrals at the end of the Plan Year to
         an annual basis.

         An Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan and does
         not affirmatively elect to receive cash or have a specified amount
         contributed to the Plan shall have his Compensation automatically
         reduced by the amount elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement
         and this amount shall be contributed to the Plan as an Elective
         Contribution. An election not to make Elective Contributions or to
         defer a different percentage of Compensation can be made at any time.

         The election is effective for the first pay period and subsequent pay
         periods (until superseded by a subsequent election) if filed when the
         Employee is hired or if filed within a reasonable period thereafter
         ending before the Compensation for the first pay period is currently
         available. Elections filed at a later date are effective for payroll
         periods beginning in the month next following the date the election is
         filed. At the time an Employee is hired, the Employee must receive a
         notice that explains the automatic compensation reduction election and
         the Employee's right to elect to have no such compensation reduction
         contributions made to the Plan or to alter the amount of those
         contributions, including the procedure for exercising that right and
         the timing for implementation of any such election. The Employee must
         be notified annually of his compensation reduction percentage and the
         Employee's right to change that percentage.

         Unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, in the case of a
         current Participant who files an election to receive cash in lieu of
         compensation reduction contributions and the election is filed during
         the reasonable period ending on the first day of the Plan Year, then no
         compensation reduction contributions for the first pay period beginning
         on or after the first day of the Plan Year or for subsequent pay
         periods shall be made on the Participant's behalf to the Plan until the
         Participant makes a subsequent affirmative election to reduce his or
         her compensation. Such election shall become effective for the pay
         periods beginning in the month following the date the election is filed
         with

<PAGE>

         the Plan Administrator.

         If so elected in the Adoption Agreement, in the case of a current
         Participant who (i) has a compensation reduction contribution election
         in effect for less than the automatic reduction amount elected by the
         Employer in the Adoption Agreement, or (ii) has no compensation
         reduction contribution election in effect, and who does not make a
         compensation reduction contribution election during the reasonable
         period ending on the first day of any Plan Year, shall have his or her
         compensation automatically reduced by the automatic reduction amount
         beginning on the first pay period that begins after the first day of
         the Plan Year. If that Participant thereafter makes an affirmative
         election to reduce his or her compensation by another amount (or no
         amount), then that affirmative election will be effective for pay
         periods beginning in the month following the date the election is filed
         with the Plan Administrator.

             (b) Election. The Plan Administrator shall determine the manner in
         which a Participant may elect to have Elective Contributions made to
         the Plan on his behalf. The Plan Administrator shall establish
         reasonable periods during which the election may be made or modified.
         Unless the Plan Administrator establishes another period during which
         the election may be made or modified, any such election may be made or
         modified during the 30 day period preceding the first day of the Plan
         Year. An election by an Employee may not be made retroactively and once
         made shall remain in effect until modified or terminated. An election
         may be revoked at any time.

             (c) Payment of Contribution. Elective Contributions shall be
         remitted by the Employer to the Trustee or custodian on the earliest
         date that they can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's assets,
         but in no event later than the 15th business day of the month following
         the month in which the Participant contributions are withheld or
         received by the Employer, unless under the regulations an extension of
         up to 10 business days is granted by the Secretary with respect to
         Participant contributions received or withheld in a single month.

             (d) Hardship Distributions. An Employee may not have Elective
         Contributions made on his or her behalf for the taxable year following
         the taxable year of a Hardship distribution in excess of the applicable
         limit under section 402(g) of the Code for such taxable year less the
         amount of the Employee's Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of the
         Hardship distribution.

         2.2.3 EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.

             (a) Amount of Contribution. An Employee is neither required nor
         permitted to contribute to the Plan for any Plan Year beginning after
         the Plan Year in which the prototype Plan is adopted by the Employer.
         Employee contributions for Plan Years beginning after 1986 shall be
         limited so as to meet the nondiscriminatory test of section 401(m) of
         the Code. The Plan Administrator shall not accept deductible Employee
         contributions that are made for a taxable year beginning after December
         31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be maintained in a
         separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times. The account
         will share in the gains and losses of the trust in the same manner as
         provided in Section 3.1.2 of the Plan. No part of the deductible
         voluntary contribution account will be used to purchase life insurance.

             (b) Withdrawal of Contributions. In accordance with the provisions
         of the Plan as in effect prior to Plan Years beginning after 1986, all
         or any portion of an Employee's contributions may be withdrawn by
         giving to the Plan Administrator written notice of any proposed
         withdrawal. The Plan Administrator may adopt such procedures with
         respect to such withdrawals as may be necessary or appropriate. At the
         Plan Administrator's direction, the Trustee shall distribute any such
         withdrawal to the Participant in accordance with the procedures adopted
         by the Plan Administrator. Except in the case of the voluntary
         deductible contribution account, such withdrawals shall not include any
         interest or other increment earned on such contributions. No
         Forfeitures shall occur as a result of withdrawal of an Employee's
         contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a withdrawal of an
         Employee's contributions must be consented to in writing by the
         Participant's spouse.

<PAGE>

         2.2.4 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS. Contributions by the Employer, including
Employer, Qualified Non-Elective, Non-Elective and Matching Contributions shall
be returned to the Employer in the following instances:

             (a) If a contribution by the Employer, including an Employer,
         Qualified Non-Elective, Non-Elective or Matching Contribution is made
         by the Employer by mistake of fact, then the contribution shall be
         returned within one year after its payment upon the Employer's written
         request.

             (b) If a contribution by the Employer, including an Employer,
         Qualified Non-Elective, Non-Elective or Matching Contribution is
         conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan under the applicable
         sections of the Code, and the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
         determines that the Plan does not qualify, then the contribution made
         incident to the initial qualification by the Employer shall be returned
         within one year after the date of denial of initial qualification of
         the Plan; provided, that the application for initial qualification is
         made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's tax return
         for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date
         as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

             (c) Each contribution by the Employer, including an Employer,
         Qualified Non-Elective, Non-Elective and Matching Contribution is
         conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution under the
         applicable sections of the Code and to the extent of a disallowance of
         the deduction for part or all of the contribution, the contribution
         shall be returned within one year after such disallowance upon the
         Employer's written request.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   ALLOCATIONS

         2.3.1 PROFIT SHARING, MONEY PURCHASE PENSION AND TARGET BENEFIT PLANS.
Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, as of the
last day of the Plan Year, the Employer Contributions made by the Employer with
respect to the Plan Year, and Forfeitures shall be allocated among the Employer
Accounts of Participants during the Plan Year in the manner set forth in the
Adoption Agreement. A participant is treated as benefiting under the plan for
any plan year during which the participant received or is deemed to receive an
allocation in accordance with section 1.410(b)-3(a). If a Profit Sharing Plan is
integrated with Social Security, Section 2.3.5, 2.3.6 or 2.3.7, as the case may
be, shall also apply.

         2.3.2 CASH OR DEFERRED PLANS.

             (a) Non-Elective Contributions. Unless otherwise elected by the
         Employer in the Adoption Agreement, as of the last day of the Plan
         Year, the Non-Elective Contributions made by the Employer with respect
         to the Plan Year, and Forfeitures, shall be allocated among the
         Employer Accounts of Participants during the Plan Year in the manner
         specified in the Adoption Agreement; provided, that if the Plan is
         integrated with Social Security, Section 2.3.5 shall also apply.

             (b) Matching Contributions. Unless otherwise specified in the
         Adoption Agreement, as of the last day of the Plan Year, the Matching
         Contribution made by the Employer with respect to the Plan Year, and
         Forfeitures, shall be allocated to the Matching Accounts of
         Participants for whom Elective Contributions were made in the manner
         specified in the Adoption Agreement.

             (c) Elective Contributions. The Elective Contributions by the
         Employer on behalf of an electing Employee shall be allocated to the
         Elective Contribution Account of such electing Employee.

             (d) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching
         Contributions. As of the last day of the Plan Year, the Qualified
         Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions made by
         the Employer with respect to the Plan Year shall be allocated to the
         Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching
         Account of Participants during the Plan Year in the manner specified in
         the Adoption Agreement.

         2.3.3 BASIC ALLOCATION. Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, as of the last day of the Plan Year, the contribution made
by the Employer, including any Forfeitures to be allocated, with respect to the
Plan Year shall be allocated among the Employer Accounts of Participants during
the Plan Year, in the manner set forth in the Adoption Agreement; provided, that
the Employer contribution must satisfy the requirements of section 416 of the
Code regardless of how the Adoption Agreement is completed.

         2.3.4 MINIMUM TOP-HEAVY ALLOCATION. In the event the Plan becomes a
Top-Heavy Plan during any Plan Year, the provisions of Section 2.6.1(a) shall
apply. The allocation of Employer contributions must satisfy the requirements of
section 416 of the Code regardless of how the Adoption Agreement is completed.
Elective Contributions and Matching Contributions allocated to Key Employees (as
defined in section 416(i) of the Code) are taken into account for the purpose of
determining the minimum contribution under section 416 of the Code. However,
Elective Contributions and Matching Contributions made on behalf of non-key
Employees (as defined in section 416(i) of the Code) may not be taken into
account for the purpose of satisfying the minimum contribution requirement under
section 416 of the Code.

         2.3.5 INTEGRATION WITH SOCIAL SECURITY - PROFIT SHARING PLANS.

             (a) If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement that the
         Plan shall be integrated with Social Security, then the applicable
         contributions plus Forfeitures shall be allocated to Participants'
         Accounts as follows (provided that Steps One and Two, below, need only
         be applied in years in which

<PAGE>

         the Plan is Top-Heavy):

             STEP ONE: Contributions and Forfeitures shall be allocated to each
             Participant's Account in the ratio that each Participant's
             Compensation bears to all Participant's Compensation, but not in
             excess of 3% of each Participant's Compensation.

             STEP TWO: Any contributions and Forfeitures remaining after the
             allocation in Step One will be allocated to each Participant's
             Account in the ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
             Plan Year in excess of the Social Security Integration Level bears
             to the excess compensation of all Participants, but not in excess
             of 3%.

             STEP THREE: Any contributions and Forfeitures remaining after the
             allocation in Step Two shall be allocated to each Participant's
             Account in the ratio that the sum of each Participant's
             Compensation and Compensation in excess of the Social Security
             Integration Level bears to the sum of all Participants'
             Compensation and Compensation in excess of the Social Security
             Integration Level, but not in excess of the Maximum Profit Sharing
             Disparity Rate.

             STEP FOUR: Any remaining contributions and Forfeitures shall be
             allocated to each Participant's account in the ratio that each
             Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all
             Participants' Compensation for that year.

             The Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate is equal to the lesser
             of:

                      (1)    5.7% (minus the percentage of Compensation
                             allocated in Step One, if any); or,

                      (2)    5.4% (minus the percentage of Compensation
                             allocated in Step One, if any) if the Social
                             Security Integration Level (SSIL) is more than 80%
                             but less than 100% of the Taxable Wage Base under
                             section 230 of the Social Security Act at the
                             beginning of the Plan Year (TWB); or

                      (3)    4.3% (minus the percentage of Compensation
                             allocated in Step One, if any) if the SSIL is
                             greater than 20% of the TWB, but not more than 80%
                             of the TWB, and greater than $10,000.

             (b) In the event the Plan is Top-Heavy and the Employer elects to
         use Steps Three and Four of paragraph (a) above, then allocations made
         on account of Compensation greater than the Social Security Integration
         Level shall be reduced proportionately to the extend necessary to
         provide all Employees entitled to a Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation with
         the required allocation.

         2.3.6 INTEGRATION WITH SOCIAL SECURITY - MONEY PURCHASE PLANS.

             (a) Annual overall permitted disparity limit. Notwithstanding the
         formula elected in the Adoption Agreement, for any Plan Year this Plan
         benefits any Participant who benefits under another qualified plan or
         simplified employee pension, as defined in section 408(k) of the Code,
         maintained by the Employer that provides for permitted disparity (or
         imputes disparity), the Employer will contribute for each eligible
         Participant an amount equal to the Excess Contribution Percentage
         multiplied by the Participant's total Compensation.

             (b) Cumulative permitted disparity limit. Effective for Plan Years
         beginning on or after January 1, 1995, the cumulative permitted
         disparity limit for a Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted
         disparity years. Total cumulative permitted years means the number of
         years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes
         under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee
         pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the
         Employer. For purposes of determining the

<PAGE>

         Participant's cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in
         the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant
         has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for
         any year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no
         cumulative disparity limit.

             (c) The Maximum Money Purchase Disparity Rate is equal to the
         lesser of Base Contribution Percentage or the applicable percentage
         determined in accordance with the table below.

If the integration level:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  the applicable
is more than         but not more than            percentage is:
<S>                  <C>                          <C>
     $0                     X*                         5.7%

  X* of TWB             80% of TWB                     4.3%

 80% of TWB                 Y**                        5.4%

   If TWB                                              5.7%
</TABLE>

         *X = the greater of $10,000 or 20 percent of the TWB

         **Y = any amount more than 80% of the TWB but less than 100% of the
TWB.

If the integration level is equal to Taxable Wage Base (TWB) the applicable
percentage is 5.7%.

For purposes of this Paragraph the "Base Contribution Percentage" shall be the
percentage of Compensation at which Employer-derived contributions are made with
respect to Compensation at or below the Integration Level in a Defined
Contribution Plan.

             (d) Top-Heavy years. In the event the Plan becomes Top-Heavy the
         Employer shall make an additional contribution to the Plan to provide
         the Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation pursuant to section 2.3.4.

         2.3.7 INTEGRATION WITH SOCIAL SECURITY - TARGET BENEFIT PLANS. The Plan
may not provide for permitted disparity if the Employer maintains any other plan
that provides for permitted disparity and benefits any of the same Participants.

             Excess Benefit Plans

             (a) Fixed Benefit Excess. For a Participant with less than 35 years
         of projected participation, the Base Benefit Percentage and the Excess
         Benefit Percentage will be reduced by being multiplied by a fraction,
         the numerator of which is the participant's Years of Projected
         Participation, and the denominator of which is 35.

                      (1) Cumulative Permitted Disparity Reduction: If the
             number of the participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity years
             exceeds 35, the Excess Benefit Percentage will be further reduced
             as provided below. A Participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity
             years consists of the sum of: (1) the Participant's Years of
             Projected Participation (up to 35), (2) the number of years the
             Participant benefited or is treated as having benefited under this
             Plan prior to the Participant's first Year of Projected
             Participation, and (3) the number of years credited to the
             Participant for

<PAGE>

             allocation or accrual purposes under one or more qualified plans or
             simplified employee pension plans (whether or not terminated) ever
             maintained by the Employer (other than years counted in (1) or (2)
             above). For purposes of determining the Participant's Cumulative
             Permitted Disparity Limit, all years ending in the same calendar
             year are treated as the same year.

                      If the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Reduction is
             applicable, the Excess Benefit Percentage will be reduced as
             follows:

                             (A) Subtract the Participant's Base Benefit
                      Percentage from the Participant's Excess Benefit
                      Percentage, (after modification in accordance with the
                      paragraph preceding this Cumulative Permitted Disparity
                      Reduction).

                             (B) Multiply the result determined in (A) by a
                      fraction (not less than 0), the numerator of which is 35
                      minus the sum of the years in (2) and (3) above, and the
                      denominator of which is 35.

                             (C) The Participant's Excess Benefit Percentage is
                      equal to the sum of the result in (B) and the
                      Participant's Base Benefit Percentage, as otherwise
                      modified.

                      (2) Overall permitted disparity limit: Notwithstanding the
             above, for any plan year this plan benefits any participant who
             benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee
             pension plan maintained by the employer that provides for permitted
             disparity (or imputes permitted disparity), the stated benefit for
             all participants under this plan will be equal to the excess
             benefit percentage entered into the benefit formula above
             multiplied by the participant's total average annual compensation
             under the plan (prorated for years of projected participation less
             than 35).

             (b) Unit Benefit Excess. The participant's cumulative permitted
         disparity limit is equal to 35 minus: (1) the number of years the
         participant benefited or is treated as having benefited under this plan
         prior to the participant's first year of projected participation, and
         (2) the number of years credited to the participant for allocation or
         accrual purposes under one or more qualified plans or simplified
         employee pension plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by
         the employer other than years counted in (1) above or counted toward a
         participant's years of projected participation.

                      (1) For purposes of determining the participant's
             cumulative permitted disparity limit, all years ending in the same
             calendar year are treated as the same year.

                      (2) Overall Permitted Disparity Limit: Notwithstanding the
             Unit Benefit Excess formulas in the Adoption Agreement, for any
             Plan Year this Plan benefits any Participant who benefits under
             another qualified plan or simplified employee pension maintained by
             the Employer that provides for Permitted Disparity (or imputes
             Permitted Disparity), the stated benefit for all Participants under
             this Plan will be equal to the Excess Benefit Percentage above
             times the Participant's total Average Annual Compensation times the
             Participant's Years of Projected Participation under the Plan up to
             the maximum Years of Projected Participation taken into account in
             the Unit Benefit Excess formulas in the Adoption Agreement.

             Offset Benefit Plans

             (c) Fixed Benefit Offset. Cumulative Permitted Disparity Reduction:
         If the number of the Participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity years
         exceeds 35, the Gross Benefit Percentage and the offset will be further
         reduced as provided below.

                      (1) A Participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity years
             consists of the sum of: (1) the Participant's Years of Projected
             Participation (up to 35), (2) the number of years the Participant

<PAGE>

             benefited or is treated as having benefited under this Plan prior
             to the Participant's first Year of Projected Participation, and (3)
             the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or
             accrual purposes under one or more qualified plans or simplified
             employee pension plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained
             by the Employer (other than years counted in (1) or (2) above). For
             purposes of determining the Participant's Cumulative Permitted
             Disparity Limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are
             treated as the same year.

                      (2) If the Cumulative Permitted Disparity Reduction is
             applicable, the Gross Benefit Percentage and the offset will be
             reduced as follows:

                             (A) The offset will be reduced by multiplying it by
                      a fraction (not less than 0), the numerator of which is 35
                      minus the sum of the years in (2) and (3) in the preceding
                      paragraph, and the denominator of which is 35.

                             (B) The Gross Benefit Percentage will be reduced by
                      the number of percentage points by which the offset was
                      reduced in (A) above.

                      (3) Overall Permitted Disparity Limit: Notwithstanding the
             above, for any Plan Year this Plan benefits any Participant who
             benefits under another qualified plan or simplified employee
             pension plan maintained by the Employer that provides for Permitted
             Disparity (or imputes Permitted Disparity), the stated benefit for
             all Participants under this Plan will be equal to the Gross Benefit
             Percentage entered in the benefit formula (without regard to the
             offset) multiplied by the Participant's Average Annual Compensation
             under the Plan (prorated for Years of Projected Participation less
             than 35).

             (d) Unit Benefit Offset. The Participant's Cumulative Permitted
         Disparity Limit is equal to 35 minus: (1) the number of years the
         Participant benefited or is treated as having benefited under this Plan
         prior to the Participant's first Year of Projected Participation, and
         (2) the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or
         accrual purposes under one or more qualified plans or simplified
         employee pension plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by
         the Employer other than years counted in (1) above or counted toward a
         Participant's Years of Projected Participation. For purposes of
         determining the Participant's Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit, all
         years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year.

                      (1) The Maximum Offset Allowance will not exceed the
             lesser of: (1) the applicable factor from Tables I or II in section
             B below, and (2) one-half of the Gross Benefit Percentage,
             multiplied by a fraction (not to exceed one), the numerator of
             which is the Participant's Average Annual Compensation, and the
             denominator of which is the Participant's Final Average
             Compensation up to the offset level.

                      (2) Overall Permitted Disparity Limit: Notwithstanding the
             first two of the preceding Unit Benefit Offset paragraphs, for any
             Plan Year this Plan benefits any Participant who benefits under
             another qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan
             maintained by the Employer that provides for Permitted Disparity
             (or imputes Permitted Disparity), the stated benefit for all
             Participants under this Plan will be equal to the Gross Benefit
             Percentage (without regard to the offset) times the Participant's
             Average Annual Compensation times the Participant's Years of
             Projected Participation under the Plan up to the maximum of Years
             of Projected Participation taken into account in the Unit Benefit
             Offset formulas.

         2.3.8 FAIL-SAFE ALLOCATION. With respect only to non-standardized plans
and notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or Adoption Agreement to the
contrary, if the Plan would otherwise fail to satisfy the requirements of
section 410(b)(1) of the Code (the ratio percentage test) and the regulations
thereunder because Employer contributions have not been allocated to a
sufficient number or percentage of Participants for the Plan Year, and the right
to receive a contribution is conditioned upon participation on the last day of
the

<PAGE>

Plan Year or the completion of more than 501 Hours of Service, or conditioned
upon membership in a certain Employee classification, an additional contribution
shall be made by the Employer and shall be allocated to the Employer Accounts of
affected Participants, considering all the applicable exclusions of sections
410(b)(3) and (4) of the Code subject to the following provisions:

             (a) The Participants eligible to share in the allocation of the
         Employer's contribution shall be expanded to include the minimum number
         of Participants who are not otherwise eligible to the extent necessary
         to satisfy the applicable test under the ratio percentage test of
         section 410(b)(1) of the Code. The specific Participants who shall
         become eligible are those Participants who are members of an eligible
         classification of Employees, who are actively employed on the last day
         of the Plan Year, but have not met the Plan's Hours of Service
         requirement.

         These Participants shall be given an allocation one Participant at a
         time beginning with the Participant with the greatest number of Hours
         of Service and continuing in descending order until the ratio
         percentage test is passed. If two or more Participants have the same
         number of Hours of Service then the Participant with the lowest
         Compensation shall receive an allocation first. Fail-safe allocations
         shall be given to the smallest number of Participants which allows the
         Plan to pass the ratio percentage test.

             (b) If the ratio percentage test is still not satisfied, the
         Participants eligible to share in the allocation shall be further
         expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who are members
         of an eligible classification of Employees, who are not employed on the
         last day of the Plan Year as is necessary to satisfy the ratio
         percentage test. The specific Participants who shall become eligible
         are those Participants who have completed the greatest number of Hours
         of Service (in excess of 500 hours) during the Plan Year.

         These Participants shall be given an allocation one Participant at a
         time in descending order until the ratio percentage test is passed. If
         two or more Participants have been credited with the same number of
         Hours of Service then the Participant with the lowest Compensation
         shall receive an allocation first.

             (c) If the ratio percentage test is still not satisfied, the
         Participants eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer's
         contribution shall be expanded to include the minimum number of
         Participants who are not otherwise eligible to the extent necessary to
         satisfy the applicable test under the ratio percentage test of section
         410(b)(1) of the Code. The specific Participants who shall become
         eligible are those Participants who are members of an ineligible
         classification of Employees, who are actively employed on the last day
         of the Plan Year, and have met the Plan's Hours of Service requirement.

         These Participants shall be given an allocation one Participant at a
         time beginning with the Participant with the greatest number of Hours
         of Service and continuing in descending order until the ratio
         percentage test is passed. If two or more Participants have the same
         number of Hours of Service then the Participant with the lowest
         Compensation shall receive an allocation first. Fail-Safe allocations
         shall be given to the smallest number of Participants which allows the
         Plan to pass the ratio percentage test.

             (d) If the ratio percentage test is still not satisfied, the
         Participants eligible to share in the allocation shall be further
         expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who are members
         of an ineligible classification of Employees, who are employed on the
         last day of the Plan Year but have not meet the hours requirement of
         the Plan as is necessary to satisfy the ratio percentage test. The
         specific Participants who shall become eligible are those Participants
         who have completed the greatest number of Hours of Service during the
         Plan Year. These Participants shall be given an allocation one
         Participant at a time in descending order until the ratio percentage
         test is passed. If two or more Participants have been credited with the
         same number of Hours of Service then the Participant with

<PAGE>

         the lowest Compensation shall receive an allocation first.

             (e) If the ratio percentage test is still not satisfied, the
         Participants eligible to share in the allocation shall be further
         expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who are members
         of an ineligible classification of Employees, who are not employed on
         the last day of the Plan Year as is necessary to satisfy the ratio
         percentage test. The specific Participants who shall become eligible
         are those Participants who have completed the greatest number of Hours
         of Service (in excess of 500 hours) during the Plan Year. These
         Participants shall be given an allocation one Participant at a time in
         descending order until the ratio percentage test is passed. If two or
         more Participants have been credited with the same number of Hours of
         Service then the Participant with the lowest Compensation shall receive
         an allocation first.

             (f) The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement, whether to
         apply this Section 2.3.8.

         2.3.9 CONTRIBUTIONS ON BEHALF OF DISABLED PARTICIPANTS. If elected in
the Adoption Agreement by the Employer, contributions will be made to the Plan
on behalf of each Disabled Participant (within the meaning of Section 1.2.49 of
the Plan).

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    BENEFITS

         2.4.1 DISTRIBUTABLE BENEFIT. At such time that the employment of a
Participant terminates for any reason, he or his Beneficiary shall be entitled
to a benefit equal to the vested and nonforfeitable interest in his Accounts as
of the Distribution Date. Such Accounts shall include the allocable share of
contributions and Forfeitures, if any, which may be allocated to said Accounts
as of such Distribution Date and shall be determined after making the
adjustments for which provision is made in the Plan. The vested and
nonforfeitable interest of the Participant in any of his Accounts subject to the
vesting schedule selected in the Adoption Agreement shall not increase after the
date of the Participant's termination of employment.

         2.4.2 VESTING. A Participant shall at all times be one hundred percent
(100%) vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his Elective Contribution
Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account, and Voluntary Account. The
vested and nonforfeitable interest of the Participant in his Controlled Account
shall be determined by reference to the Account from which the funds were
originally transferred. The vested and nonforfeitable interest in a
Participant's Employer Account and Matching Account shall be determined as
hereinafter provided.

             (a) Normal Retirement.

         If a Participant terminates employment at his Normal Retirement Age, he
         shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and have a nonforfeitable
         interest in his Employer Account and Matching Account.

             (b) Postponed Retirement. If a Participant continues in active
         employment following his Normal Retirement Age, he shall continue to
         participate under the Plan. From and after his Normal Retirement Age,
         he shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and have a nonforfeitable
         interest in his Employer Account and Matching Account.

             (c) Disability. If the employment of a Participant is terminated
         prior to his Normal Retirement Age as a result of a medically
         determinable physical or mental impairment which may be expected to
         result in death or to last for a continuous period of not less than
         twelve (12) months and which renders him incapable of performing his
         duties, he shall vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his
         Employer Account and Matching Account as elected in the Adoption
         Agreement. All determinations in connection with the permanence and
         degree of such disability shall be made by the Plan Administrator in a
         uniform, nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of medical evidence.

             (d) Death. In the event of the death of a Participant, the
         Participant shall be vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his
         Employer Account and Matching Account as elected in the Adoption
         Agreement. The vested and nonforfeitable interest of the Participant in
         any of his Accounts subject to the vesting schedule selected in the
         Adoption Agreement shall not increase after the date of the
         Participant's termination of employment.

             (e) Termination of Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan
         (including termination resulting from a complete discontinuance of
         contributions by the Employer), each Participant shall be one hundred
         percent (100%) vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his
         Employer Account and Matching Account. In the event of a partial
         termination of the Plan, each Participant with respect to whom such
         partial termination has occurred shall be one hundred percent (100%)
         vested and have a nonforfeitable interest in his Employer Account and
         Matching Account.

             (f) Early Retirement, Resignation or Discharge. If the employment
         of a Participant terminates by reason of early retirement, resignation
         or discharge prior to his Normal Retirement Age, he shall be vested and
         have a nonforfeitable interest in a percentage of his Employer Account
         and Matching Account taking into account all of his Years of Service as
         of such termination date in accordance with

<PAGE>

         the schedule set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

             (g) All Other Times. A Participant shall be vested and have a
         nonforfeitable interest in a percentage of his Employer Account and
         Matching Account determined by taking into account all of his Years of
         Service in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Adoption
         Agreement.

             (h) Elapsed Time Method. If the Employer has elected to use the
         Elapsed Time Method under Part II.E. of the Adoption Agreement the Plan
         Administrator must:

                      (1) credit an Employee with a number of Years of Service
             equal to at least the number of whole years of the Employee's
             Period of Service, whether or not such Periods of Service were
             completed consecutively.

                      (2) in determining the number of whole years of an
             Employee's period service, the non-successive Periods of Service
             must be aggregated and less than whole year Periods of Service
             (whether of not consecutive) must be aggregated on the basis that
             12 months of service (30 days are deemed to be a month in the case
             of the aggregation of fractional months) or 365 days of service
             equal a whole Year of Service.

                      (3) take into account the following Periods of Severance:

                             (i) if an Employee severs from service by reason of
                      a quit, discharge or retirement and the Employee then
                      performs an Hour of Service within the meaning of Section
                      1.2.50 of the Plan, within 12 months of the Severance from
                      Service Date, the Plan shall take into account the Period
                      of Severance; and

                             (ii) notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, if an
                      Employee severs from service by reason of a quit,
                      discharge or retirement during an absence from service of
                      12 months or less for any reason other than a quit,
                      discharge, retirement or death, and then performs an Hour
                      of Service within the meaning of Section 1.2.50, within 12
                      months of the date on which the Employee was first absent
                      from service, the Plan is required to take into account
                      the Period of Severance.

                             (4) for purposes of determining an Employee's
                      nonforfeitable percentage of accrued benefits derived from
                      Employer contributions, after calculating an Employee's
                      Period of Service in the manner prescribed in this
                      Paragraph (h), any remaining less than whole year,
                      12-month or 365-day Period of Service may be disregarded.

         2.4.3 LEAVE OF ABSENCE. A temporary cessation from active employment
with the Employer pursuant to an authorized leave of absence in accordance with
the nondiscriminatory policy of the Employer, whether occasioned by illness,
military service or any other reason shall not be treated as either a
termination of employment or a Break in Service provided that the Employee
returns to employment prior to the end of the authorized leave of absence.

         2.4.4 RE-EMPLOYMENT. Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more
consecutive Breaks in Service, all Years of Service after such Breaks in Service
shall be disregarded for the purposes of vesting the Employer-derived Account
balance that accrued before such breaks, but both pre-break and post-break
service shall count for the purposes of vesting the Employer-derived Account
balance that accrues after such breaks.

Both Accounts shall share in the earnings and losses of the Trust Fund. In the
case of a Participant who does not have five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service,
both the pre-break and post-break service shall count in vesting both the
pre-break and post-break Employer-derived Account balance.

<PAGE>

         2.4.5 DISTRIBUTION DATE. The Distribution Date shall be determined as
hereinafter provided.

             (a) General. For purposes of determining the amount to be
         distributed, the Distribution Date shall be determined in the manner
         specified in the Adoption Agreement.

             (b) Termination of Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan
         (including termination resulting from a complete discontinuance of
         contributions by the Employer), the Distribution Date shall be the date
         of such termination. In the event of a partial termination of the Plan,
         as to each Participant with respect to whom such partial termination
         has occurred, the Distribution Date shall be the last day of the Plan
         Year coinciding with or immediately following the date of such partial
         termination.

             (c) Distributions following Distribution Date. Subject to the
         necessity, if any, of obtaining the consent of a Participant and
         spouse, distribution of a Participant's Distributable Benefit shall
         commence within a reasonable period after the Distribution Date, unless
         otherwise elected by the Participant in accordance with the provisions
         of the Plan or as required by the provisions of the Plan. A
         distribution shall not be made to a Participant if he in reemployed
         prior to the date his benefit would have been distributed.

         2.4.6 FORFEITURES. If an Employee terminates service, and the value of
the Employee's vested Account balance derived from Employer and Employee
contributions is not greater than $3,500 (May elect in the Adoption Agreement to
substitute a dollar amount that is $5,000 or less, for Plan Years beginning
after August 5, 1997.), and the Employee receives a distribution of the value of
the entire vested portion of such Account balance, the nonvested portion shall
be treated as a Forfeiture, unless elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement,
the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant's entire vested interest
is distributed. If an Employee would have received a distribution under the
preceding sentence but for the fact that the Employee's vested Account balance
exceeded $5,000, or such lesser amount as elected above, when the Employee
terminated service and if at a later time such Account balance is reduced such
that it is not greater than $5,000, or such lesser amount as elected above, the
Employee will receive a distribution of such Account balance and the nonvested
portion will be treated as a forfeiture. If the value of an Employee's vested
Account balance is zero, the Employee shall be deemed to have received a
distribution of such vested Account balance. A Participant's vested Account
balance shall not include accumulated deductible Employee contributions within
the meaning of section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for Plan Years beginning prior to
January 1, 1989.

Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if an Employee terminates
service, and elects, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to receive
the value of the Employee's vested Account balance, the nonvested portion shall
be treated as a Forfeiture as of the last day of the Plan Year in which all of
the Participant's vested interest is distributed from the Plan. If the Employee
elects to have distributed less than the entire vested portion of the Account
balance derived from Employer contributions, the part of the nonvested portion
that will be treated as a Forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the distribution
attributable to Employer contributions and the denominator of which is the total
value of the vested Employer-derived Account balance.

If an Employee receives a distribution of an amount deducted from his Account
when he has less than a one hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable
interest in the Account and the Employee resumes employment covered under the
Plan, the Employee's Employer-derived Account balance shall be restored to the
amount on the date of distribution if the Employee repays to the Plan the full
amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions before the
earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is
subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or the date the Participant incurs
five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service following the date of the distribution.
If an Employee is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section, and
the Employee resumes employment covered under the Plan before the date the
Participant incurs five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment
of such Employee, the Employer-derived account balance of the Employee will be
restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution.

Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, such Forfeiture shall be
allocated in the same manner as a contribution by the Employer for the year in
which said Forfeiture occurred.

<PAGE>

If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant or Beneficiary due a benefit
who cannot be located shall forfeit such benefit in the Plan Year it is
determined the Participant cannot be located. If a benefit is forfeited because
the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit will be reinstated
if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to use Forfeitures to offset
administrative expenses of the Plan to the extent the expenses are Plan expenses
and not settlor expenses.

If a Participant is re-employed following a Break in Service and is entitled to
restoration of any amount of his Account that was forfeited as a result of such
Break in Service, such amount shall be restored in the manner specified in the
Adoption Agreement.

         2.4.7 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION. If an Employee terminates service, and the
value of the Employee's vested Account balance derived from Employer
contributions is zero, the Employer may elect to provide such Employee with a
Minimum Distribution. The amount of such Minimum Distribution shall be elected
by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In no event shall the Minimum
Distribution under this Section 2.4.7 exceed Participant's Account balance.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                  DISTRIBUTIONS

2.5.1 COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION.

             (a) Immediate Distribution. A Participant whose employment is
         terminated:

                      (i) On account of death, Disability, Early Retirement Date
             or Normal Retirement Date may elect, or his Beneficiary may elect,
             to begin distribution of his Distributable Benefit within a
             reasonable period after the Distribution Date as of which his
             Distributable Benefit is determined, or as of the date determined
             under Subsection (b), below, or

                      (ii) On account of resignation or discharge prior to his
             Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, the distribution
             of the Participant's Distributable Benefit shall be governed by
             Subsection (b), below.

             (b) Deferred Distribution. Except in the case of amounts subject to
         Section 2.5.2(i) for which a Participant's consent is not required,
         unless the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit the
         Employee to elect earlier commencement and the Employee so elects or
         the Employee elects to further defer distribution, if the employment of
         a Participant is terminated by reason of resignation or discharge prior
         to either his Early Retirement Date or his Normal Retirement Date,
         distribution of his Distributable Benefit shall be deferred and
         commenced on the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the later of
         the following Plan Years:

                      (i) The Plan Year during which the Participant attains the
             earlier of age sixty-five (65) or the Normal Retirement Age;

                      (ii) The Plan Year during which the tenth (10th)
             anniversary of the commencement of the Participant's participation
             in the Plan occurs; or

                      (iii) The Plan Year during which the Participant
             terminates service with the Employer.

If, however, the Employer selects an Early Retirement Date in the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant who terminates employment before satisfying the age
requirement for early retirement but has satisfied any service requirement shall
be entitled to a distribution of his Distributable Benefit in accordance with
Subsection (a) above upon attaining such age.

If the Participant meets the Disability requirements of Section 2.4.2(c) after
termination of employment he shall be entitled to a distribution of his vested
Account balance prior to attaining his Early or Normal Retirement Age.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and spouse to
consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable, within
the meaning of Section 2.5.2(k), shall be deemed to be an election to defer
commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

             (c) Required Minimum Distribution. Notwithstanding anything herein
         to the contrary, unless the Participant has made an appropriate
         election by December 31, 1983, to defer distribution which has not been
         revoked or modified, the Participant's benefit shall be distributed to
         the Participant not later than the Required Beginning Date or shall be
         distributed, commencing on the Required Beginning Date in accordance
         with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury over a
         period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or
         the life expectancy of the Participant and a Beneficiary designated by
         the Participant.

<PAGE>

The amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with
distributions for the first distribution calendar year, must at least equal the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the Applicable Life
Expectancy. Unless otherwise elected by the Employer, or the Participant (or
spouse, if distributions begin after death and the spouse is the Designated
Beneficiary) by the time distributions are required to begin, the life
expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's spouse shall be recalculated
annually. The Adoption Agreement may allow the Participant to elect not to have
the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant's spouse
recalculated. Other than for a life annuity, such election shall be irrevocable
as to the Participant or spouse and shall apply to all subsequent years. The
life expectancy of a non-spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated. Life
expectancy and joint and last survivor expectancy shall be computed by use of
the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the
Treasury regulations. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the
amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for the first
distribution calendar year shall not be less than the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1) the Applicable Life
Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary,
the applicable divisor then determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of
section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed regulations. Distributions after the death
of the Participant shall be distributed using the Applicable Life Expectancy as
the relevant divisor without regard to Proposed regulations section
1.401(a)(9)-2. The minimum distribution for subsequent calendar years, including
the minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the
Participant's Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before December
31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

             (d) Distribution After Death. Unless the Participant has made an
         appropriate election by December 31, 1983, to extend the period of
         distribution after his death and the election has not been revoked or
         modified, the following provisions shall apply. If distribution of the
         Participant's benefit has begun and the Participant dies before his
         entire benefit has been distributed to him, the remaining portion of
         such benefit shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
         method of distribution being used as of the date of the Participant's
         death.

If the Participant dies before the distribution of his benefit has begun, the
entire interest of the Participant shall be distributed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth (5th) anniversary of the death of such
Participant, provided that if any portion of the Participant's benefit is
payable to or for the benefit of a Designated Beneficiary and such portion is to
be distributed in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary of the
Treasury over the life of, or over a period not extending beyond the life
expectancy of such Designated Beneficiary, such distributions shall begin not
later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year of the Participant's death or such later date as may be provided by
regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Designated
Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the Participant, the date on which the
distributions are required to begin shall not be earlier than the later of
December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in
which the Participant had died and December 31 of the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age 701/2. If the surviving spouse thereafter
dies before the distributions to such spouse begin and any benefit is payable to
a contingent Beneficiary, the date on which distributions are required to begin
shall be determined as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

If the Participant has not specified the manner in which benefits are payable by
the time of his or her death, the Participant's Designated Beneficiary must
elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of: (1) December 31
of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under
this Section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth
anniversary of the date of death of the Participant. If the Participant has no
Designated Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method
of distribution, distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be
completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
of the Participant's death.

             (e) Reserved.

             (f) Incidental Death Benefit Distributions. Any distribution
         required by the rules applicable to incidental death benefits shall be
         treated as a distribution required by this Section. All distributions

<PAGE>

         required under this Section shall be determined and made in accordance
         with the Proposed regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code,
         including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of
         section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed regulations.

             (g) Distributions. For the purposes of this Section, distribution
         of a Participant's interest is considered to begin on the Participant's
         Required Beginning Date or the date distribution is required to begin
         to the surviving spouse. If distribution in the form of an annuity
         irrevocably commences to the Participant before the Required Beginning
         Date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date
         distribution actually commences.

             (h) Definitions.

                      (1) Applicable Life Expectancy. The life expectancy (or
             joint and last survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained
             age of the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the
             Participant's (or Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the
             applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar year
             which has elapsed since the date life expectancy was first
             calculated. If life expectancy is being recalculated, the
             applicable life expectancy shall be the life expectancy as so
             recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first
             Distribution Calendar Year, and if life expectancy is being
             recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

                      (2) Designated Beneficiary. The individual, or Trust that
             is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with
             section 401(a)(9) and the Proposed regulations thereunder.

                      (3) Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which
             a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning
             before the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar
             Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
             which contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For
             distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first
             Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which
             distributions are required to begin.

                      (4) Participant's Benefit. (For purposes of Minimum
             Required Distributions only.)

                             (i) The Account balance as of the last Valuation
                      Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the
                      Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year)
                      increased by the amount of any contributions or
                      Forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates
                      in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date
                      and decreased by distributions made in the valuation
                      calendar year after the Valuation Date.

                             (ii) Exception for second distribution calendar
                      year. For purposes of paragraph (i) above, if any portion
                      of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution
                      Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar
                      Year on or before the Required Beginning Date, the amount
                      of the minimum distribution made in the second
                      Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had
                      been made in the immediately preceding Distribution
                      Calendar Year.

                      (5) Required Beginning Date.

                             (i) General rule. The Required Beginning Date of a
                      Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year
                      following the calendar year in which the Participant
                      attains age 701/2.

                             (ii) Non-5-Percent Owner Exception. If so elected
                      in the Adoption Agreement, the Required Beginning Date of
                      a Participant who is not a 5-percent owner shall be the
                      first day of April of the calendar year following the
                      calendar year in which the later of retirement or
                      attainment of age 701/2 occurs.

<PAGE>

                      Transition Rule:

                                    (A) Any Participant who is not a 5 percent
                             owner attaining age 701/2 in years after 1995 may
                             elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the
                             year in which the Participant attained age 701/2,
                             (or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a
                             Participant attaining age 701/2 in 1996) to defer
                             distributions until the calendar year following the
                             calendar year in which the Participant retires. If
                             no such election is made the Participant who is not
                             a 5 percent owner will begin receiving
                             distributions by April 1 of the calendar year
                             following the year in which the Participant
                             attained age 701/2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the
                             case of a Participant attaining in 1996)

                                    (B) Any Participant attaining age 701/2 in
                             years prior to 1997 (may not be earlier than
                             January 1, 1996) may elect to stop distributions
                             and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year
                             following the year in which the Participant
                             retires. There is either (as elected by the
                             Employer in the Adoption Agreement)

                                           (1) a new Annuity Starting Date upon
                             recommencement, or

                                           (2) no new Annuity Starting Date upon
                             recommencement.

                                    (C) The preretirement age 701/2 distribution
                             option is only eliminated with respect to Employees
                             who reach age 701/2 in or after a calendar year
                             that begins after the later of December 31, 1998,
                             or the adoption date of this Plan. The
                             preretirement age 701/2 distribution option is an
                             optional form of benefit under which benefits
                             payable in a particular distribution form
                             (including any modification that may be elected
                             after benefit commencement) commence at a time
                             during the period that begins on or after January 1
                             of the calendar year in which an Employee attains
                             age 701/2 and ends April 1 of the immediately
                             following calendar year.

                             (iii) 5-percent owner. A Participant is treated as
                      a 5-percent owner for purposes of this Section if such
                      Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in section
                      416(i) of the Code (determined in accordance with section
                      416 but without regard to whether the Plan is Top-Heavy)
                      at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the
                      calendar year in which such owner attains age 661/2 or any
                      subsequent Plan Year.

                             (iv) Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent
                      owner under this Section, they must continue to be
                      distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a
                      5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

                             (v) Transitional rule. Notwithstanding the other
                      requirements of this Section and subject to the
                      requirements of Section 2.5.2, distribution on behalf of
                      any Employee, including a 5-percent owner, may be made in
                      accordance with all of the following requirements
                      (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                                    (1) The distribution by the Trust is one
                             which would not have disqualified such Trust under
                             section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code as
                             in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit
                             Reduction Act of 1984.

                                    (2) The distribution is in accordance with a
                             method of distribution designated by the Employee
                             whose interest in the Trust is being distributed
                             or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary
                             of such Employee.

<PAGE>

                                    (3) Such designation was in writing, was
                             signed by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was
                             made before January 1, 1984.

         2.5.2 METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION. Subject to the provisions of Section
2.5.1 above and any security interest in a loan from the Plan for which any
necessary spousal consent has been obtained (to the extent such security
interest is used as repayment of the loan), distribution shall be made by one of
the following methods, as determined in accordance with the election of the
Participant (or in the case of death, his Beneficiary) with such spousal
consents as may be required by law:

             (a) In a single distribution, as designated by the Employer in the
         Adoption Agreement; however, if the consent of the Participant is not
         required because the Participant's vested Account balance is $3,500
         (May elect in the Adoption Agreement to substitute a dollar amount that
         is $5,000 or less, for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997.) or
         less, the Employer may elect to make the default method of distribution
         of such Account balance a Direct Rollover. The Employer may set a
         minimum Account balance to which this shall apply. This default Direct
         Rollover applies only if the terminating Participant fails to request
         affirmatively a cash payment, a Direct Rollover to another qualified
         plan, or an IRA designated by the terminating Participant. The Plan
         Administrator shall select an IRA trustee, custodian, or issuer (the
         "trustee) that is unrelated to the Employer, shall establish the IRA
         with that trustee on behalf of the terminating Participant who fails
         affirmatively to elect a Direct Rollover of a cash distribution, and
         make the initial investment choices for the account.

             (b) In substantially equal annual, quarterly or monthly
         installments over a period of more than one year but which does not
         exceed the period designated in the Adoption Agreement, as selected by
         the Participant (provided that such period is not greater than the
         Participant's life expectancy or the Participant's and the
         Participant's designated Beneficiaries' joint life expectancy as of the
         Annuity Starting Date), plus accrued net income. If distribution is to
         be so made in installments, the Plan Administrator shall cause the
         undistributed portion of the Distributable Benefit to be transferred to
         a Segregated Fund, from which installment payments shall thereafter be
         withdrawn from time to time.

             (c) By the purchase and delivery of a single premium,
         nontransferable, fully refundable, annuity policy issued by a legal
         reserve life insurance company payable in equal installments for the
         life of the participant that terminates upon the participant's death,
         or providing for payments over such period as may be designated in the
         Adoption Agreement as selected by the Participant; provided, however,
         unless the Employer has designated a life annuity distribution option
         in the Adoption Agreement, in the event of distribution of such an
         annuity policy to a Participant, such duration shall be for a fixed
         duration which is less than the Participant's life expectancy as of the
         Annuity Starting Date. The refund feature under such annuity policy
         following the death of the Participant shall inure to the benefit of
         the person or persons designated by the Participant as his Beneficiary.

             (d) Any alternative method of equivalent value contained in the
         Plan at any time on or after the first day of the first Plan Year
         beginning after 1988 to which the Participant consents.

             (e) Direct Rollover. On or after January 1, 1993, notwithstanding
         any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
         Distributee's election under this paragraph, a Distributee may elect,
         at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to
         have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to
         at least $500 paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by
         the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

             (f) Annuity Payments

                      (1) Requirement of Annuity Payment. The provisions of this
             Section 2.5.2(f) shall apply to any Participant who is credited
             with at least one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after
             August 23, 1984, and such other Participants as provided in Section
             2.5.2(m). Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant
             to a qualified election within the 90-day period ending on the
             Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant's vested Account
             balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
             Annuity and an unmarried Participant's vested Account balance will
             be

<PAGE>

             paid in the form of a life annuity.

             Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the
             election period pursuant to a qualified election, if a Participant
             dies before the Annuity Starting Date then the Participant's vested
             Account balance shall be applied toward the purchase of a Qualified
             Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

             Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 2.5.2(f), if
             the Plan is designated in the Adoption Agreement as a Cash or
             Deferred Profit Sharing Plan or a Profit Sharing Plan and the
             Employer does not designate a life annuity distribution option in
             the Adoption Agreement, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
             and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity forms of distribution
             shall not be available. However, a Participant's surviving spouse
             shall be entitled to elect distribution of the Participant's vested
             Account balance in the manner provided by Section 3.6.3.

             A Participant's vested Account balance is the aggregate value of
             the Participant's vested Account balances derived from Employer and
             Employee Contributions (including rollovers), whether vested before
             or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if
             any, on the Participant's life or the life of someone in whom the
             Participant has an insurable interest. The provisions hereof shall
             apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts attributable to
             Employer contributions, Employee contributions (or both) at the
             time of death or distribution.

             The Participant may elect to have such annuity distributed upon
             attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan. A
             surviving spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within
             the ninety(90) day period commencing on the date of the
             Participant's death.

             No spousal consent shall be required under this Section if the plan
             is a Safe Harbor Profit Sharing Plan.

                      (2) Election to Waive Annuity Payment. A Participant may
             elect at any time during the applicable election period to waive
             the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit or the
             Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity form of benefit (or both)
             and may revoke any such election at any time during the applicable
             election period.

                      (3) Spousal Consent Required. An election to waive any
             annuity form of benefit shall not take effect unless the spouse of
             the Participant consents in writing to the election, such election
             designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of
             Beneficiaries or contingent Beneficiaries, or, solely in the case
             of a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, a form of
             benefit which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the
             consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the
             Participant without any requirement or further consent by the
             spouse), and the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such
             election and is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary
             public, or it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan
             Administrator that such consent cannot be obtained because there is
             no spouse or because the spouse cannot be located.

             Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or
             establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained)
             shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. A consent that
             permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of
             further consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse has
             the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a
             specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse
             voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A
             revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without
             the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of
             benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. No
             consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the
             Participant has received notice as provided in subsection (4)
             below.

<PAGE>

                      (4) Written Explanations. The Plan Administrator shall
             provide each Participant no less than 30 days and no more than 90
             days before the Annuity Starting Date a written explanation of -

                             (a) the terms and conditions of a Joint and
                      Survivor Annuity;

                             (b) the Participant's right to make and the effect
                      of an election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity
                      form of benefit;

                             (c) the rights of the Participant's spouse to
                      consent to a Participant's election;

                             (d) the right to make and the effect of a
                      revocation of an election;

                             (e) a plan may provide the written explanation
                      described herein after the Annuity Starting Date.

                      The Plan Administrator shall provide to each Participant
                      within the applicable period a written explanation of a
                      Preretirement Survivor Annuity comparable to that provided
                      with respect to a Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                      (5) Applicable Period. The applicable period means with
             respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods ends
             last:

                             (a) The period beginning with the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and
                      ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan
                      Year in which the Participant attains age 35.

                             (b) A reasonable period ending after the individual
                      becomes a Participant.

                             (c) A reasonable period ending after the Plan
                      ceases to fully subsidize costs.

                             (d) A reasonable period ending after section
                      401(a)(11) of the Code first applies to the Participant.

                             (e) A reasonable period ending after separation
                      from service in case of a Participant who separates before
                      attaining age 35. For purposes of applying the foregoing,
                      a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events
                      described in (b), (c) and (d) is the end of the two-year
                      period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable
                      event occurs and ending one year after that date. In the
                      case of a Participant who separates from service before
                      the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be
                      provided within the two-year period beginning prior to
                      separation and ending one year after separation. If such a
                      Participant thereafter returns to employment with the
                      Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall
                      be redetermined.

                      (6) Applicable Election Period. The applicable election
             period means -

                             (a) in the case of an election to waive a Joint and
                      Survivor Annuity, the ninety (90) day period ending on the
                      Annuity Starting Date. In any case to which this
                      Subparagraph applies, the applicable election period under
                      this Section 2.5.2(f) shall not end before the 30th day
                      after the date on which such explanation is provided; and

                             (b) in the case of an election to waive a
                      Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the period which begins on
                      the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
                      attains age thirty-five (35) and ends on the date of the
                      Participant's death; provided, that in the case of a

<PAGE>

                      Participant who is separated from service, such period
                      shall not begin later than the date of such separation
                      from service.

                      A Participant who will not yet attain age 35 as of the end
                      of any current Plan Year may make a special qualified
                      election to waive the Preretirement Survivor Annuity for
                      the period beginning on the date of such election and
                      ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                      Participant will attain age 35. Such election shall not be
                      valid unless the Participant receives a written
                      explanation of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such
                      terms as are comparable to the explanation required under
                      subsection (4). Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage
                      will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of
                      the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any
                      new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the
                      full requirements of this Section.

                      (7) Marriage Requirement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
             the benefits under the Plan shall not be provided in the form of a
             Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Preretirement Survivor Annuity
             unless the Participant and his spouse have been married throughout
             the one (1) year period ending on the earlier of the Participant's
             Annuity Starting Date or the date of the Participant's death.

             If a Participant marries within one (1) year before the Annuity
             Starting Date and the Participant and his spouse in such marriage
             have been married for at least a one (1) year period ending on or
             before the date of the Participant's death, the Participant and
             such spouse shall be treated as having been married throughout the
             required period. A former spouse shall be treated as the spouse or
             surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the
             spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified
             Domestic Relations Order as described in section 414(p) of the
             Code.

             (g) Terms of Annuity Contracts. Any annuity contract distributed
         from the Plan must be nontransferable. The terms of any annuity
         contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or
         spouse shall comply with the requirements of the Plan. If the
         Participant's benefit is distributed in the form of an annuity
         purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder shall be
         made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the
         Code and the Proposed regulations thereunder.

             (h) Incidental Death Benefits. For calendar years beginning before
         January 1, 1989, if the Participant's spouse is not the Designated
         Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at
         least fifty (50%) percent of the present value of the amount available
         for distribution is paid within the life expectancy of the Participant.

             (i) Consents. If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and
         Survivor Annuity is required with respect to a Participant and either
         the value of a Participant's vested Account balance derived from
         Employer and Employee contributions exceeds $5,000 or there are
         remaining payments to be made with respect to a particular distribution
         option that previously commenced, and the Account balance is
         immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant's spouse
         (or where either the Participant or the spouse has died, the survivor)
         must consent to any distribution of such Account balance.

         If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not
         required with respect to a Participant and the value of a Participant's
         vested Account balance derived from Employer and Employee Contributions
         exceeds $5,000, and the Account balance is immediately distributable,
         the Participant must consent to any distribution of such Account
         Balance. The consent shall be obtained in writing within the 90 day
         period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. Neither the consent of the
         Participant nor the Participant's spouse shall be required to the
         extent that a distribution is required to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or
         section 415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of the Plan if
         the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial
         provider) and if the Employer or

<PAGE>

         any entity within the same controlled group does not maintain another
         defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan
         as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the Participant's
         Account balance in the Plan will, without the Participant's consent, be
         distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within the same
         controlled group as the Employer maintains another defined contribution
         plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in section
         4975(e)(7) of the Code), then the Participant's Account balance will be
         transferred, without the Participant's consent, to the other Plan if
         the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution. Spousal
         consent shall not be required under this Section if the Plan is a Safe
         Harbor Profit Sharing Plan.

                      (1) Transitional Rules for Cash Out Limits. In general.
             This section provides transitional rules with regard to the cash
             out limits for distributions made prior to October 17, 2000.

                      (2) Distributions subject to section 417 of the Code. If
             payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
             required with regard to a Participant, the rule in this Section (2)
             is substituted for the rule in the first sentence of Section
             2.5.2(i). If the value of a Participant' s vested Account balance
             derived from Employer and Employee Contributions exceeds (or at the
             time of any prior distribution (1) in Plan Years beginning before
             August 6, 1997, exceeded $3,500 or (2) in Plan Years beginning
             after August 5, 1997, exceeded) $5,000, and the Account balance is
             immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant's
             spouse (or where either the Participant or the spouse has died, the
             survivor) must consent to any distribution of such Account balance.

                      (3) Distributions not subject to section 417 of the Code.
             If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
             not required with respect to a Participant, the rule in this
             Section (3) is substituted for the rule in the first sentence of
             the second paragraph of Section 2.5.2(i).

             If the value of a Participant's vested Account balance derived from
             Employer and Employee Contributions:

                             (A) for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997,
                      exceeds $3,500 (or exceeded $3,500 at the time of any
                      prior distribution),

                             (B) for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997,
                      and for a distribution made prior to March 22, 1999,
                      exceeds $5,000 (or exceeded $5,000 at the time of any
                      prior distribution),

                             (C) and for Plan Years beginning after August 5,
                      1997 and for a distribution made after March 21, 1999,
                      that either exceeds $5,000 or is a remaining payment under
                      a selected optional form of payment that exceeded $5,000
                      at the time the selected payment began, and the Account
                      balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and
                      the Participant's spouse (or where either the Participant
                      or the spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any
                      distribution of such Account balance.

             (j) Zero Benefits. If the value of the Participant's vested and
         nonforfeitable interest in the Plan at the time of his termination of
         employment is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a
         distribution of such interest.

             (k) Restrictions on Immediate Distributions. The Plan Administrator
         shall notify the Participant and the Participant's spouse of the right
         to defer any distribution until the Participant's Account balance in
         the Plan is no longer immediately distributable. Such notification
         shall include a general description of the material features and an
         explanation of the relative values of the optional forms of benefit
         available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice
         requirements of section 417(a)(3) of the Code and shall be provided no
         less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity
         Starting Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need
         consent to the commencement of a

<PAGE>

         distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
         while the Participant's Account balance in the Plan is immediately
         distributable. Furthermore, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint
         and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the Participant
         pursuant to the Plan, only the Participant need consent to the
         distribution of an Account balance that is immediately distributable.
         The Participant's Account balance is immediately distributable if any
         part of the Participant's Account balance could be distributed to the
         Participant (or surviving spouse) before the Participant attains (or
         would have attained if not deceased) the later of age 62 or the Normal
         Retirement Age.

         Such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice
         required under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax regulations is
         given, provided that:

                      (1) The Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant
             that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days
             after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or
             not to elect a distribution (and if applicable, a particular
             distribution option),

                      (2) The Participant, after receiving the notice,
             affirmatively elects a distribution.

                      (3) The distribution commences more than 7 days after such
             explanation is provided.

                      (4) The Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative
             distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or,
             if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7 day period
             that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint
             and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and

                      (5) The Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date
             that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.

             (l) Transitional Rules.

                      (1) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
             August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits
             prescribed by the previous Sections of the Article must be given
             the opportunity to elect to have the prior Sections of this Article
             apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of
             Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year
             beginning on or after January 1,1976, and such Participant has at
             least 10 years of vesting service when he or she separated from
             service.

                      (2) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
             August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service
             under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2,
             1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan
             Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the
             opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in accordance with
             Section (4) below.

                      (3) The respective opportunities to elect (as described
             above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the
             period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date
             benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.

                      (4) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section
             (2) above and any Participant who does not elect under Section (1)
             or who meets the requirements of Section (1) except that such
             Participant does not have at least 10 years of vesting service when
             he or she separates from service, shall have his benefits
             distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if
             benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity:

                             (i) Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity. If
                      benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a
                      married Participant who:

<PAGE>

                                    (1) begins to receive payments under the
                             Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; or

                                    (2) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age
                             while still working for the Employer; or

                                    (3) begins to receive payments on or after
                             the qualified Early Retirement Age; or

                                    (4) separates from service on or after
                             attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the qualified
                             Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the
                             eligibility requirements for the payment of
                             benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before
                             beginning to receive such benefits;

                             Such benefits will be received under this Plan in
                             the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
                             unless the Participant has elected otherwise during
                             the election period. The election period must begin
                             at least 6 months before the Participant attains
                             qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more
                             than 90 days before the commencement of benefits.
                             Any election hereunder will be in writing and may
                             be changed by the Participant at any time.

                             (ii) Election of early survivor annuity. A
                      Participant who is employed after attaining the qualified
                      Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to
                      elect, during the election period, to have a survivor
                      annuity payable on death.

                      If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments
                      under such annuity must not be less than the payments that
                      would have been made to the spouse under the Qualified
                      Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired
                      on the day before his or her death. Any election under
                      this provision will be in writing and may be changed by
                      the Participant at any time. The election period begins on
                      the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant
                      attains the qualified Early Retirement Age, or (2) the
                      date on which participation begins, and ends on the date
                      the Participant terminates employment.

                             (iii) For purposes of this Section (4):

                                    (1) Qualified Early Retirement Age is the
                             later of:

                                           (i) the earliest date, under the
                                    Plan, on which the Participant may elect to
                                    receive retirement benefits;

                                           (ii) the first day of the 120th month
                                    beginning before the Participant reaches
                                    Normal Retirement Age; or

                                           (iii) the date the Participant begins
                                    participation.

                                    (2) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
                             an annuity for the life of the Participant with a
                             survivor annuity for the life of the spouse as
                             otherwise described in the Plan.

<PAGE>

             (m) Safe Harbor Rules. This Section shall apply to a Participant in
         a plan designated as either a Cash or Deferred Arrangement or Profit
         Sharing Plan notwithstanding any other provision of the plan if the
         following conditions are satisfied:

                      (1) the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in
             the form of a life annuity; and

                      (2) on the death of a Participant, the Participant's
             vested Account balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving
             spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the surviving
             spouse has consented in a manner conforming to a qualified
             election, then to the Participant's Designated Beneficiary. The
             surviving spouse may elect to have distribution of the vested
             Account balance commence with the 90-day period following the date
             of the Participant's death. The Account balance shall be adjusted
             for gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death in
             accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment
             of Account balances for other types of distributions. This Section
             (m) shall not be operative with respect to a Participant in a plan
             designated as a Profit Sharing Plan or Cash of Deferred Arrangement
             if the Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit
             plan, money purchase plan, a target benefit plan, stock bonus, or
             profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity
             requirements of section 401(a)(11) and section 417 of the Code.

         2.5.3 NATURE OF DISTRIBUTIONS. The nature of the distribution of a
Participant's Distributable Benefit shall be as hereinafter provided.

             (a) Trust Fund and Segregated Funds. Subject to the Joint and
         Survivor Annuity requirements, except as provided in Subsection (b)
         with regard to Life Insurance Policies, distribution of a Participant's
         Distributable Benefit shall consist of cash or property, or an annuity
         contract as provided in Section 2.5.2 above.

             (b) Insurance Policies. In the event that the Trustee has purchased
         Life Insurance Policies on the life of the Participant, or someone in
         whom the Participant has an insurable interest, the values and benefits
         available with respect to each such Policy shall be distributed as
         follows:

                      (i) If the Participant's employment terminates for any
             reason other than death, then the Trustee shall either surrender
             the Life Insurance Policy for its available cash value and
             distribute the proceeds as provided in Subsection (a) above or, at
             the election of the Participant, distribute the Life Insurance
             Policy to the Participant, provided the Participant has a vested
             and nonforfeitable interest in his Accounts in an amount at least
             equal to the cash value thereof.

                      (ii) If the Participant's employment terminates by reason
             of death, the Beneficiary designated by the Participant in
             accordance with the terms of the Plan shall be entitled to receive
             from the Trustee the full amount of the proceeds thereof.

             The Trustee shall apply for and be the owner of any Policies
             purchased under the terms of the Plan. The Policies must provide
             that the proceeds are payable to the Trustee subject to the
             Trustee's obligation to pay over the proceeds to the Designated
             Beneficiary. A Participant's spouse will be the Designated
             beneficiary of the proceeds of such Policies unless a qualified
             election has been made in accordance with Section 2.5.2(f) of the
             Plan, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain
             any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the
             terms of the Plan and the terms of any Policies purchased
             hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

                      (iii) In the event a Life Insurance Policy on the life of
             someone other than the Participant is purchased pursuant to this
             Plan, and such other person shall die, the Participant may withdraw
             the life insurance proceeds to the extent they exceed the cash
             value.

<PAGE>

         2.5.4 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement to permit advance distribution to a Participant or his Beneficiary
after his employment has terminated or after he reaches Normal Retirement Age
but continues his employment, and before he is otherwise entitled to
distribution of his Distributable Benefit but in no event earlier than a
reasonable period following the Distribution Date, the Trustee upon the request
of the Participant or Beneficiary shall make advance distributions to him or to
his Beneficiary. The aggregate of such an advance distribution shall not exceed
the sum of the vested and nonforfeitable interest in the Participant's Accounts.

         If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to forfeit nonvested
amounts immediately upon distribution of the Employee's entire vested Account
balance on termination of service, an Employee who terminates service and elects
to receive the value of the Employee's vested Account balance shall forfeit the
nonvested portion. If the Employee elects to have distributed less than the
entire vested portion of the Account balance derived from Employer
contributions, the part of the nonvested portion that is treated as a Forfeiture
is the total nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions and the
denominator of which is the total value of the vested Employer derived Account
balance.

         Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, if a Participant
receives a distribution which reduces the balance in his Employer Account when
he has less than a one hundred percent (100%) vested and nonforfeitable interest
in the Account, the amount, if any, of the Participant's vested and
nonforfeitable interest in the undistributed balance of said Account at any
relevant time shall not be less than an amount ("X") determined by the formula:
X = P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D). For purposes of applying the formula: P is the
vested percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Account balance at the
relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution; and R is the ratio of the
Account balance at the relevant time to the Account balance after distribution.

         2.5.5 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. If the Plan is
designated in the Adoption Agreement as a Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan
and the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit Hardship
Distributions of Elective Deferrals, a Participant may request a distribution
from the Plan as a result of immediate and heavy financial needs of the
Participant to the extent that the distribution is necessary to satisfy such
financial needs. The availability of Hardship Distributions to Participants is
limited to Participants who have not terminated employment.

         Hardship Distributions are subject to the spousal consent requirements
contained in sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code unless the Plan is a Safe
Harbor Profit Sharing Plan as defined by Section 1.2.77. The determination of
whether a Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need shall be made by
the Plan Administrator. A distribution shall be deemed to be made on account of
an immediate and heavy financial need if the distribution is on account of:

             (a) Deductible medical expenses described in section 213(d) of the
         Code incurred or necessary for medical care of the Participant, his
         spouse or dependents;

             (b) Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence
         for the Participant;

             (c) Cost of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12
         months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his spouse,
         children or dependents; or

             (d) The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
         principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant's
         principal residence.

         A distribution shall be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate
         and heavy financial need of the Participant only if:

             (e) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than
         Hardship Distributions, and all

<PAGE>

         nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Employer;

             (f) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
         Participant's Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions shall be
         suspended for twelve (12) months after the receipt of the Hardship
         Distribution;

             (g) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of an immediate
         and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any
         federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably
         anticipated to result from the distribution); and

             (h) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
         Participant may not make Elective Deferrals for the Participant's
         taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the Hardship
         Distribution in excess of the applicable limit under section 402(g) of
         the Code for such taxable year less the amount of such Participant's
         Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of the Hardship Distribution.

         2.5.6 IN SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS.

             (a) Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plans. If the Plan is
         designated in the Adoption Agreement as a Cash or Deferred Profit
         Sharing Plan and if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to
         permit distributions to a Participant after attaining age 591/2 but
         prior to his termination of employment, a Participant shall be entitled
         to receive a distribution of all or a part of his Accounts upon filing
         a written request with the Plan Administrator; provided, that no
         distribution shall be made unless the interest of the Participant in
         the Account from which the distribution is to be made is vested and
         nonforfeitable and the balance in the Account to be distributed has
         accumulated for at least two (2) years or the individual has been a
         Participant for five (5) or more Plan Years; and, the distribution of
         Elective Deferrals and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions(to the
         extent used in ADP or ACP test), Matching Contributions (to the extent
         used in ADP or ACP Test) or Qualified Matching Contributions(to the
         extent used in ADP or ACP Test) must satisfy the limitations imposed by
         Part II, Article VII. In Service distributions on account of Hardship
         must meet the Hardship requirements of Section 2.5.5.

         In Service Distributions are subject to the spousal consent
         requirements contained in sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code
         unless the Plan is a Safe Harbor Profit Sharing Plan as defined by
         Section 1.2.77.

         The Adoption Agreement may provide that In Service Distributions are
         available before age 591/2 for Accounts other than Elective Deferrals
         or Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and
         Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are used to pass the ADP test
         or ACP test.

             (b) Profit Sharing Plans. If the Plan is designated in the Adoption
         Agreement as a Profit Sharing Plan and if the Employer elects in the
         Adoption Agreement to permit distributions to a Participant prior to
         his termination of employment, a Participant shall be entitled to
         receive a distribution of all or part of his interest in the Plan upon
         filing a written request with the Plan Administrator; provided, that no
         distribution shall be made unless the interest of the Participant in
         the Account from which the distribution is to be made is fully vested
         and nonforfeitable and the balance in the Account to be distributed has
         accumulated for at least two (2) years or the individual has been a
         Participant for five (5) or more Plan Years, or on account of Hardship;
         provided, further that In Service Distributions on account of Hardship
         shall be subject to the restrictions of Section 2.5.5. In Service
         Distributions are subject to the spousal consent requirements contained
         in sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code unless the Plan is a Safe
         Harbor Profit Sharing Plan as defined by Section 1.2.77.

             (c) Money Purchase and Target Benefit Plans. The Employer may elect
         in the Adoption Agreement to permit In Service withdrawals upon a
         Participant reaching his Normal Retirement Date.

             (d) All Plans. If so elected in the Adoption Agreement, In Service
         Distributions are permitted at the

<PAGE>

         election of the Participant for amounts held in a Segregated Account
         attributable to a rollover from another plan or Voluntary Account
         regardless of age or periods of participation. In Service Distributions
         are subject to the spousal consent requirements contained in sections
         401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code unless the Plan is a Safe Harbor Profit
         Sharing Plan as defined by Section 1.2.77.
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6

                         CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

2.6.1 TOP HEAVY REQUIREMENTS. If the Plan becomes a Top Heavy Plan during any
Plan Year, the following provisions shall supersede any conflicting provisions
in the Plan or Adoption Agreement and apply for such Plan Year:

             (a) Except as otherwise provided below, the Employer contributions
         and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key
         Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three percent of such
         Participant's Compensation as defined in Part II.C. of the Adoption
         Agreement or in the case where the Employer has no defined benefit plan
         which designates this Plan to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the
         largest percentage of Employer contributions and Forfeitures, as a
         percentage of the Key Employee's Compensation as defined in Part II.C.
         of the Adoption Agreement and limited by section 401(a)(17) of the
         Code, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The
         Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation is determined without regard to any Social
         Security contribution. This Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation shall be made
         even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would not
         otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received
         a lesser allocation for the year because of (i) the Participant's
         failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided
         in the Plan), or (ii) the Participant's failure to make mandatory
         Employee contributions to the Plan, or (iii) compensation less than a
         stated amount. The Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to have
         this provision provide Key Employees with the Top-Heavy minimum
         benefit.

         Neither Elective Deferrals nor Matching Contributions may be taken into
         account for the purpose of satisfying the Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation.

         For purposes of computing the Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation,
         Compensation shall mean a Participant's Compensation as defined in Part
         II.C. Compensation in the Adoption Agreement.

         The Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation provided above shall not apply to any
         Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the
         Plan Year.

         If so elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Minimum Top-Heavy
         Allocation provided above shall not apply to any Participant who is in
         a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement
         between the Employer and Employee representatives, provided benefits
         were the subject of good faith bargaining and two percent or less of
         the Employees of the Employer who are covered pursuant to that
         agreement are professionals as defined in section 1.410(b)-9(g) of the
         Income Tax regulations.

         The Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation provided above shall not apply to any
         Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other
         plan or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the
         Adoption Agreement that the Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation or benefit
         requirement applicable to Top-Heavy plans will be met in the other plan
         or plans.

             (b) The vested and nonforfeitable interest of each Participant
         shall be equal to the percentage determined under the vesting schedule
         specified in the Adoption Agreement if the Plan becomes a Top Heavy
         Plan, or if no vesting schedule is specified, the percentage determined
         under the following schedule:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of Service                                Percentage
----------------                                ----------
<S>                                            <C>
  Less than 2                                        0%
       2                                            20%
       3                                            40%
       4                                            60%
       5                                            80%
       6                                       or more 100%
</TABLE>

         The Top-Heavy minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within
         the meaning of section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except those attributable
         to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the
         effective date of section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before
         the Plan becomes Top-Heavy.

         No decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in
         the event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year. Any
         Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation required (to the extent required to be
         nonforfeitable under section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under section
         411(a)(3)(B) or (D) of the Code.

     2.6.2 TOP HEAVY DEFINITIONS. The following terms, as used in this Plan,
shall have the following meaning:

             (a) "Key Employee": An Employee or former Employee who, at any time
         during the Determination Period is either:

                      (i) an officer of the Employer having an Annual
             Compensation greater than fifty (50%) percent of the amount in
             effect under section 415(b)(l)(A) of the Code;

                      (ii) an owner (or a person considered an owner under
             section 318 of the Code) of one of the ten largest interests in the
             Employer if such individual's Annual Compensation from the Employer
             is more than the limitation in effect under section 415(c)(l)(A) of
             the Code;

                      (iii) any person who owns directly or indirectly more than
             five (5%) percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock
             possessing more than five (5%) percent of the total combined voting
             power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
             unincorporated Employer, the capital or profits interest in the
             Employer;

                      (iv) any person who owns directly or indirectly more than
             one (1%) percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock
             possessing more than one (1%) percent of the total combined voting
             power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an
             unincorporated Employer, the capital or profits interest in the
             Employer and having an Annual Compensation from the Employer of
             more than $150,000; or

                      (v) any beneficiary of a Key Employee. The determination
             of who is a Key Employee shall be made in accordance with section
             416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

             (b) "Aggregation Group": Each qualified retirement plan of the
         Employer in which a Key Employee is a participant and each other
         qualified retirement plan of the Employer which enables any plan in
         which a Key Employee is a participant to meet the requirements of
         section 401(a)(4) or section 410 of the Code.

             (c) "Annual Compensation": Compensation as defined in section
         415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed by the
         Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable
         from the Employee's gross income under section 125, section 132(f)(4),
         section 402(e)(3), section 402(h) or section 403(b) of the Code.

             (d) "Top-Heavy Plan": For any Plan Year beginning after December
         31, 1983, the Plan is Top-Heavy if any of the following conditions
         exists:

<PAGE>

                      (i) If the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60 percent
             and the Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or
             Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

                      (ii) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group
             of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
             Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

                      (iii) If the Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation
             Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the
             Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60
             percent.

             (e) "Top-Heavy Ratio":

                      (i) If the Employer maintains one or more defined
             contribution plans (including any simplified Employee pension plan)
             and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which
             during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or
             has had accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone
             or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate
             is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account
             balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s)
             (including any part of any account balance distributed in the
             5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the
             denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including
             any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period
             ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed in accordance
             with section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Both
             the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased
             to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the
             Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account
             on that date under section 416 of the Code and the regulations
             thereunder.

                      (ii) If the Employer maintains one or more defined
             contribution plans (including any simplified Employee pension plan)
             and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined
             benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the
             Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the
             Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as
             appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of
             account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or
             plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (i)
             above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the
             aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as
             of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the
             sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined
             contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in
             accordance with (i) above, and the present value of accrued
             benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all
             Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in
             accordance with section 416 of the Code and the regulations
             thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in
             both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are
             increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the
             five-year period ending on the Determination Date.

                      (iii) For purposes of (i) and (ii) above, the value of
             account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be
             determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within
             or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date,
             except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the regulations
             thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a defined benefit
             plan. The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant:
             (1) who is not a Key Employee but was a Key Employee in a prior
             year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of
             Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during
             the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date will be
             disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent
             to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into
             account will be made in accordance with section 416 of the Code and
             the regulations thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions will
             not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy
             Ratio. When aggregating plans, the value of account balances and
             accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the

<PAGE>

             Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

             The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee
             shall be determined under: (a) the method, if any, that uniformly
             applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans
             maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as
             if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
             rate permitted under the fractional rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of
             the Code.

             (f) "Permissive Aggregation Group": The Required Aggregation Group
         of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when
         considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would
         continue to satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of
         the Code.

             (g) "Required Aggregation Group":

                      (i) Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least
             one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during
             the Determination Period (regardless of whether the plan has
             terminated).

                      (ii) Any other qualified plan of the Employer which
             enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of
             sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

             (h) "Determination Date": For any Plan Year subsequent to the first
         Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan
         Year of the Plan, the last day of that year.

             (i) "Valuation Date": The date elected by the Employer in the
         Adoption Agreement as of which account balances or accrued benefits are
         valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio.

             (j) "Present Value": Present value shall be based only on the
         interest and mortality rates specified in the Adoption Agreement.

             (k) "Determination Period": The Plan Year containing the
         Determination Date and the four (4) preceding Plan Years.

             (l) "Non-Key Employee": An Employee who is not a Key Employee.

         2.6.3 PAIRING REQUIREMENTS. If an Employer adopts either a combination
of two defined contribution standardized form plans or a combination of one or
two defined contribution standardized form plans and one defined benefit
standardized form plan by executing Adoption Agreements pursuant to this Plan or
another prototype plan for which the Mass Submitter is the same, the provisions
of Sections 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 shall apply as well as the following:

             (a) Only one of the Adoption Agreements may provide for permitted
         disparity and if one of the paired plans is a defined benefit plan that
         includes a final pay limitation as described in section 401(a)(5)(D) of
         the Code, then the paired defined contribution plans may not provide
         for disparity in contributions.

             (b) In any Plan Year in which the paired plans are Top-Heavy the
         Employer may choose to provide the Top-Heavy minimum in each of the
         paired plans (Option A), or in one of the paired plans if the paired
         plans benefit the same participants (Option B). For Limitation Years
         beginning before January 1, 2000, the Employer can choose between two
         methods when implementing Option A or Option B described in the
         following paragraphs.

             (c) Option A - All plans paired with this Plan shall receive the
         Top-Heavy Minimum.

<PAGE>

                      (i) Method 1 - When the paired plans are Top-Heavy, the
             Top-Heavy requirements set forth in Sections 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 shall
             apply.

                      (ii) Method 1 - For Limitation Years beginning before
             January 1, 2000, in any Plan Year in which the Top-Heavy Ratio of
             the paired plans exceeds ninety (90) percent (i.e., becomes Super
             Top-Heavy the denominators of the defined benefit fraction and the
             defined contribution fraction defined in Section 3.2.1(d) shall be
             computed by using 100 percent of the dollar limitation instead of
             125 percent.

                      (iii) Method 2 - For Limitation Years beginning before
             January 1, 2000, when the paired plans are Top-Heavy but not Super
             Top-Heavy, the Employer shall provide each Non-key Employee who
             participates in this Plan a minimum contribution of four (4)
             percent of Compensation and the defined contribution fraction
             defined in Section 3.2.1(d) shall be computed using 125 percent of
             the dollar limitation.

                      (iv) Method 2 - When the paired plans are Super Top-Heavy,
             the Top-Heavy requirements set forth in Section 2.6.1 and 2.6.2
             shall apply and the defined benefit fraction and the defined
             contribution fraction defined in Section 3.2.1(d) shall be computed
             by using 100 percent of the dollar limitation instead of 125
             percent.

             (d) Option B - Only one of paired plans receives the Top-Heavy
         minimum contribution. In the event Option B is selected in the Adoption
         Agreement and the paired plans do not cover the same Participants,
         Option A, Method 1 will apply.

                      (i) Method 1 - When the paired plans are Top-Heavy, the
             Top-Heavy requirements set forth in Section 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 shall
             apply, except that each Non-key Employee shall receive a minimum
             contribution of five (5) percent of such Employee's Compensation
             and the defined contribution fraction defined in Section 3.2.1(d)
             shall be computed by using 100 percent of the dollar limitation
             instead of 125 percent.

                      (ii) Method 1 - For Limitation Years beginning before
             January 1, 2000, in any Plan Year in which the Top-Heavy Ratio
             exceeds ninety (90) percent (i.e., becomes Super Top-Heavy) the
             denominators of the defined benefit fraction and the defined
             contribution fraction defined in Section 3.2.1(d) shall be computed
             by using 100 percent of the dollar limitation instead of 125
             percent.

                      (iii) Method 2 - For Limitation Years beginning before
             January 1, 2000, when the paired plans are Top-Heavy but not Super
             Top-Heavy, the Employer shall provide each Non-key Employee a
             minimum Contribution of seven and one half (7 1/2) percent of each
             Employee's Compensation and the defined contribution fraction
             defined in Section 3.2.1(d) shall be computed by using 125 percent
             of the dollar limitation.

                      (iv) Method 2 - When the paired plans are Super Top-Heavy,
             the Top-Heavy requirements set forth in Sections 2.6.1 and 2.6.2
             shall apply, except that each Non-key Employee shall receive a
             minimum contribution of five (5) percent of each Employee's
             Compensation and the defined contribution fraction defined in
             Section 3.2.1(d) shall be computed by using 100 percent of the
             dollar limitation instead of 125 percent.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 7

                            SPECIAL CODA LIMITATIONS

         2.7.1 LIMITATION ON DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE FOR HIGHLY COMPENSATED
EMPLOYEES. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Actual
Deferral Percentage for all Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan
Year must not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage, for the preceding Plan
Year, for all Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to participate by more
than the greater of:

             (a) the Actual Deferral Percentage of such Non-highly Compensated
         Employees multiplied by 1.25; or

             (b) the Actual Deferral Percentage of such Non-highly Compensated
         Employees multiplied by 2.0, but in no event more than two (2)
         percentage points greater than the Actual Deferral Percentage of such
         Non-highly Compensated Employees;

             (c) the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to use the
         Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly
         Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year rather than the
         preceding Plan Year. If such election is made, it may not be changed
         except as provided by Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). The
         testing method selected must be used for both the Actual Deferral
         Percentage Test and the Actual Contribution Percentage Test;

             (d) in the case of the first Plan Year the Plan permits any
         Participant to make Elective Deferrals and this is not a successor
         plan, the amount taken into account as the Actual Deferral Percentage
         of Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year shall be
         3 percent or, at the Employer's election, the Actual Deferral
         Percentage for the first Plan Year;

             (e) A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular
         Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated
         Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a
         Non-highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she
         does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect
         for that Plan Year.

         For purposes hereof, the Actual Deferral Percentages for a Plan Year
         for all Highly Compensated Employees and for all Non-highly Compensated
         Employees respectively are the averages of the ratios, calculated
         separately for each Employee in the respective group, of the amount of
         Elective Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and those
         applicable Qualified Matching Contributions paid under the Plan on
         behalf of each such Employee for such Plan Year including Excess
         Elective Deferrals, to the Employee's compensation for such Plan Year
         whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year
         but excluding Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the
         Actual Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied
         both with and without exclusion of those Elective Deferrals). The
         Actual Deferral Percentages shall be rounded to the nearest hundredth
         of a percentage point. An Employee who would be a Participant but for
         the failure to have Elective Contributions made on his behalf shall be
         treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Contributions are
         made.

         For purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage test,
         Elective Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and
         Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the last day of
         the twelve month period immediately following the Plan Year to which
         the contributions relate. In order to be taken into account in the
         calculation of the Actual Deferral Percentage for a year under prior
         year testing, a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified
         Matching Contribution must be allocated as of a date within the year
         using current data and must actually be paid to the Trust no later than
         the end of the 12-month period following the end of the year to which
         the contribution relates.

         Pursuant to section 410(b)(4)(B) of the Code the Employer may elect to
         treat that portion of the Plan that benefits only Employees who satisfy
         age and service conditions under the Plan that are lower than

<PAGE>

         the greatest minimum age and service conditions permitted under section
         410(a) of the Code ("Otherwise Excludable Employees") and that portion
         of the Plan that benefits Employees that meet the greatest minimum age
         and service conditions permitted under section 410(a) of the Code ("Not
         Otherwise Excludable Employees") as two separate plans for purposes of
         section 401(k) of the Code, and the ADP test safe harbor need not be
         satisfied with respect to both plans in order for one of the plans to
         take advantage of the ADP test safe harbor.

         The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate
         satisfaction of the Actual Deferral Percentage test and the amount of
         Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective
         Contributions used in such test.

         The determination and treatment of the Actual Deferral Percentage
         amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may
         be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

         2.7.2 MULTIPLE PLAN LIMITATIONS.

             (a) The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Participant who is a
         Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to
         have Elective Contributions (Qualified Matching Contributions and
         Qualified Non-Elective Contributions if treated as Elective Deferrals
         for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test) allocated to his
         or her Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Section
         401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by the Employer, shall be
         determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such
         Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective
         Contributions) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly
         Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred
         arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash or deferred
         arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be
         treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain
         plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under
         regulations under section 401(k) of the Code.

             (b) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of
         section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with
         one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
         requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this
         Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the Actual
         Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single
         plan. Any adjustments to the Non-highly Compensated Employee ADP for
         the prior year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any
         superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption
         Agreement to use the Current Year Testing Method. Plans may be
         aggregated in order to satisfy section 401(k) of the Code only if they
         have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.

         2.7.3 LIMITATION ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding any
provision herein to the contrary, the Actual Contribution Percentage for all
Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year must not exceed the
Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for all Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible to participate by more than the greater of:

             (a) the Actual Contribution Percentage of such Non-highly
         Compensated Employees multiplied by 1.25; or

             (b) the Actual Contribution Percentage of such Non-highly
         Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.0, but in no event more than two
         (2) percentage points greater than the Actual Contribution Percentage
         of such Non-highly Compensated Employees;

             (c) the Employer may elect in the Adoption Agreement to use the
         Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly
         Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year rather than the
         preceding Plan Year. If such election is made, it may not be changed
         except as provided by Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). The
         testing method selected must be used for both the Actual Deferral
         Percentage Test and the Actual Contribution Percentage Test.

<PAGE>

             (d) if in the case of the first Plan Year the Plan permits any
         Participant to make Elective Deferrals and this is not a successor
         plan, the amount taken into account as the Actual Contribution
         Percentage of Non-highly Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan
         Year shall be 3 percent or, at the Employer's election, the Actual
         Contribution Percentage for that Plan Year.

For purposes hereof, the Actual Contribution Percentages for a Plan Year for all
Highly Compensated Employees and for all other Employees respectively are the
averages of the ratios, calculated separately for each Employee in the
respective group, of the amount of Matching Contributions paid under the Plan on
behalf of each such Employee for such Plan Year, to the Employee's compensation
for such Plan Year whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire
Plan Year. Such contribution percentage amounts shall include Forfeitures of
Excess Aggregate Contributions or Matching Contributions allocated to the
Participant's Accounts that shall be taken into account in the Plan Year in
which such Forfeiture is allocated. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall
be included as contribution percentage amounts only to the extent such
Forfeitures are used to reduce or supplement the Matching Contributions, as
specified in the Adoption Agreement. If so elected in the Adoption Agreement,
the Employer may include Qualified Non-Elective Contributions in the
contribution percentage amounts. In order to be taken into account in the
calculation of the Actual Contribution Percentage for a year under preceding
year testing, a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified Matching
Contribution must be allocated as of a date within the year using current data
and must actually be paid to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month
period following the end of the year to which the contribution relates. The
Employer may also elect to use Elective Deferrals in the contribution percentage
amounts so long as the ADP test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in
the ACP test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Elective
Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test. The Actual Contribution
Percentages shall be rounded to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. If
an Elective Contribution or other contribution by an Employee is required as a
condition of participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant
if such Employee made such a contribution shall be treated as an eligible
Participant on behalf of whom no such contributions are made.

If the deferral election is made on an annual basis, but deferrals are taken
from Compensation on some other basis, the Employer must adjust ("True-Up")
Matching Contributions at the end of the Plan Year to an annual basis unless
elected otherwise in the Adoption Agreement.

The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of
the Actual Contribution Percentage test and the amount of Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions used in such test.

The determination and treatment of the contribution percentage of any
Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury.

         2.7.4 SPECIAL RULES.

             (a) Multiple Use: If one or more Highly Compensated Employees
         participate in both a CODA and a plan subject to the ACP test
         maintained by the Employer and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those
         Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds
         the aggregate limit, then the Employer may use one of the following
         correction methods, or a combination of both, to correct the violation
         of the aggregate limit:

                      (1) the ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees who also
             participate in a CODA shall be corrected by distributing or
             forfeiting as the case may be, the Matching Contributions or
             Employee contributions necessary so that the limit is not exceeded.
             Any distribution or Forfeiture of such contributions shall begin
             with the Highly Compensated Employee with the greatest
             contribution.

             The amount by which each Highly Compensated Employee's contribution
             percentage amount is

<PAGE>

             reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The
             ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees are determined
             after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and
             are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests for the
             Plan Year or,

                      (2) the Employer may make a Qualified Non-Elective
             Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution on behalf of
             Non-highly Compensated Employees.

             Multiple Use does not occur if either the ADP or ACP (respectively)
             of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied
             by the ADP and ACP of the Employees who are not Highly Compensated
             Employees.

                      (b) Participation in More Than One Plan: The contribution
             percentage for any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee
             and who is eligible to have contribution percentage amounts
             allocated to his or her Accounts under two or more plans described
             in section 401(a) of the Code, or arrangements described in section
             401(k) of the Code that are maintained by the Employer, shall be
             determined as if the total of such contribution percentage amounts
             was made under each plan.

             If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash
             or deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash
             or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar
             year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the
             foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if
             mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under section 401(m) of
             the Code.

                      (c) Plan Aggregation: In the event that this Plan
             satisfies the requirements of sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b)
             of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
             one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections
             of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section
             shall be applied by determining the contribution percentages of
             Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments
             to the Non-highly Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year will
             be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding
             guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
             to use the Current Year Testing method. Plans may be aggregated in
             order to satisfy section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the
             same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing Method.

                      (d) Contribution Timing: For purposes of determining the
             contribution percentage test, Employee contributions are considered
             to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the
             Trust. Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
             and Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered made for a
             Plan Year if made no later than the end of the twelve month period
             beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

         2.7.5 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. A Participant may
assign to the Plan any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of
the Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator on or before March 15 of
each calendar year of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned
to the Plan. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of any
Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those Elective
Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans of the Employer.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus
any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later
than April 15 to any Participant to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were
assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for
such taxable year.

Excess Elective Deferrals distributed under this Section shall be adjusted for
any income or loss based on a

<PAGE>

reasonable method of computing the allocable income or loss. The method
selected must be applied consistently to all Participants and used for all
corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and must be the same
method that is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to Participants'
Accounts. Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the taxable
year and the date of distribution may be disregarded in determining income or
loss.

         2.7.6 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss
allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan
Year to Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the
amount of contributions by, or on behalf of, each of such Employees beginning
with such Highly Compensated Employee with the greatest contribution. If such
excess amounts are distributed more than 21/2 months after the last day of the
Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a ten (10) percent excise tax will
be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

Excess Contributions distributed under this Section shall be adjusted for any
income or loss based on a reasonable method of computing the allocable income or
loss. The method selected must be applied consistently to all Participants and
used for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and must
be the same method that is used by the Plan for allocating income or loss to
Participants' Accounts. Income or loss allocable to the period between the end
of the taxable year and the date of distribution may be disregarded in
determining income or loss.

Matching Contributions attributable to Excess Contributions that have been
returned shall be forfeited and allocated in the same manner as Employer
Matching Contributions.

Excess Contributions attributable to Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall
be distributed from the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account only to the extent that such
Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the Participant's Elective
Contribution Account.

         2.7.7 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any
income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited, if forfeitable,
or if not forfeitable, distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year.

Any distribution of the Excess Contributions for any Plan Year shall be made to
Highly Compensated Employees on the basis of the amount of contributions by, or
on behalf of, each of such Employees beginning with such Highly Compensated
Employee with the greatest contribution. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions
are distributed more than 21/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in
which such excess amounts arose, a ten (10) percent excise tax will be imposed
on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts.

Excess Aggregate Contributions distributed under this Section shall be adjusted
for any income or loss based on a reasonable method of computing the allocable
income or loss. The method selected must be applied consistently to all
Participants and used for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the
Plan Year, and must be the same method that is used by the Plan for allocating
income or loss to Participants' Accounts. Income or loss allocable to the period
between the end of the taxable year and the date of distribution may be
disregarded in determining income or loss.

Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may either be reallocated to the
accounts of Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees or applied to
reduce Employer Contributions, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement.

Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable or distributed
on a pro-rata basis from the Participant's Matching Account and Voluntary
Account (and, if applicable, the Participant's Qualified Non-Elective
Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching
Contribution Account).

<PAGE>

         2.7.8 LIMITATION ON DISTRIBUTIONS. Except as otherwise provided in this
Article, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions and income allocable thereto are not distributable to
a Participant or his or her Beneficiary in accordance with such Participant's or
Beneficiary's election prior to separation from service, death or disability.
Such amounts may, however, be distributed upon:

             (a) Termination of the Plan without the establishment of another
         defined contribution plan, other than an employee stock ownership plan
         (as defined in section 4975(e) or section 409 of the Code) or a
         simplified employee pension plan as defined in section 408(k) of the
         Code.

             (b) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation of
         substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of section
         409(d)(2) of the Code) used in a trade or business of such corporation
         if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan after the
         disposition, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment
         with the corporation acquiring such assets.

             (c) The disposition by a corporation to an unrelated entity of such
         corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of section
         409(d)(3) of the Code) if such corporation continues to maintain this
         Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with
         such subsidiary.

             (d) The attainment of age 591/2.

             (e) The Hardship of a Participant in accordance with Section 2.5.5.

All such distributions are subject to the spousal and Participant consent
requirements, if applicable, contained in sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the
Code. In addition, distributions after March 31, 1988, that are triggered by any
of the first three events enumerated above must be made in a lump sum.

         2.7.9 LIMITATION ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. No Participant shall be
permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other
qualified plan maintained by the Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of
the dollar limitation contained in section 402(g)(1) of the Code in effect at
the beginning of such taxable year.

         2.7.10 FORFEITURE OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Matching Contributions may
be forfeited when:

             (a) The Elective Deferral to which the Matching Contribution
         relates is returned because it was determined to be an Excess Deferral,
         Excess Contribution or Excess Annual Addition;

             (b) The Employee Contribution to which the Matching Contribution
         relates is returned because it was determined to be either an Excess
         Aggregate Contribution or Excess Annual Addition.

The requirements of this Section shall be met in whole or in part if the
Matching Contribution in question is returned to the Participant as an Excess
Aggregate Contribution.

Following the forfeiture of Matching Contributions pursuant to this Section, the
highest rate of Matching Contribution allocated to any Highly Compensated
Employee may not exceed the lowest rate of Matching Contribution allocated to
any non-Highly Compensated Employee eligible to receive an allocation of
Matching Contributions under this Plan or under all plans in a mandatory or
permissive aggregation group. This provision shall not apply in the case of a
non-Highly Compensated Employee whose allocation of Matching Contributions is
limited by the application of section 415 of the Code. Allocation of Forfeitures
under this Section shall be governed by elections regarding the allocation of
the forfeiture of Matching Contributions in the Adoption Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 8

                            SIMPLE 401(k) LIMITATIONS

Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or Adoption Agreement to the contrary,
during any year for which the Employer has elected to treat this Plan as a
Simple 401(k) plan under section 401(k)(11) and 401(m)(10) of the Code, this
Article VIII and the attendant election of the Adoption Agreement or any
amendment thereof shall prevail.

         2.8.1 ESTABLISHING A SIMPLE 401(k). If the Employer has elected in the
Adoption Agreement to have the Simple 401(k) provisions apply, then the
provisions of this Article shall apply for a Year only if (a) the Employer is an
Eligible Employer and (b) no contributions are made, or benefits accrued for
services during the Year, on behalf of any Eligible Employee under any other
plan, contract, pension, or trust described in section 219(g)(5)(A) or (B) of
the Code, maintained by the Employer. To the extent that any other provision of
the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, the provisions of
this Article govern.

         2.8.2 DEFINITIONS.

             (a) "Compensation" means, for purposes of Sections 2.8.2(b), 2.8.3
         and 2.8.4 of this Article, the sum of the wages, tips, and other
         compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax
         withholding (as described in section 6051(a)(3)) of the Code and the
         Employee's salary reduction contributions made under this or any other
         section 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, Elective Deferrals under a
         section 408(p) SIMPLE IRA Plan, a SARSEP, or a section 403(b) annuity
         contract and compensation deferred under a section 457 plan, required
         to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in section
         6051(a)(8) of the Code). For Self-Employed Individuals, Compensation
         means net earnings from self-employment determined under section
         1402(a) of the Code prior to subtracting any contributions made under
         this Plan on behalf of the individual. The provisions of the Plan
         implementing the limit on Compensation under section 401(a)(17) of the
         Code apply to the Compensation under Sections 2.8.3 and 2.8.4 of this
         Article.

             (b) "Eligible Employer", with respect to any Year, an employer that
         had no more than 100 employees who received at least $5,000 of
         Compensation from the Employer for the preceding Year. In applying the
         preceding sentence, all employees of controlled groups of corporations
         under section 414(b) of the Code, all employees of trades or businesses
         (whether incorporated or not) under common control under section 414(c)
         of the Code, all employees of affiliated service groups under section
         414(m)of the Code, and leased employees required to be treated as the
         Employer's employees under section 414(n) of the Code, are taken into
         account.

         An Eligible Employer that elects to have the Simple 401(k) provisions
         apply to the Plan and that fails to be an Eligible Employer for any
         subsequent Year, is treated as an Eligible Employer for the 2 Years
         following the last Year the Employer was an Eligible Employer. If the
         failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction
         involving an Eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if
         the provisions of section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) of the Code are satisfied.

             (c) "Eligible Employee", for purposes of the Simple 401(k)
         provisions, any Employee who is entitled to make Elective Deferrals
         under the terms of the Plan.

             (d) "Year" the calendar year.

         2.8.3 SALARY REDUCTION CONTRIBUTIONS.

             (a) Each Eligible Employee may make a salary reduction election to
         have his or her Compensation

<PAGE>

         reduced for the Year in any amount selected by the Employee subject to
         the limitation in Section 2.8.3(b) of this Article. The Employer will
         make a Salary Reduction Contribution to the Plan, as an Elective
         Deferral, in the amount by which the Employee's Compensation has been
         reduced.

             (b) The total Salary Reduction Contribution for the Year cannot
         exceed $6,000 for any Employee. To the extent permitted by law, this
         amount will be adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living increases
         announced by the IRS.

         2.8.4 OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS.

             (a) Matching Contributions - Each Year, the Employer will
         contribute a Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each
         Employee who makes a salary reduction election under Section 2.8.3. The
         amount of the Matching Contribution will be equal to the Employee's
         Salary Reduction Contribution up to a limit of 3 percent of the
         Employee's Compensation for the full Year.

             (b) Non-Elective Contribution - For any Year, instead of a Matching
         Contribution, the Employer may elect to contribute a Non-Elective
         Contribution of 2 percent of Compensation for the full Year for each
         Eligible Employee who received at least $5,000 of Compensation (or such
         lesser amount as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement) for
         the Year.

         2.8.5 LIMITATION ON OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS. No Employer or Employee
contributions may be made to this Plan for the Year other than salary reduction
contributions described in Section 2.8.3, Matching or Non-Elective Contributions
described in Section 2.8.4 and rollover contributions described in regulations
section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1(a).

         2.8.6 SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS. The provisions of the Plan implementing
the limitations of section 415 of the Code apply to contributions made pursuant
to Sections 2.8.3 and 2.8.4.

         2.8.7 ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

             (a)  Election Period

                      (i) In addition to any other election periods provided
             under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a salary
             reduction election during the 60-day period immediately preceding
             each January 1.

                      (ii) For the Year an Employee becomes eligible to make
             Salary Reduction Contributions under the Simple 401(k) provisions,
             the 60-day election period requirement of Section 2.8.7(a)(i) is
             deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary
             reduction election during a 60-day period that includes either the
             date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before.

                      (iii) Each Employee may terminate a salary reduction
             election at any time during the Year.

             (b)  Notice Requirements

                      (i) The Employer will notify each Eligible Employee prior
             to the 60-day election period described in Section 2.8.7(a) that he
             can make a salary reduction election or modify a prior election
             during that period.

                      (ii) The notification described in Section 2.8.7(b)(i)
             will indicate whether the Employer will provide a 3-percent
             Matching Contribution described in Section 2.8.4(a) or a 2-percent
             Non-Elective Contribution described in Section 2.8.4(b).

<PAGE>

         2.8.8 VESTING REQUIREMENTS. All benefits attributable to contributions
described in Section 2.8.3 and 2.8.4 are nonforfeitable at all times, and all
previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the
beginning of the Year the Simple 401(k) provisions apply.

         2.8.9 TOP-HEAVY RULES. The Plan is not treated as a Top-Heavy plan
under section 416 of the Code for any Year for which this Article applies.

         2.8.10 NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS. The ADP and ACP tests described in
Sections 2.7.1 and 2.7.3 of the Plan are treated as satisfied for any Year for
which this Article applies.

         2.8.11 REVOCATION. An amendment to have the 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions no
longer apply is effective the next January 1.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 9

          ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF MEETING NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS

         2.9.1 SAFE HARBOR CODA RULES.

             (a) If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in the
         Adoption Agreement, and the Notice Requirement of Section 2.9.3(b)
         below has been satisfied, the provisions of this Article shall apply
         for the Plan Year and any provisions relating to the ADP test described
         in section 401(k)(3) of the Code or the ACP test described in section
         401(m)(2) of the Code shall not apply.

             (b) If the Employer elects to satisfy the current year ADP (and, if
         applicable, ACP) testing method for a Plan Year and the Employer has
         not elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in the Adoption Agreement, the
         Employer may amend the Plan not later than 30 days before the last day
         of the Plan Year to specify that the 401(k) Safe Harbor Non-Elective
         Contribution method will be used for the Plan Year (including that the
         Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made), provided that the
         Plan otherwise satisfies the ADP (and, if applicable, ACP test safe
         harbor for the Plan Year(including the Notice Requirement of Section
         2.9.3(b) below).

             (c) If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in the
         Adoption Agreement, and has specified that the Safe Harbor Matching
         Contribution will be used for the Plan Year, the Employer may amend the
         Plan during the Plan Year to reduce or eliminate Matching Contributions
         under this Article IX provided:

                      (1) A supplemental notice is given to all Eligible
             Employees explaining the consequences of the amendment and
             informing them of the effective date of the reduction or
             elimination of Matching Contributions and that they have a
             reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change
             their cash or deferred elections and, if applicable, their Employee
             contribution elections;

                      (2) The reduction or elimination of Matching Contributions
             is effective no earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after
             eligible Employees are given the supplemental notice and (ii) the
             date the amendment is adopted;

                      (3) Eligible Employees are given a reasonable opportunity
             (including a reasonable period) prior to the reduction or
             elimination of Matching Contributions to change their cash or
             deferred elections and, if applicable, their Employee contribution
             elections;

                      (4) The Plan is amended to provide that the ADP test and,
             if applicable, the ACP test will be performed and satisfied for the
             entire Plan Year using the Current Year Testing Method; and

                      (5) All other safe harbor requirements including but not
             limited to the matching contribution requirements, are satisfied
             through the effective date of the amendment.

             (d) If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in the
         Adoption Agreement, and the Notice Requirement of Section 2.9.3(b)
         below has been satisfied, then if the Employer so elected in the
         Adoption Agreement, all Eligible Participants will be required to make
         any deferral elections in whole percentages of pay or whole dollars
         amounts.

             (e) If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in the
         Adoption Agreement, and the Notice Requirement of Section 2.9.3(b)
         below has been satisfied, then the Employer may also elect in the
         Adoption Agreement to meet the matching contribution requirements of
         this Article IX either (i) with respect to the Plan Year as a whole, or
         (ii) separately with respect to each payroll period (or with respect to
         all payroll periods ending with or within each month or plan-year
         quarter) taken into account

<PAGE>

         under the Plan for the Plan Year (the "payroll period method"). The
         payroll period method applies only for purposes of satisfying the ADP
         Safe Harbor Matching Contribution requirements of Section 2.9.3 of the
         Plan and the ACP Safe Harbor Matching Contribution requirements of
         Section 2.9.4 of the Plan, if applicable.

             (f) If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA option in the
         Adoption Agreement, and the Notice Requirement of Section 2.9.3(b)
         below has been satisfied, then if the Employer has so elected, the Safe
         Harbor Non-Elective contribution requirement may be satisfied by
         allocating such contribution in another plan of the Employer.

             (g) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is
         inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, the provisions of
         this Article shall govern.

         2.9.2 DEFINITIONS.

             (a) "ACP Test Safe Harbor" is the method described in Section 2.9.4
         of this Article for satisfying the ACP test of section 401(m)(2) of the
         Code.

             (b) "ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions" are Matching
         Contributions described in Section 2.9.4(b) of this Article.

             (c) "ADP Test Safe Harbor" is the method described in Section 2.9.3
         of this Article for satisfying the ADP test of section 401(k)(3) of the
         Code.

             (d) "ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions" are Matching Contributions
         and Non-Elective Contributions described in Section 2.9.3(a) of this
         Article.

             (e) "Compensation" is defined in Section 1.2.14, except, for
         purposes of this Article, no dollar limit, other than the limit imposed
         by section 401(a)(17) of the Code, applies to the Compensation of a
         Non-highly Compensated Employee. However, solely for purposes of
         determining the Compensation subject to a Participant's deferral
         election, the Employer may use an alternative definition to the one
         described in the preceding sentence, provided such alternative
         definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of section
         1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the regulations and permits each Participant to
         elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of
         Matching Contributions (determined using the definition of Compensation
         described in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under
         the Plan.

             (f) "Eligible Employee" means an Employee eligible to make Elective
         Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who would be
         eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a
         Hardship Distribution described in Section 2.5.5(h) of the Plan or to
         statutory limitations, such as sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code.

             (g) "Matching Contributions" are contributions made by the Employer
         on account of an Eligible Employee's Elective Deferrals.

             (h) "True-Up" To "True-Up" a contribution is to adjust a
         contribution made on other than an annual basis to an annual basis.

         2.9.3 ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS.

             (a)  ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions

                      (1) Unless the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement
             to make Enhanced Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Non-Elective
             Contributions, the Employer will contribute for the Plan

<PAGE>
             Year a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of
             each Eligible Employee equal to (i) 100 percent of the amount of
             the Employee's Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 3 percent of
             the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year, plus (ii) 50 percent
             of the amount of the Employee's Elective Deferrals that exceed 3
             percent of the Employee's Compensation but that do not exceed 5
             percent of the Employee's Compensation ("Basic Matching
             Contributions").

                      (2) Notwithstanding the requirement in (a) above that the
             Employer make the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to this Plan,
             if the Employer so provides in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP Test
             Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to the defined contribution
             plan indicated in the Adoption Agreement. However, such
             contributions will be made to this Plan unless (i) each Employee
             eligible under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan and
             (ii) the other plan has the same plan year as this Plan.

                      (3) The Participant's accrued benefit derived from ADP
             Test Safe Harbor Contributions is nonforfeitable and may not be
             distributed earlier than separation from service, death,
             Disability, an event described in section 401(k)(10) of the Code,
             or, in the case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age
             591/2. In addition, such contributions must satisfy the ADP Test
             Safe Harbor without regard to permitted disparity under section
             401(l) of the Code.

             (b) Notice Requirement. At least 30 days, but not more than 90
         days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide
         each Eligible Employee a comprehensive notice of the Employee's rights
         and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be
         understood by the average Eligible Employee. If an Employee becomes
         eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and
         does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be
         provided no more than 90 days before the Employee becomes eligible but
         not later than the date the Employee becomes eligible.

         The Employer reserves the right to amend the Plan to make a 401(k)
         Non-Elective Safe Harbor Contribution under Section 2.9.1(b) above. If
         the Employer wishes to exercise that right, the notice given to
         Eligible Employees before the beginning of the Plan Year must provide
         that: (i) the Plan may be amended during the Plan Year to provide that
         the Employer will make a Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution of at
         least 3 percent to the Plan for the Plan Year, and (ii) if the Plan is
         so amended, a supplemental notice will be given to Eligible Employees
         30 days prior to the last day of the Plan Year informing them of such
         an amendment.

             (c) If the Plan is using the 401(k) Safe Harbor Matching
         Contributions, the Plan may be amended to reduce or eliminate Matching
         Contributions provided:

                      (1) A supplemental notice is given to all Eligible
             Employees explaining the consequences of the amendment and
             informing them of the effective date of the reduction or
             elimination of Matching Contributions and that they have a
             reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change
             their cash or deferred elections and, if applicable, their Employee
             contribution elections;

                      (2) The reduction or elimination of Matching Contributions
             is effective no earlier than the later of (i) 30 days after
             Eligible Employees are given the supplemental notice and (ii) the
             date the amendment is adopted;

                      (3) Eligible Employees are given a reasonable opportunity
             (including a reasonable period) prior to the reduction or
             elimination of Matching Contributions to change their cash or
             deferred elections and, if applicable, their Employee Contribution
             elections;

                      (4) The Plan is amended to provide that the ADP test and,
             if applicable, the ACP test will be performed and satisfied for the
             entire Plan Year using the Current Year Testing Method; and

<PAGE>

                      (5) All other safe harbor requirements are satisfied
             through the effective date of the amendment.

             (d) Election Periods. In addition to any other election periods
         provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a
         deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following
         receipt of the notice described in Section 2.9.3(b) above.

         2.9.4 ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

             (a) In addition to the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions described
         in Section 2.9.3(a) of this Article, the Employer will make the ACP
         Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, if any, indicated in the
         Adoption Agreement for the Plan Year.

             (b) ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be vested as
         indicated in the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such
         contributions shall be fully vested at normal Retirement Age, upon the
         complete or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete
         discontinuance of Employer Contributions. Forfeitures of nonvested ACP
         Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be used to reduce the
         Employer's contribution.

<PAGE>

                                     PART 3

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   ACCOUNTING

         3.1.1 ACCOUNTS. All income, profits, recoveries, contributions and any
and all moneys, securities and properties of any kind at any time received or
held by the Trustee shall be held as a commingled Trust Fund, except to the
extent such assets are transferred to a Segregated Fund or Controlled Fund. For
accounting purposes, the Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain certain
Accounts for each Participant. The Plan Administrator may establish a written
policy with respect to allocating earnings to the accounts of Participants that
recognizes the time value of money so long as this written policy is
administered in uniform nondiscriminatory manner. An Employer Account shall be
established and maintained for each Participant to which shall be added the
Participant's share of Employer or Non-Elective Contributions and Forfeitures. A
Matching Account shall be established and maintained for each Participant to
which shall be added the Participant's share of Matching Contributions and
Forfeitures. A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account shall be established
and maintained for each Participant to which shall be added the Participant's
share of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. A Qualified Matching Contribution
Account shall be established and maintained for each Participant to which shall
be added the Participant's share of Qualified Matching Contributions. If a
Participant has previously made voluntary nondeductible Employee contributions,
the Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain a Voluntary Account for the
Participant. If, in accordance with any of the provisions of the Plan, assets
are either deposited initially or transferred to a Segregated Fund for the
benefit of a Participant, the Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain a
Segregated Account for the Participant. If a Participant elects to exercise
investment control over all or a portion of his Accounts, the Plan Administrator
shall establish and maintain a Controlled Account for the Participant.

         3.1.2 ADJUSTMENTS. As of each Valuation Date, each Participant's
Accounts shall be adjusted in the following order and manner.

While it is contemplated that the Trust Fund will be valued by the Trustee and
allocations made only on the Valuation Date, at any time that the Plan's
valuations are not performed on a daily basis, should it be necessary to make
distributions under the provisions hereof and the Plan Administrator, in good
faith determines that, because of (i) an extraordinary change in general
economic conditions, (ii) the occurrence of some casualty materially affecting
the value of the Trust Fund or a substantial part thereof, or (iii) a
significant fluctuation in the value of the Trust Fund has occurred since the
immediately preceding Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator may, in his sole
discretion, to prevent the payee from receiving a substantially greater or
lesser amount than what he would be entitled to, based on current values, cause
a re-valuation of the Trust Fund to be made and a reallocation of the interests
therein as of the date the payee's right of distribution becomes fixed. The Plan
Administrator's determination to make such special valuation and the valuation
of the Trust Fund as determined by the Trustee shall be conclusive and binding
on all persons ever interested hereunder.

             (a) Distributions. Any distribution made to or on behalf of a
         Participant since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be deducted
         from the Participant's Account from which the distribution was made.

             (b) Insurance Premiums. Payments made since the last preceding
         Valuation Date for Life Insurance Policies on the life of a Participant
         or someone in whom the Participant has an insurable interest (including
         without limitation payments of premiums and interest on policy loans)
         shall be deducted from the Account of the Participant from which the
         payment was made.

             (c) Adjustment to Fair Market Value. The value of all moneys,
         securities and other property in the Trust Fund, excluding Life
         Insurance Policies, shall be appraised by the Trustee at the then fair
         market

<PAGE>

         value. In determining such value, all income and contributions, if any,
         received by the Trustee from the Employer or Participants on account of
         such year calculated under the method of accounting of the Trust shall
         be included and there shall be deducted all expenses determined in
         accordance with the method of accounting adopted by the Plan
         Administrator.

         If the total net value of the Trust Fund so determined exceeds (or is
         less than) the total amount in the affected Accounts of all
         Participants, the excess (or deficiency) shall be added to (or deducted
         from) the respective Accounts of all Participants in the ratio that
         each such Participant's Account bears to the total amount in all such
         Accounts.

             (d) Adjustment of Segregated and Controlled Accounts. The value of
         all moneys, securities and other property in each Participant's
         Segregated Account or Controlled Account, if any, but exclusive of Life
         Insurance Policies, shall be appraised by the Trustee at the then fair
         market value. In determining such value, all income calculated under
         the method of accounting of the Trust shall be included and all
         expenses shall be deducted.

         If the total net value of a Participant's Segregated Account or
         Controlled Account, as the case may be, so determined exceeds (or is
         less than) the previous balance in such Account, the excess (or
         deficiency) shall be added to (or deducted from) the Participant's
         respective Account.

             (e) Insurance Contracts. No contract will be purchased under the
         Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written agreement
         between the Employer and the insurer provides that: (1) no value under
         contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by
         the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience
         rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to
         such contracts may be paid or returned to the Employer or diverted to
         or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or
         their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer
         because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within
         one year of the contribution.

         If this Plan is funded by individual contracts that provide a
         Participant's benefit under the Plan, such individual contracts shall
         constitute the Participant's Account balance. If this Plan is funded by
         group contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance contract,
         premiums or other consideration received by the insurance company must
         be allocated to Participants' Accounts under the Plan.

             (f) Insurance Dividends. Dividends or credits received since the
         last preceding Valuation Date on any Life Insurance Policy on the life
         of a Participant or someone in whom the Participant has an insurable
         interest shall be added to the Account of the Participant from which
         the premiums for such Life Insurance Policy have been paid.

             (g) Contributions and Forfeitures. Each Participant's Account shall
         be increased by that portion of the contribution and Forfeitures which
         is allocated to him.

             (h) Transfers to Segregated Funds. To the extent that funds in the
         Trust Fund attributable to a Participant's Accounts were transferred
         since the last preceding Valuation Date or are to be transferred to a
         Segregated Fund pursuant to any of the provisions of the Plan, the
         Account from which the funds were transferred shall be decreased and
         the Account to which the funds were transferred shall be increased.

             (i) Transfers From Segregated Funds. To the extent that funds are
         transferred from a Segregated Fund of a Participant to the Trust Fund
         pursuant to any of the provisions of the Plan, the Account from which
         the funds were transferred shall be decreased and the Account to which
         the funds were transferred shall be increased.

<PAGE>

             (j) Time of Adjustments. Every adjustment to be made pursuant to
         this Section shall be considered as having been made as of the
         applicable Valuation Date regardless of the actual dates of entries,
         receipt by the Trustee of contributions by the Participant or the
         Employer for such Year, or the transfers of funds to or from Segregated
         Funds. The Trustee's determination as to valuation of trust assets and
         charges or credits to the individual Accounts of the respective
         Participants shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

         If funds are transferred from the Trust Fund to a Segregated Fund as of
         any date other than a Valuation Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan,
         the adjustment to be made pursuant to this Section shall be made as of
         the date as of which such transfer is made, as if such date is a
         Valuation Date.

         If any Participant receives a distribution pursuant to the terms of the
         Plan as of any date other than a Valuation Date, then the adjustments
         to be made pursuant to this Section shall be made in the manner
         specified in the Adoption Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                   LIMITATIONS

         3.2.1 LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS. If the Participant participates
in another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or a
welfare benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by
the Employer, or an individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2)
of the Code, maintained by the Employer which provides an Annual Addition during
any Limitation Year, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in section
408(k) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual
Addition, then subject to the adjustments hereinafter set forth, the amount of
Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's Accounts during any
Limitation Year shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount, which shall
equal the lesser of: (a) thirty thousand dollars ($30,000.00) as adjusted under
section 415(d) of the Code or, (b) twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year reduced by the Annual Additions
credited to a Participant's Account under the other plans and welfare benefit
funds for the same Limitation Year. The compensation limitation referred to in
(b) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning
of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated
as an Annual Addition under sections 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to
the Participant's Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation
Year to exceed the maximum permissible amount, the amount contributed or
allocated shall be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year
shall equal the maximum permissible amount.

             (a) Annual Additions. The term "Annual Additions" shall mean the
         sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Accounts for
         the Limitation Year:

                      (i) Employer contributions;

                      (ii) Employee contributions;

                      (iii) Forfeitures;

                      (iv) Excess Elective Deferrals, Excess Contributions and
             Excess Aggregate Contributions; and

                      (v) Payments allocated after March 31, 1984, to an
             individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the
             Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
             Employer and amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued
             after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date,
             which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits,
             allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee, as defined in
             section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare benefit fund as
             defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer.

                      (vi) Allocations under a simplified employee pension as
             defined in section 408(k) of the Code.

         Any excess amounts applied under Subsections (b) and (c) below to
         reduce Employer contributions are considered Annual Additions for such
         Limitation Year.

             (b) Excess Annual Additions. Prior to determining a Participant's
         actual Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Employer may determine
         the maximum permissible Annual Addition for the Participant on the
         basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's Compensation for
         the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants
         similarly situated. As soon as is administratively feasible

<PAGE>

         after the end of the Limitation Year, the maximum permissible amount
         for the Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the
         Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

         Any Excess Annual Addition attributable to nondeductible voluntary
         Employee contributions (plus attributable earnings) made by a
         Participant to the extent they reduce the excess amount shall be
         returned to the Participant before any other adjustments are made. Any
         Excess Annual Addition attributable to a reasonable error in
         determining the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be made on behalf
         of a Participant under the limits of section 415 of the Code shall next
         be returned to the Participant.

         If after the application of the above provisions of this Paragraph an
         excess amount still exists, any Elective Deferrals (plus attributable
         earnings), to the extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be
         distributed to the Participant. Matching Contributions attributable to
         those deferrals shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 2.7.10.

         If an excess amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the
         Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the excess amount in the
         Participant's Account shall be used to reduce Employer contributions
         (including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the
         next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year, if
         necessary. If an excess amount still exists, and the Participant is not
         covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the excess amount
         shall be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account
         shall be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all
         remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
         Limitation Year, if necessary.

         If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular
         Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated
         and reallocated to Participants' Accounts before any Employer or any
         Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation
         Year. Excess amounts may not be distributed to Participants or former
         Participants. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during
         a Limitation Year, it shall not participate in the allocation of the
         Trust's investment gains and losses.

             (c) Participation in Certain Other Plans. If in addition to this
         Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified master or
         prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer,
         simplified employee pension as defined under section 408(k) of the Code
         maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as defined in
         section 419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer, or an individual
         medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
         maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition during
         any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions which may be credited to a
         Participant's Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year
         shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount reduced by the Annual
         Additions credited to a Participant's Account under another qualified
         master or prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the
         Employer, simplified employee pension as defined under section 408(k)
         of the Code maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as
         defined in section 419(e) of the Code maintained by the Employer, or an
         individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the
         Code, maintained by the Employer for the same Limitation Year.

         If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under another
         qualified prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the
         Employer, simplified employee pension as defined under section 408(k)
         of the Code maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund, as
         defined in section 419(e) of the code maintained by the Employer, or an
         individual medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the
         Code, maintained by the Employer are less than the maximum permissible
         amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be
         contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan
         would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this
         limitation, the amount contributed or allocated shall be reduced so
         that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the
         Limitation Year shall equal the maximum permissible amount. If the
         Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other
         defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate
         are equal to or greater than the maximum permissible amount, no amount
         will be

<PAGE>

         contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan
         for the Limitation Year.

         Prior to determining the Participant's actual Compensation for the
         Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the maximum permissible
         amount for a Participant in the manner described in Subsection (b)
         above. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
         Limitation Year, the maximum permissible amount for the Limitation Year
         shall be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual
         Compensation for the Limitation Year.

         If a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other
         plans would result in an excess amount for a Limitation Year, the
         excess amount shall be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last
         allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a simplified
         employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed
         by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical
         regardless of the actual allocation dates.

         If the excess amount was allocated to a Participant on an allocation
         date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another
         plan, the excess amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

                      (i) the total excess amount allocated as of such date,
             times

                      (ii) the ratio of (I) the Annual Additions allocated to
             the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this
             Plan to (II) the total Annual Additions allocated to the
             Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and
             all the other qualified prototype defined contribution plans. Any
             excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
             manner described in Subsection (b), above.

         If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
         contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a prototype
         plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's
         Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year shall be limited as
         provided above as though the other plan were a prototype plan unless
         the Employer specifies other limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

         For purposes hereof, the excess amount is the excess of the
         Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the maximum
         permissible amount and a prototype plan is a plan the form of which is
         the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue
         Service.

         If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified
         defined benefit plan (Other than paired plan #02-003/02-004) covering
         any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined
         benefit plan fraction and defined contribution plan fraction will not
         exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be
         credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any
         Limitation Year shall be limited in the manner specified in the
         Adoption Agreement.

             (d) Combined Plan Limitation. This Paragraph (d) and Paragraphs (e)
         and (f) are only effective for Limitation Years commencing on or before
         December 31, 1999. In the event that a Participant in this Plan
         participates in a defined benefit plan (as defined in the applicable
         sections of the Code) maintained by the Employer, the sum of the
         "defined benefit plan fraction" plus the "defined contribution plan
         fraction" shall at no time exceed 1.0.

         The "defined benefit plan fraction" for any year is a fraction (i) the
         numerator of which is the sum of the projected annual benefits of the
         Participant under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not
         terminated) maintained by the Employer (determined as of the close of
         the year), and (ii) the denominator of which is the lesser of (A) the
         product of 1.25 multiplied by the dollar limitation determined for the
         Limitation Year under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code, or (B) the
         product of 1.4 multiplied by one hundred (100%) percent of the
         Participant's average compensation for the three (3) consecutive Years
         of Service with the Employer that produces the highest average,
         including any adjustments under section 415(b) of the Code.
         Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of
         the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31,
         1986, in one or

<PAGE>

         more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in
         existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction shall not be
         less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such
         plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last
         Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any
         changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5, 1986. The
         preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans
         individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section
         415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987. The
         "defined contribution fraction" for any year is a fraction (i) the
         numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
         Participant's accounts under all defined contribution plans (whether or
         not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all
         prior Limitation Years, including the Annual Additions attributable to
         the Participant's nondeductible Employee contributions to all defined
         benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer,
         and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, and
         individual medical accounts (as defined in sections 419(e) and
         415(l)(2) of the Code) and simplified employee pensions maintained by
         the Employer, and (ii) the denominator of which is the sum of the
         lesser of the following amounts determined for the current year and for
         all prior Limitation Years of Service with the Employer, regardless of
         whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer: (A)
         the product of 1.25 multiplied by the dollar limitation determined
         under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code in effect under section
         415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, or (B) thirty-five (35%) percent of the
         Participant's Compensation from the Employer for such Plan Year. If the
         Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of the first
         Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more
         defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in
         existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
         adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction
         would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the
         adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum
         of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction,
         shall be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.
         The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be
         computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before
         January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and
         conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the section
         415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or
         after January 1, 1987.

         The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
         1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as
         Annual Additions.

         The projected annual benefits under a defined benefit plan is the
         annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
         straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than
         a straight life annuity) or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to
         which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the Plan
         assuming the Participant continues employment until Normal Retirement
         Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and the Participant's
         Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant
         factors used to determine benefits under the Plan remain constant for
         all future Limitation Years.

             (e) Special Transition Rule for Defined Contribution Fraction. At
         the election of the Plan Administrator, in applying the provisions of
         Subsection (d) above with respect to the defined contribution plan
         fraction for any year ending after December 31, 1982, the amount taken
         into account for the denominator for each Participant for all years
         ending before January 1, 1983, shall be an amount equal to the product
         of the amount of the denominator determined under Subsection (d) above
         for the year ending in 1982, multiplied by the "transition fraction".

         The "transition fraction" is a fraction (i) the numerator of which is
         the lesser of (A) $51,875 or (B) 1.4 multiplied by twenty-five (25%)
         percent of the Participant's Compensation for the year ending in 1981,
         and (ii) the denominator of which is the lesser of (A) $41,500 or (B)
         twenty-five (25%) percent of the Participant's Compensation for the
         year ending in 1981.

             (f) Special Transition Rule for Excess Benefits. Provided that the
         Plan satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for the last
         Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1983, an amount shall be
         subtracted from the numerator of the defined contribution plan fraction
         (not exceeding such numerator)

<PAGE>

         so that the sum of the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined
         contribution fraction computed in accordance with section 415(e)(l) of
         the Code (as amended by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of
         1982)does not exceed 1.0 for such year, in accordance with regulations
         issued by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to the applicable
         provisions of the Code.

             (g) Employer. For purposes of this Section, employer shall mean the
         Employer that adopts this Plan and all members of a group of employers
         which constitutes a controlled group of corporations or trades or
         businesses under common control (as defined in sections 414(b) and (c)
         of the Code, as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), or an
         affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code) of
         which the adopting employer is part and any other entity required to be
         aggregated with the Employer under section 414(o) of the Code and the
         regulations issued thereunder.

             (h) Compensation. For purposes of this Section as elected in Part
         II.C. of the Adoption Agreement by the Employer, Compensation shall
         mean all of a Participant's:

             (i) Wages, Tips and Other Compensation Box on Form W-2. Wages as
         defined in section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of
         Compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the
         Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to
         furnish the Employee a written statement under sections 6041(d),
         6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code.

         Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under
         section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in
         wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
         rendered (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section
         3401(a)(2) of the Code).

                      (ii) Section 3401(a) Wages. Wages as defined in section
             3401(a) of the Code for the purposes of income tax withholding at
             the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit
             the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location
             of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception
             for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

                      (iii) Section 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation. Wages,
             salaries and fees for professional services and other amounts
             received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in
             cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of
             employment for the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that
             the amounts are includible in gross income (including but not
             limited to commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on
             the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
             premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or
             other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described
             in section 1.62-2(c) of the regulations), but excluding:

                             (I) Amounts realized from the exercise of a
                      non-qualified stock option or when restricted stock or
                      property held by the Employee is no longer subject to a
                      substantial risk of forfeiture or becomes freely
                      transferable.

                             (II) For Limitation Years beginning before January
                      1, 1997, Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                      disposition of stock acquired under an incentive stock
                      option; and

                             (III) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
                      compensation which are not includible in the Employee's
                      gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or
                      Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension
                      plan, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
                      compensation.

         For any Self-Employed Individual, Compensation shall mean Earned
         Income. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, for
         purposes of applying the limitations of this Article, Compensation for
         a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or made available
         during such Limitation Year.

<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Compensation for a Participant
         who is permanently and totally Disabled (as defined in section 22(e)(3)
         of the Code) is the Compensation such Participant would have received
         for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of
         Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally
         Disabled. For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1997, such
         imputed Compensation for the Disabled Participant may be taken into
         account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee
         (as defined in Section 1.2.49) and contributions made on behalf of such
         Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

         For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, for purposes of
         applying the limitations of this Section, Compensation paid or made
         available during such Limitation Year shall include any elective
         deferral (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code), and any amount
         which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the
         Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the
         Employee by reason of section 125, 132(f)(4) or 457 of the Code.

             (i) Short Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a
         different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year
         must begin within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

             If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
         changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive
         month period, the maximum Annual Addition shall not exceed the defined
         contribution dollar limitation determined in accordance with section
         415(c)(1)(A) of the Code then in effect multiplied by a fraction, the
         numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation Year
         and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

         3.2.2 CONTROLLED BUSINESSES. If this Plan provides contributions or
benefits for one or more Owner-Employees who control both the business for which
this Plan is established and one or more other trades or businesses, this Plan
must, when looked at as a single plan, satisfy section 401(a) of the Code, and
contributions on behalf of any Owner-Employee may be made only with respect to
the Earned Income of such Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or
business with respect to which this Plan is established.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   FIDUCIARIES

         3.3.1 STANDARD OF CONDUCT. The duties and responsibilities of the Plan
Administrator with respect to the Plan shall be discharged (a) in a
non-discriminatory manner; (b) for the exclusive benefit of Participants and
their Beneficiaries; (c) by defraying the reasonable expenses of administering
the Plan; (d) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and
familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims; (e) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so
as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
clearly prudent not to do so; and (f) in accordance with the documents and
instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are
consistent with the provisions of the Act.

         3.3.2 INDIVIDUAL FIDUCIARIES. At any time that a group of individuals
is acting as Plan Administrator, the number of such persons who shall act in
such capacity from time to time shall be determined by the Employer. Such
persons shall be appointed by the Employer and may or may not be Participants or
Employees of the Employer. Any action taken by a group of individuals acting as
Plan Administrator shall be taken at the direction of a majority of such
persons, or, if the number of such persons is two (2), by unanimous consent.

         3.3.3 DISQUALIFICATION FROM SERVICE. No person shall be permitted to
serve as a Fiduciary, custodian, counsel, agent or employee of the Plan or as a
consultant to the Plan who has been convicted of any of the criminal offenses
specified in the Act.

         3.3.4 BONDING. Except as otherwise permitted by law, each Fiduciary or
person who handles funds or other property or assets of the Plan shall be bonded
in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

         3.3.5 PRIOR ACTS. No Fiduciary shall be liable for any acts occurring
prior to the period of time during which the Fiduciary was actually serving in
such capacity with respect to the Plan.

         3.3.6 INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY. The Employer may purchase or cause the
Trustee to purchase and keep current as an authorized expense liability
insurance for the Plan, its Fiduciaries, and any other person to whom any
financial or other administrative responsibility with respect to the Plan and
the Trust is allocated or delegated, from and against any and all liabilities,
costs and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act or omission
to act in connection with the performance of the duties, responsibilities and
obligations under the Plan and under the Act; provided that any such insurance
policy purchased with Plan assets permits subrogation by the Insurer against the
Fiduciary in the case of breach by such Fiduciary.

Unless otherwise determined and communicated to affected parties by the
Employer, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each such person, other
than a corporate trustee, for and from any such liabilities, costs and expenses
which are not covered by any such insurance, except to the extent that any such
liabilities, costs or expenses are judicially determined to be due to the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such person. No Plan assets may be used for
any such indemnification.

         3.3.7 EXPENSES. Expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator or the
Trustee in the administration of the Plan and the Trust, including fees for
legal services rendered, such compensation to the Trustee as may be agreed upon
in writing from time to time between the Employer and the Trustee, and all other
proper charges and expenses of the Plan Administrator or the Trustee and of
their agents and counsel shall be paid by the Employer, or at its election at
any time or from time to time, may be charged against the assets of the Trust,
but until so paid shall constitute a charge upon the assets of the Trust.

The Trustee shall have the authority to charge the Trust Fund for its
compensation and reasonable expenses unless paid or contested by written notice
by the Employer within sixty (60) days after mailing of the written billing by
the Trustee. All taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever which may be levied or
assessed under existing or future laws upon the assets of the Trust or the
income thereof shall be paid from such assets.

<PAGE>

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no compensation shall be paid to any Employee for
services rendered under the Plan and Trust as a Trustee.

         3.3.8 AGENTS, ACCOUNTANTS AND LEGAL COUNSEL. The Plan Administrator
shall have authority to employ suitable agents, custodians, investment counsel,
accountants and legal counsel who may, but need not be, legal counsel for the
Employer. The Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall be fully protected in
acting upon the advice of such persons. The Trustee shall at no time be obliged
to institute any legal action or to become a party to any legal action unless
the Trustee has been indemnified to the Trustee's satisfaction for any fees,
costs and expenses to be incurred in connection therewith.

         3.3.9 INVESTMENT MANAGER. The Employer may employ as an investment
manager or managers to manage all or any part of the Trust Fund any (i)
investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940; (ii)
bank as defined in said Act; or (iii) insurance company qualified to perform
investment management services in more than one state. Any investment manager
shall have all powers of the Trustee in the management of such part of the Trust
Fund, including the power to acquire or dispose of assets.

In the event an investment manager is so appointed, the Trustee shall not be
liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager or be under any
obligation to invest or otherwise manage that part of the Trust Fund which is
subject to the management of the investment manager. The Employer shall notify
the Trustee in writing of any appointment of an investment manager, and shall
provide the Trustee with the investment manager's written acknowledgment that it
is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

         3.3.10 FINALITY OF DECISIONS OR ACTS. Except for the right of a
Participant or Beneficiary to appeal the denial of a claim, any decision or
action of the Plan Administrator or the Trustee made or done in good faith upon
any matter within the scope of authority and discretion of the Plan
Administrator or the Trustee shall be final and binding upon all persons. In the
event of judicial review of actions taken by any Fiduciary within the scope of
his duties in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust, such actions
shall be upheld unless determined to have been arbitrary and capricious.

         3.3.11 CERTAIN CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS. The term "Trustee" as
used herein will also include a person holding the assets of a custodial
account, an annuity contract or other contract which is treated as a qualified
trust pursuant to section 401(f) of the Code and references to the Trust Fund
shall be construed to apply to such custodial account, annuity contract or other
contract.

         3.3.12 404(c) ELECTION. The Employer may designate in the Adoption
Agreement that this Plan is intended to be administered pursuant to section
2550.404c-1 of the Labor regulations as an ERISA section 404(c) Plan.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4

                               PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

         3.4.1 ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN. The Plan Administrator shall be
designated by the Employer from time to time. The primary responsibility of the
Plan Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the
Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan.
The Plan Administrator shall administer the Plan and shall construe and
determine all questions of interpretation or policy in his sole discretion. The
Plan Administrator may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any
inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as he shall deem necessary or
advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any
interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner and
shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan shall continue to be a
qualified Plan pursuant to the Code, and shall comply with the terms of the Act.
The Plan Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to
accomplish his duties under the Plan.

             (a) The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the
         general administration of the Plan, including but not limited to the
         following:

                      (1) To determine all questions relating to the eligibility
             of an Employee to participate in the Plan or to remain a
             Participant hereunder.

                      (2) To compute, certify and direct the Trustee with
             respect to the amount and kind of benefits to which any Participant
             shall be entitled hereunder.

                      (3) To authorize and direct the Trustee with respect to
             all disbursements from the Trust Fund.

                      (4) To maintain all the necessary records for the
             administration of the Plan.

                      (5) To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make
             and publish rules and regulations for the Plan as the Plan
             Administrator may deem reasonably necessary for the proper and
             efficient administration of the Plan and consistent with its terms.

                      (6) To select the Insurer to provide any Life Insurance
             Policy to be purchased for any Participant hereunder.

                      (7) To advise the Fiduciary with investment authority
             regarding the short and long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in
             order that the Fiduciary might direct its investment accordingly.

                      (8) To advise, counsel and assist any Participant
             regarding any rights, benefits or elections available under the
             Plan.

                      (9) To instruct the Trustee as to the management,
             investment and reinvestment of the Trust Fund unless the investment
             authority has been delegated to the Trustee or an Investment
             Manager.

             (b) The Plan Administrator shall also be responsible for preparing
         and filing such annual disclosure reports and tax forms as may be
         required from time to time by the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of
         the Treasury or other governmental authorities.

             (c) Whenever it is determined by the Plan Administrator to be in
         the best interest of the Plan and its Participants or Beneficiaries,
         the Plan Administrator may request such variances, deferrals,
         extensions, or exemptions or make such elections for the Plan as may be
         available under the law.

<PAGE>

             (d) The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for procuring
         bonding for all persons dealing with the Plan or its assets as may be
         required by law.

         3.4.2 DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS. Every Participant covered under the Plan
and every Beneficiary receiving benefits under the Plan shall receive from the
Plan Administrator a summary plan description, and such other information as may
be required by law or by the terms of the Plan.

         3.4.3 INFORMATION GENERALLY AVAILABLE. The Plan Administrator shall
make copies of this Plan and the Trust, the Adoption Agreement, the summary plan
description, latest annual report, Life Insurance Policies, or other instruments
under which the Plan was established or is operated available for examination by
any Participant or Beneficiary in the principal office of the Plan Administrator
and such other locations as may be necessary to make such information reasonably
accessible to all interested parties. Subject to a reasonable charge to defray
the cost of furnishing such copies, the Plan Administrator shall, upon written
request of any Participant or Beneficiary, furnish a copy of any of the above
documents to the respective party.

         3.4.4 STATEMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. Upon written request to the Plan
Administrator once during any twelve (12) month period, a Participant or
Beneficiary shall be furnished with a written statement, based on the latest
available information, of his then vested accrued benefit and the earliest date
upon which the same will become fully vested and nonforfeitable. The statement
shall also include a notice to the Participant of any benefits which are
forfeitable if the Participant dies before a certain date.

         3.4.5 EXPLANATION OF ROLLOVER TREATMENT. The Plan Administrator shall,
when making a distribution eligible for rollover treatment, provide a written
explanation to the recipient of the provisions under which such distribution
will not be subject to tax if transferred to an Eligible Retirement Plan within
sixty (60) days after the date on which the recipient received the distribution
and, if applicable, the provisions of law pertaining to the tax treatment of
lump sum distributions.

         3.4.6 ELECTROMECHANICAL COMMUNICATIONS. If so elected by the Employer
in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or other agent appointed for this
purpose) may act upon receipt of directions (including, without limitation,
directions pursuant to voice response systems, facsimile, or other
electromechanical means) certifying that an amount is payable to or for the
benefit of a Participant under the Plan, whether as a distribution, a Direct
Rollover, a transfer, withdrawal, or the disbursement of a loan, the Trustee
shall pay such amount (or cause such amount to be paid) in accordance with such
directions, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in, and will incur no
liability, for doing so. If the Employer designates an agent hereunder, to make
such payment, and the giving of such directions to the agent constitutes a
certification from the Plan Administrator to the Trustee (through the agent)
then such payment is in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                      LOANS

         3.5.1 AUTHORIZATION. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement
to permit loans to Participants or Beneficiaries, the Plan Administrator shall
establish a Participant loan program in compliance with Treasury regulations and
Labor regulation section 2550.408b. The terms of such Participant loan program
shall be in writing and shall constitute part of the Plan. Such terms shall
include:

             (a) The identity of the person or positions authorized to
         administer the Participant loan program;

             (b) A procedure for applying for loans;

             (c) The basis on which loans will be approved or denied;

             (d) Limitations (if any) on the types and amount of loans offered;

             (e) The procedure under the program for determining a reasonable
         rate of interest;

             (f) The types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan;
         and

             (g) The events constituting default and the steps that will be
         taken to preserve Plan assets in the event of default.

         3.5.2 SPOUSAL CONSENT. Except in the case of a Safe Harbor Profit
Sharing Plan, a Participant must obtain the written consent of his spouse, if
any, to the use of the Participant's interest in the Plan as security for a
Participant Loan within ninety (90) days before the date on which the loan is to
be so secured. A new consent must be obtained whenever the amount of the loan is
increased or if the loan is renegotiated, extended, renewed or otherwise
revised. The form of the consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent and
be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public but shall be deemed to
meet any such requirements relating to the consent of any subsequent spouse.
Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse
or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan.

If a valid spousal consent has been obtained, then notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the portion of the Participant's vested Account balance
used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to
the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the
amount of the Account balance payable at the time of death or distribution but
only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than the entire
amount of the Participant's vested Account balance (determined without regard to
the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, the Account balance
shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested Account balance by the amount of
the security used as repayment of the loan before determining the benefit
payable to the surviving spouse.

         3.5.3 LIMITATIONS. Except to the extent provided in the Participant
loan program, in no event shall the amount loaned to any Participant or
Beneficiary exceed the lesser of (a) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00)
(reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest outstanding balance of loans from
the Plan during the one year period ending on the day before the date on which
the loan was made over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the
date on which such loan was made) or (b) one-half of the sum of the vested and
nonforfeitable interest in his Accounts, determined as of the Valuation Date
coinciding with or immediately preceding such loan.

For the purposes hereof, all loans from all plans of the Employer and other
members of a group of employers described in sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o)
of the Code shall be aggregated. All loans must be adequately

<PAGE>

secured and bear a reasonable interest rate. No Participant loan shall exceed
the present value of the Participant's vested Account balance. In the event of a
default, foreclosure on the note evidencing the loan and attachment of the
security shall not occur until a distributable event occurs. Loan repayments
will be suspended under this Plan as permitted under section 414(u)(4) of the
Code.

         3.5.4 AVAILABILITY. Loans, if any, must be available to all
Participants and Beneficiaries without regard to any individual's race, color,
religion, sex, age or national origin. Loans shall be made available to all
Participants and Beneficiaries and loans shall not be made available to Highly
Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to
other Employees.

         3.5.5 PROHIBITIONS. No Loans will be made to any shareholder-employee
or Owner-Employee. For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee
means an employee or officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S)
corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section
318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation,
more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation.

         3.5.6 DEFAULT. In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and
attachment of security will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the
Plan.

         3.5.7 ROLLOVERS OF PARTICIPANT LOANS. If elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, the Plan shall accept the in-kind rollover of Participant
loans. The right to make such a rollover shall be governed by Article IX
Portability of the Plan.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6

                                  BENEFICIARIES

         3.6.1 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES. Each Participant shall have the
right to designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries and contingent or successive
Beneficiaries to receive any benefits provided by this Plan which become payable
upon the Participant's death. The Beneficiaries may be changed at any time or
times by the filing of a new designation with the Plan Administrator, and the
most recent designation shall govern. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject
to the provisions of Section 2.5.2(f)(3), the Designated Beneficiary shall be
the surviving spouse of the Participant, unless such surviving spouse consents
in writing to an alternate designation and the terms of such consent acknowledge
the effect of such alternate designation and the consent is witnessed by a
representative of the Plan or by a notary public. The designation of a
Beneficiary other than the spouse of the Participant or a form of benefit with
the consent of such spouse may not be changed without the consent of such spouse
and any consent must acknowledge the specific non-spouse Beneficiary, including
any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries (or the spouse
expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal
consent).

Any consent by a spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the
consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to
such spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any
requirement of further consent by such spouse must acknowledge that the spouse
has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of
benefit where applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish
either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a
Participant without the consent of the spouse at any time prior to the
commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited. No
consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has
received notice as provided in Section 2.5.2(f)(4).

         3.6.2 ABSENCE OR DEATH OF BENEFICIARIES. Except with respect to the
process of life insurance payable upon the death of the Participant, if a
Participant dies without having a Beneficiary designation then in force, or if
all of the Beneficiaries designated by a Participant predecease him, his
Beneficiary shall be his surviving spouse, or if none, his surviving children,
equally, or if none, such other heirs or the executor or administrator of his
estate as the Plan Administrator shall select.

If a Participant dies survived by Beneficiaries designated by him and if all
such surviving Beneficiaries thereafter die before complete distribution of such
deceased Participant's interest, the estate of such Designated Beneficiaries
shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary of the undistributed portion of such
interest.

         3.6.3 SURVIVING SPOUSE ELECTION. If the Plan is designated in the
Adoption Agreement as a Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan or a Profit Sharing
Plan and the Employer does not elect a life annuity form of distribution in the
Adoption Agreement, a surviving spouse, who has not consented to an alternate
designation under Section 3.6.1, above, may elect to have distribution of the
Participant's vested Account balance commence within the 90-day period following
the date of the Participant's death. The Account balance shall be adjusted for
gains or losses occurring after the Participant's death in accordance with the
provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of Account balances for other
types of distributions.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     CLAIMS

         3.7.1 CLAIM PROCEDURE. Any Participant or Beneficiary who is entitled
to a payment of a benefit for which provision is made in this Plan shall file a
written claim with the Plan Administrator on such forms as shall be furnished to
him by the Plan Administrator and shall furnish such evidence of entitlement to
benefits as the Plan Administrator may require. The Plan Administrator shall
notify the Participant or Beneficiary in writing as to the amount of benefit to
which he is entitled, the duration of such benefit, the time the benefit is to
commence and other pertinent information concerning his benefit. If a claim for
benefit is denied by the Plan Administrator, in whole or in part, the Plan
Administrator shall provide adequate notice in writing to the Participant or
Beneficiary whose claim for benefit has been denied within ninety (90) days
after receipt of the claim unless special circumstances require an extension of
time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is
required, written notice indicating the special circumstances and the date by
which a final decision is expected to be rendered shall be furnished to the
Participant or Beneficiary. In no event shall the period of extension exceed one
hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of the claim. The notice of denial of
the claim shall set forth (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b)
specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary; and (d) a statement that any appeal of the denial must
be made by giving to the Plan Administrator, within sixty (60) days after
receipt of the notice of the denial, written notice of such appeal, such notice
to include a full description of the pertinent issues and basis of the claim.
The Participant or Beneficiary (or his duly authorized representative) may
review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan
Administrator. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to appeal such action to
the Plan Administrator in writing within the prescribed period of time, the Plan
Administrator's adverse determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Plan Administrator decides in
his discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.

         3.7.2 APPEAL. If the Plan Administrator receives from a Participant or
a Beneficiary, within the prescribed period of time, a notice of an appeal of
the denial of a claim for benefit, such notice and all relevant materials shall
immediately be submitted to the Employer. The Employer may hold a hearing or
otherwise ascertain such facts as it deems necessary and shall render a decision
which shall be binding upon both parties.

The decision of the Employer shall be made within sixty (60) days after the
receipt by the Plan Administrator of the notice of appeal, unless special
circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a
decision of the Employer shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later
than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. If
such an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be
furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. The
decision of the Employer shall be in writing, shall include specific reasons for
the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant,
as well as specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
decision is based and shall be promptly furnished to the claimant. Benefits
under this plan will be paid only if the plan administrator decides in his
discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 8

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         3.8.1 RIGHT TO AMEND.

             (a) The Employer may at any time or times amend the Plan, Trust,
         and the provisions of the Adoption Agreement, in whole or in part.
         Subject to subsection (b), an Employer that amends the Plan shall no
         longer participate in this Prototype Plan and shall be considered to
         have an individually designed plan.

             (b) The Employer may change the choice of options in the Adoption
         Agreement, add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
         language is necessary to satisfy section 415 or 416 of the Code because
         of the required aggregation of multiple plans and add certain model
         amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically
         provide that their adoption shall not cause the Plan to be treated as
         individually designed. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other
         reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirements under
         section 412(d) of the Code, shall no longer participate in this
         Prototype Plan and shall be considered to have an individually designed
         plan.

An Employer that has adopted a standardized prototype plan may amend the Trust
or custodial account document provided such amendment merely involves the
specifications of the names of the Plan, Employer, Trustee or custodian, Plan
Administrator or other Fiduciaries, the Trust Year, or the name of any pooled
trust in which the Plan's Trust will participate.

An Employer that has adopted a non-standardized prototype plan will not be
considered to have an individually designed plan merely because the Employer
either substitutes a separate trust agreement or amends administrative
provisions of the Trust or custodial account document (such as provisions
relating to investments and duties of Trustees) so long as the amended
provisions are not in conflict with any other provision of the Plan and do not
cause the Plan to fail to qualify under section 401(a) of the Code.

         3.8.2 MANNER OF AMENDING. Each amendment of this Plan shall be made by
delivery to the Trustee of a copy of the resolution of the Employer which sets
forth such amendment.

         3.8.3 LIMITATIONS ON AMENDMENTS.  No amendment shall be made to this
Plan which shall:

             (a) Directly or indirectly operate to give the Employer any
         interest whatsoever in the assets of the Trust or to deprive any
         Participant or Beneficiary of his vested and nonforfeitable interest in
         the assets of the Trust as then constituted, or cause any part of the
         income or corpus of the Trust to be used for, or diverted to purposes
         other than the exclusive benefit of Employees or their Beneficiaries;

             (b) Increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without the
         Trustee's prior written consent;

             (c) Change the vesting schedule under the Plan if the
         nonforfeitable percentage of the accrued benefit derived from Employer
         contributions (determined as of the later of the date such amendment is
         adopted or the date such amendment becomes effective) of any
         Participant is less than such nonforfeitable percentage computed
         without regard to such amendment; or

             (d) Reduce the accrued benefit of a Participant within the meaning
         of section 411(d)(6) of the Code, except to the extent permitted under
         section 412(c)(8) of the Code. An amendment which has the effect of
         decreasing a Participant's Account balance with respect to benefits
         attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated as
         reducing an accrued benefit.

<PAGE>

         If a Plan amendment changes the vesting schedule or the Plan is amended
         in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the
         Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed
         amended by an automatic change to or from a Top-Heavy vesting schedule,
         each Participant who has completed three (3) or, in the case of
         Participants who do not have at least one (1) Hour of Service in any
         Plan Year beginning after 1988, five (5) or more Years of Service may
         elect within a reasonable period after the adoption of such amendment
         to have his nonforfeitable percentage computed without regard to such
         amendment or change. The period during which the election may be made
         shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be
         made and shall end on the latest of sixty (60) days after:

                      (i) the amendment is adopted;

                      (ii) the amendment becomes effective; or

                      (iii) the Participant is issued written notice of the
             amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

             (e) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or
         restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not
         apply to a plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a
         Participant to receive payment of his or her Account balance under a
         particular optional form of benefit if the amendment satisfies the
         conditions in (i) and (ii) below:

                      (i) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form
             that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit
             eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (i), a
             single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is
             identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional
             form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provided
             greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the
             timing of payments after commencement.

                      (ii) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment
             provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution
             with an Annuity Starting Date earlier than the earlier of (1) the
             90th day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution
             has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that
             satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 relating to
             a summary of material modifications or (2) the first day of the
             second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is
             adopted.

         3.8.4 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION. The Employer may terminate the Plan at any
time by delivering to the Trustee an instrument in writing which designates such
termination. Following termination of the Plan, the Trust will continue until
the Distributable Benefit of each Participant has been distributed.

         3.8.5 INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION. The Plan shall terminate if: (a) the
Employer is dissolved or adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent in appropriate
proceedings, or if a general assignment is made by the Employer for the benefit
of creditors, or (b) the Employer loses its identity by consolidation or merger
into one or more corporations or organizations, unless within ninety (90) days
after such consolidation or merger, such corporations or organizations elect to
continue the Plan.

         3.8.6 WITHDRAWAL BY EMPLOYER. The Employer may withdraw from
participation under the Plan without terminating the Trust upon making a
transfer of the Trust assets to another Plan that shall be deemed to constitute
an amendment in its entirety of the Trust.

         3.8.7 POWERS PENDING FINAL DISTRIBUTION. Until final distribution of
the assets of the Trust, the Plan Administrator and Trustee shall continue to
have all the powers provided under this Plan as are necessary for the orderly
administration, liquidation and distribution of the assets of the Trust.

         3.8.8 DELEGATION TO SPONSOR. The Employer expressly delegates authority
to the Plan Sponsor the

<PAGE>

right to amend any part of the Plan on its behalf to the extent necessary to
preserve the qualified status of the Plan. For purposes of amendments by the
Plan Sponsor, the Mass Submitter shall be recognized as the agent of the Plan
Sponsor. If the Plan Sponsor does not adopt the amendments made by the Mass
Submitter, the Plan shall no longer be identical to or a minor modifier of the
Mass Submitter plan. The Plan Sponsor shall submit a copy of the amendment to
each Employer who has adopted the Plan after first having received a ruling or
favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the Plan as
amended satisfies the applicable requirements of the Code. The Employer may
revoke the authority of the Plan Sponsor to amend the Plan on its behalf by
written notice to the Plan Sponsor of such revocation.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                   PORTABILITY

         3.9.1 CONTINUANCE BY SUCCESSOR. In the event of the dissolution,
consolidation or merger of the Employer, or the sale by the Employer of its
assets, the resulting successor person or persons, firm or corporations may
continue this Plan by (a) adopting the Plan by appropriate resolution; (b)
appointing a new Trustee as though the Trustee (including all members of a group
of individuals acting as Trustee) had resigned; and (c) executing a proper
agreement with the new Trustee. In such event, each Participant in this Plan
shall have an interest in the Plan after the dissolution, consolidation, merger,
or sale of assets, at least equal to the interest which he had in the Plan
immediately before the dissolution, consolidation, merger or sale of assets. Any
Participants who do not accept a position with such successor within a
reasonable time shall be deemed to be terminated. If, within ninety (90) days
from the effective date of such dissolution, consolidation, merger, or sale of
assets, such successor does not adopt this Plan, as provided herein, the Plan
shall automatically be terminated and deemed to be an involuntary termination.

         3.9.2 MERGER WITH OTHER PLAN. In the event of the merger or
consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other deferred
compensation plan and trust, each Participant shall have an interest in such
other plan which is equal to or greater than the interest which he had in this
Plan immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer, and if such
other plan thereafter terminates, each Participant shall be entitled to a
Distributable Benefit which is equal to or greater than the Distributable
Benefit to which he would have been entitled immediately before such merger,
consolidation or transfer if this Plan had then been terminated.

         3.9.3 TRANSFER FROM OTHER PLANS.

             (a) The Employer may cause all or any of the assets held in
         connection with any other plan or trust which is maintained by the
         Employer for the benefit of its Employees and satisfies the applicable
         requirements of the Code relating to qualified plans and trusts to be
         transferred to the Trustee, whether such transfer is made pursuant to a
         merger or consolidation of this Plan with such other plan or trust or
         for any other allowable purpose.

         In addition, the Employer, by appropriate election in the Adoption
         Agreement, may permit rollover to the Trustee of assets held for the
         benefit of an Employee in a conduit Individual Retirement Account, a
         terminated plan of the Employer, or any other plan or trust which is
         maintained by some other employer for the benefit of its Employees and
         satisfies the applicable requirements of the Code relating to qualified
         plans and trusts. Any such assets so transferred to the Trustee shall
         be accompanied by written instructions from the employer, or the
         trustee, custodian or individual holding such assets, setting forth the
         name of each Employee for whose benefit such assets have been
         transferred and showing separately the respective contributions by the
         employer and by the Employee and the current value of the assets
         attributable thereto. Upon receipt by the Trustee of such assets, the
         Trustee shall place such assets in a Segregated Fund for the
         Participant. In the event the plan transferring the assets maintains a
         vesting schedule that differs from the schedule maintained under this
         Plan, not withstanding Section 3.8.3(c) & (d), the vesting schedule of
         the transferor plan shall be maintained for the transferred assets.
         Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, regardless of
         whether the Plan provides a life annuity distribution option, if the
         Plan is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined benefit pension
         plan, money purchase pension plan, target benefit pension plan, stock
         bonus or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity
         requirements of section 401(a)(11) and section 417 of the Code, such
         transferred balances shall remain subject to the survivor annuity
         requirements of section 401(a)(11) and section 417 of the Code and
         shall provide a life annuity distribution option for such balances as
         provided for under the transferor plan.

             (b) On and after the transfer of the account balances of a
         Participant that are attributable to Participation in a Money Purchase
         Pension Plan of the Employer or predecessor employer, the account
         balances including the post-transfer earnings thereon will be
         distributable only on or after

<PAGE>

         events that are permissible under qualified pension plans.

         Furthermore, in order to implement the restrictions on distributions
         this section imposes the pension plan distribution restrictions on
         transferred account balances there must be a separate accounting
         between the accrued benefits attributable to the transferred account
         balances and all other Account balances of each Participant with
         account balances attributable to transfers described in the preceding
         paragraph.

         A separate accounting under the preceding paragraph would be acceptable
         if gains, losses, withdrawals, contributions, forfeitures, and other
         credits or charges are allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis
         between the account balances subject to the survivor annuity
         requirements and other account balances. If there is an acceptable
         separate accounting between transferred account balances and any other
         Account balances under the Plan, only the transferred account balances
         shall be subject to the survivor annuity requirements and restrictions
         on distributions.

             (c) The Trustee of this Plan, at the direction of the sponsoring
         Employer, shall accept the transfer of account balances of Employees
         that have become Employees of the sponsoring Employer on account of the
         spin-off of the business unit to which they belong.

             (d) The Trustee of this Plan at the direction of the Employer,
         shall spin-off a portion of the Plan assets to the Plan of the buyer of
         a portion of the assets of the Employer. The amount of the spin-off
         shall be the portion of the assets representing the Account balances of
         Participants that are terminated on account of the sale. In order to be
         a part of the spin-off, a Participant must become employed by the buyer
         within on year of the date of sale.

         3.9.4 TRANSFER TO OTHER PLANS. The Trustee, upon written direction by
the Employer, shall transfer some or all of the assets held under the Trust to
another plan or trust of the Employer or any other employer meeting the
requirements of the Code relating to qualified plans and trusts, whether such
transfer is made pursuant to a merger or consolidation of this Plan with such
other plan or trust or for any other allowable purpose.

In addition, upon the termination of employment of any Participant and receipt
by the Plan Administrator of a request in writing, the Participant may request
that any distribution from the Trust to which he is entitled shall be
transferred to an individual retirement account, an individual retirement
annuity, or any other plan or trust which is maintained by some other employer
for the benefit of its employees and satisfies the applicable requirements of
the Code relating to qualified plans and trusts. Upon receipt of any such
written request, the Plan Administrator shall cause the Trustee to transfer the
assets so directed and, as appropriate, shall direct the Insurer to transfer to
the new trustee any applicable insurance policies issued by it.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                    INSURANCE

         3.10.1 PARTICIPANTS INSURABLE AT STANDARD RATES. The Trustee, when
directed by the Plan Administrator, and in accordance with the provisions
specified in the Adoption Agreement, shall provide incidental insurance benefits
by purchasing for each Participant insurable at standard rates, either term
insurance, universal life insurance or ordinary life insurance. Said Contract
shall provide a death benefit, prior to Normal Retirement Date, equal to the
proceeds of such insurance contracts, subject to the following provisions:

             (a) The Trustee may invest any portion or all of the assets of the
         Trust Fund which are attributable to a Participant in the purchase of
         group or individual Life Insurance Policies issued on the life of the
         Participant or in the case of a profit sharing plan (including a 401(k)
         plan), someone in whom the Participant has an insurable interest and
         for the benefit of the Participant with the consent of the Participant,
         subject to the following conditions, as they are represented by the
         Plan Administrator:

                      (1) If "Ordinary Life Insurance Policies" are purchased,
             the aggregate life insurance premiums must be less than one-half
             (1/2) of the aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures
             allocated to the Participant's Account at any particular time,
             without regard to Trust earnings, capital gains, or losses. For
             purposes of this Plan, the term "Ordinary Life Insurance Policies"
             shall mean Policies with both nondecreasing death benefits and
             nonincreasing premiums.

                      (2) The aggregate Premiums paid for Life Insurance
             Policies which are either term, universal or any other contracts
             which are not ordinary whole life Policies shall not at any time
             exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate amount of
             Employer contributions and Forfeitures which have been allocated to
             the Accounts of such Participant.

                      (3) The sum of one-half (1/2) of the aggregate premiums
             for ordinary whole Life Insurance Policies and all premiums for
             other Life Insurance Policies shall not at any time exceed
             twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate amount of Employer
             Contributions and forfeitures which have been allocated to the
             Accounts of such Participant.

                      (4) For purposes of this Section, a Participant's Elective
             Deferrals are considered Employer contributions.

                      (5) The Employer may elect in the Adoption agreement to
             set minimum amounts for the initial amount of insurance purchased
             as well as for the purchase of additional amounts. The minimum
             amount shall be expressed in terms of the face amount of the
             insurance and may not be greater than $1,000. The Adoption
             Agreement may require that insurance must be purchased in multiples
             not to exceed $1,000.

                      (b) If the case of a profit sharing plan (including a
             401(k) plan) that permits in-service distributions to a Participant
             prior to his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with Section
             2.5.6(a) or (b), the amount which may be distributed to the
             Participant may be applied to the purchase of Life Insurance
             Policies without limitation unless otherwise specified in the
             Adoption Agreement. Employee after tax deferrals and rollovers from
             other plans may also be used to purchase Life Insurance Policies
             without limitation.

         3.10.2 UNINSURABLE PARTICIPANTS. For each Participant found by an
Insurer to be uninsurable, the Trustee, when requested by the Plan
Administrator, shall purchase a retirement annuity Contract on the life of such
Participant with a death benefit before Normal Retirement Date in an amount
equal to the cash surrender value of such Contract. The Participant must consent
to the purchase of such a retirement annuity contract.

<PAGE>

         3.10.3 PARTICIPANTS INSURABLE AT ABOVE STANDARD RATES. If a Participant
is found by an Insurer to be uninsurable, except at above standard rates, the
Trustee, when requested by the Plan Administrator, shall pay premiums that do
not exceed the percent of standard rates specified in the Adoption Agreement.
The face value of any insurance policy shall be limited by the percentage of the
aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's
Account Employer dedicated to purchase insurance. The Participant must consent
to the purchase of any insurance contract above standard rates.

         3.10.4 PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS. If, at any time, a Contract described
herein shall not be available from or shall be determined to be invalid or
unenforceable by an Insurer, the Trustee, when directed by the Plan
Administrator, shall purchase a Contract or make such other alternative
arrangements which, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, conforms most
closely to the descriptions herein.

         3.10.5 APPLICATIONS FOR CONTRACTS. The Trustee shall be the applicant,
owner and beneficiary for all Contracts required under the terms of the Plan.
Any Contract distributed from the Plan must be nontransferable. The terms of any
Contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse shall
comply with the requirements of the Plan. The Trustee shall not be responsible
for the validity or execution of Contracts, failure of an Insurer to pay
proceeds when due or failure of any policy to meet requirements or conform to
the provisions of the Plan.

         3.10.6 INCIDENTS OF OWNERSHIP. The Trustee shall have the right to
receive all sums payable under the terms of all Contracts issued hereunder. The
Trustee shall be the complete and absolute owner of the Contracts held in the
Trust and of each and every incident of ownership therein and shall have the
power to exercise the rights, options and privileges of an absolute owner with
respect to the Contracts subject to the provisions of the Plan. The Plan
Administrator shall have the power to deal with and settle all claims.

         3.10.7 PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS. In a Plan Year in which the Employer
contributions are less than the amount required to sustain insurance premiums,
the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to take one of the following
steps with respect to payment of insurance premiums:

             (a) Pay premiums due on insurance policies from the Participant's
         Account, within the limits of 3.10.1 above,

             (b) Pay premiums due on insurance policies from the Participant's
         Account using the balance described in 3.10.1(b) above,

             (c) Surrender any insurance policies for their cash surrender
         values and add such amount to the Participant's Account,

             (d) Convert the cash surrender value of any insurance policies to
         paid up insurance for which there will be no further premiums, or

             (e) Offer to sell any insurance policies to the Participant for
         their cash surrender value.

         3.10.8 DISCONTINUANCE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTS. The Trustee or other
Fiduciary responsible for making investment decisions may discontinue the
investment in life insurance policies at any time. If the Plan provides for
Participant directed investments, life insurance, as an investment option, may
be eliminated at any time by the Plan Administrator. Where life insurance
investment options are being discontinued, the Plan Administrator, in its sole
discretion, may offer to sell the insurance policies to the Participant, or to
another person, provided the prohibited transaction exemption requirements of
the Department of Labor are satisfied.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 11

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         3.11.1 NO REVERSION TO EMPLOYER. Except as specifically provided in the
Plan, no part of the corpus or income of the Trust shall revert to the Employer
or be used for, or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and their Beneficiaries.

         3.11.2 EMPLOYER ACTIONS. Any action by the Employer pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan shall be evidenced by appropriate resolution or by
written instrument executed by any person authorized by the Employer to take
such action.

         3.11.3 EXECUTION OF RECEIPTS AND RELEASES. Any payment to any person
eligible to receive benefits under this Plan, in accordance with the provision
of the Plan or the Trust, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction
of all claims hereunder. The Plan Administrator may require such person, as a
condition precedent to such payment, execute a receipt and release therefore in
such form as he shall determine.

         3.11.4 RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS LIMITED. Neither the creation of this
Plan and the Trust nor anything contained in this Plan or the Adoption Agreement
shall be construed as giving any Participant, Beneficiary or Employee any equity
or other interest in the assets, business or affairs of the Employer, or the
right to complain about any action taken by or about any policy adopted or
pursued by, the Employer, or as giving any Employee the right to be retained in
the service of the Employer; and all Employees shall remain subject to discharge
to the same extent as if the Plan had never been executed. Prior to the time
that distributions are made in conformity with the provisions of the Plan,
neither the Participants, nor their spouses, Beneficiaries, heirs-at-law, or
legal representatives shall receive or be entitled to receive cash or any other
thing of current exchangeable value, from either the Employer or the Trustee as
a result of the Plan or the Trust.

         3.11.5 PROTECTION OF THE INSURER. An Insurer shall not be responsible
for the validity of the Plan or the Trust and shall have no responsibility for
action taken or not taken by the Trustee, for determining the propriety of
accepting premium payments or other contributions, for making payments in
accordance with the direction of the Trustee, or for the application of such
payments. The Insurer shall be fully protected in dealing with any
representative of the Employer or any one of a group of individuals acting as
Trustee. Until written notice of a change of Trustee has been received by an
Insurer at its home office, the Insurer shall be fully protected in dealing with
any party acting as Trustee according to the latest information received by the
Insurer at its home office.

         3.11.6 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACT OF INSURER. Neither the Employer, the
Plan Administrator nor the Trustee shall be responsible for any of the
following, nor shall they be liable for instituting action in connection with:

             (a) The validity of policies or policy provisions;

             (b) Failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under a
         policy;

             (c) An act by a person which may render a policy invalid or
         unenforceable; or

             (d) Inability to perform or delay in performing an act, which
         inability or delay is occasioned by a provision of a policy or a
         restriction imposed by the Insurer.

         3.11.7 INALIENABILITY. The right of any Participant or his Beneficiary
in any distribution hereunder or to any separate Account shall not be subject to
alienation, assignment or transfer, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation
of law or otherwise, except as may be expressly permitted herein. No Participant
shall assign, transfer, or dispose of such right nor shall any such right be
subjected to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, or other legal,
equitable, or other process.

<PAGE>

             (a) The preceding shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or
         recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a
         Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order
         is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
         section 414(p) of the Code, or any domestic relations order entered
         before January 1, 1985.

             (b) Special Rule For Certain Judgments And Settlements - Effective
         for judgments, orders and decrees issued, and settlement agreements
         entered into, on or after August 5, 1997. The flush language of this
         Section 3.10.7 shall not apply to any offset of a Participant's
         benefits provided under a plan against an amount that the Participant
         is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

                      (i) the order or requirement to pay arises:

                             (I) under a judgment of conviction for a crime
                      involving such plan,

                             (II) under a civil judgment (including a consent
                      order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought
                      in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of
                      part 4 of subtitle B of title I of the Employee Retirement
                      Income Security Act of 1974, or

                             (III) pursuant to a settlement agreement between
                      the Secretary of Labor and the Participant, or a
                      settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty
                      Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a
                      violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of such
                      subtitle by a Fiduciary or any other person,

                      (ii) the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement
             expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount
             ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the
             Participant's benefits provided under the Plan, and

                      (iii) in a case in which the survivor annuity requirements
             of section 401(a)(11) apply with respect to distributions from the
             Plan to the Participant, if the Participant has a spouse at the
             time at which the offset is to be made:

                             (I) either such spouse has consented in writing to
                      such offset and such consent is witnessed by a notary
                      public or representative of the Plan (or it is established
                      to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such
                      consent may not be obtained by reason of circumstances
                      described in section 417(a)(2)(B) of the Code), or an
                      election to waive the right of the spouse to either a
                      Qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified
                      preretirement survivor annuity is in effect in accordance
                      with the requirements of section 417(a) of the Code,

                             (II) such spouse is ordered or required in such
                      judgment, order, decree, or settlement to pay an amount to
                      the Plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of such
                      subtitle, or

                             (III) in such judgment, order, decree, or
                      settlement, such spouse retains the right to receive the
                      survivor annuity under a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                      Annuity provided pursuant to section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) of
                      the Code and under a Qualified Preretirement Survivor
                      Annuity provided pursuant to section 401(a)(11)(A)(ii) of
                      the Code, determined in accordance with 401(a)(13)(D)of
                      the Code. A plan shall not be treated as failing to meet
                      the requirements of this Subsection, Subsection (k),
                      section 403(b), or section 409(d) of the Code solely by
                      reason of an offset described in this Subparagraph.

In the event a Participant's benefits are attached by order of any court, the
Plan Administrator may bring an action for a declaratory judgment in a court of
competent jurisdiction to determine the proper recipient of the

<PAGE>

benefits to be paid by the Plan. During the pendency of the action, the Plan
Administrator shall cause any benefits payable to be paid to the court for
distribution by the court as it considers appropriate.

         3.11.8 DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS. The Plan Administrator shall adhere
to the terms of any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property
settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony
payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other
dependent of a Participant and is made pursuant to a state domestic relations
law (including a community property law) and which creates or recognizes the
existence of an Alternate Payee's right to, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the
right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a
Participant.

Any such domestic relations order must clearly specify the name and last known
mailing address of the Participant and the name and mailing address of each
Alternate Payee covered by the order, the amount or percentage of the
Participant's benefit to be paid by the Plan to each such Alternate Payee, or
the manner in which such amount or percentage is to be determined, the number of
payments or period to which such order applies, and each plan to which such
order applies.

Any such domestic relations order shall not require the Plan to provide any type
or form of benefit, or any option not otherwise provided under the Plan, to
provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value) or the
payment of benefits to an Alternate Payee which are required to be paid to
another Alternate Payee under another order previously determined to be a
qualified domestic relations order. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a
domestic relations order may require the payment of benefits to an Alternate
Payee before the Participant has separated from service, on or after the date on
which the Participant attains or would have attained the earliest retirement age
under the Plan, as if the Participant had retired on the date on which such
payment is to begin under such order (but taking into account only the present
value of the benefits actually accrued and not taking into account the present
value of any Employer subsidy for early retirement) and in any form in which
such benefits may be paid under the Plan to the Participant (other than the form
of a joint and survivor annuity with respect to the Alternate Payee and his or
her subsequent spouse). The interest rate assumption used in determining the
present value shall be five (5%) percent. For these purposes, the earliest
retirement age under the Plan means the earlier of: (a) the date on which the
Participant is entitled to a distribution under the Plan, or (b) the later of
the date the Participant attains age 50, or the earliest date on which the
Participant could begin receiving benefits under the Plan if the Participant
separated from service.

If the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, distributions may be made
to an Alternate Payee even though the Participant may not receive a distribution
because he continues to be employed by the Employer.

To the extent provided in the qualified domestic relations order, the former
spouse of a Participant shall be treated as a surviving spouse of such
Participant for purposes of sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code (and any
spouse of the Participant shall not be treated as a spouse of the Participant
for such purposes) and if married for at least one (1) year, the surviving
former spouse shall be treated as meeting the requirements of section 417(d) of
the Code.

The Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the Participant and each Alternate
Payee of the receipt of a domestic relations order by the Plan and the Plan's
procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders.
Within a reasonable period after receipt of a domestic relations order, the Plan
Administrator shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic
relations order and shall notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee of
such determination. If the Participant or any affected Alternate Payee disagrees
with the determinations of the Plan Administrator, the disagreeing party shall
be treated as a claimant and the claims procedure of the Plan shall be followed.
The Plan Administrator may bring an action for a declaratory judgment in a court
of competent jurisdiction to determine the proper recipient of the benefits to
be paid by the Plan.

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a
qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Plan
Administrator, by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise), the Plan
Administrator shall separately account for the amounts which would have been
payable to the Alternate Payee during such period if the order had been
determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If, within the eighteen
(18) month period beginning on the date on which the first payment would be
required to be made under the domestic relations order, the order (or
modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic

<PAGE>

relations order, the Plan Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts,
including any interest thereon, to the person or persons entitled thereto. If
within such eighteen (18) month period it is determined that the order is not a
qualified domestic relations order or the issue as to whether such order is a
qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Plan Administrator
shall pay the segregated amounts, including any interest thereon, to the person
or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no
order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order
which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied
prospectively only.

         3.11.9 MISSING PERSONS. If the Trustee mails by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, to the last known address of a Participant or
Beneficiary, a notification that the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to a
distribution and if (a) the notification is returned by the post office because
the addressee cannot be located at such address and if neither the Employer, the
Plan Administrator nor the Trustee shall have any knowledge of the whereabouts
of such Participant or Beneficiary within three (3) years from the date such
notification was mailed, or (b) within three (3) years after such notification
was mailed to such Participant or Beneficiary, he does not respond thereto by
informing the Trustee of his whereabouts, the ultimate disposition of the then
undistributed balance of the Distributable Benefit of such Participant or
Beneficiary shall be determined in accordance with the then applicable Federal
laws, rules and regulations.

If any portion of the Distributable Benefit is forfeited because the Participant
or Beneficiary cannot be found, such portion shall be reinstated if a claim is
made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

         3.11.10 NOTICES. Any notice or direction to be given in accordance with
the Plan shall be deemed to have been effectively given if hand delivered to the
recipient or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient
at the recipient's last known address. At any time that a group of individuals
is acting as Trustee, notice to the Trustee may be given by giving notice to any
one or more of such individuals.

         3.11.11 GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed,
administered and enforced in accordance with the provisions of the Act and, to
the extent applicable, the laws of the state in which the Employer has its
principal place of business. All contributions to the Trust shall be deemed to
take place in such state.

         3.11.12 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. In the event that any provision of
this Plan shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
said illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining
provisions, but shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and
enforced as if said illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions had never been
inserted herein.

         3.11.13 GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever appropriate, words used in the
singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the
feminine gender.

         3.11.14 BINDING EFFECT. The Plan and Adoption Agreement, and all
actions and decisions hereunder, shall be binding upon the heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns of any and all parties hereto and
Participants, present and future.

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     DATAIR
                            MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                            DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
                               BASIC DOCUMENT #01

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                             DATAIR MASS-SUBMITTER
                                   PROTOTYPE
                            DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
                               BASIC DOCUMENT #01

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE                                                                             PAGE
<S>         <C>                                                                     <C>
            PART 1                                                                    1

ARTICLE 1   INTRODUCTION                                                              1
1.1.1       Adoption and Title.                                                       1
1.1.2       Effective Date.                                                           1
1.1.3       Purpose.                                                                  1

ARTICLE 2   DEFINITIONS                                                               2
1.2.1       "Account"                                                                 2
1.2.2       "ACP"                                                                     2
1.2.3       "Act"                                                                     2
1.2.4       "ADP"                                                                     2
1.2.5       "Alternate Payee"                                                         2
1.2.6       "Anniversary Date"                                                        2
1.2.7       "Annuity Starting Date"                                                   2
1.2.8       "Average Monthly Compensation"                                            2
1.2.9       "Base Benefit Percentage"                                                 2
1.2.10      "Beneficiary"                                                             2
1.2.11      "Board of Directors"                                                      3
1.2.12      "Break in Service"                                                        3
1.2.13      "Code"                                                                    3
1.2.14      "Compensation"                                                            3
1.2.15      "Compensation Computation Period"                                         3
1.2.16      "Controlled Account"                                                      4
1.2.17      "Covered Compensation"                                                    4
1.2.18      "Current Target Benefit"                                                  4
1.2.19      "Date of Hire"                                                            4
1.2.20      "Direct Rollover"                                                         4
1.2.21      "Distributable Benefit"                                                   4
1.2.22      "Distributee"                                                             5
1.2.23      "Distribution Determination Date"                                         5
1.2.24      "Early Retirement Age"                                                    5
1.2.25      "Early Retirement Date"                                                   5
1.2.26      "Earned Income"                                                           5
1.2.27      "Elapsed Time Method"                                                     5
1.2.28      "Elective Contribution Account"                                           7
1.2.29      "Elective Contribution"                                                   7
1.2.30      "Elective Deferrals"                                                      7
1.2.31      "Eligible Employee"                                                       7
1.2.32      "Eligible Retirement Plan"                                                7
1.2.33      "Eligible Rollover Distribution"                                          7
1.2.34      "Eligibility Computation Period"                                          7
1.2.35      "Employee"                                                                7
1.2.36      "Employer"                                                                8
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                     <C>
1.2.37      "Employer Account"                                                        8
1.2.38      "Employer Contribution"                                                   8
1.2.39      "Entry Date"                                                              9
1.2.40      "Excess Aggregate Contributions"                                          9
1.2.41      "Excess Benefit Percentage"                                               9
1.2.42      "Excess Contributions"                                                    9
1.2.43      "Excess Elective Deferrals"                                               9
1.2.44      "Excess Annual Addition"                                                  9
1.2.45      "Fiduciary"                                                               9
1.2.46      "Final Average Compensation"                                              9
1.2.47      "Fresh-Start Date"                                                       10
1.2.48      "Frozen Accrued Target Benefit"                                          10
1.2.49      "Highly Compensated Employee"                                            10
1.2.50      "Hour of Service"                                                        11
1.2.51      "Insurer"                                                                12
1.2.52      "Joint and Survivor Annuity"                                             12
1.2.53      "Leased Employee"                                                        13
1.2.54      "Life Insurance Policy"                                                  13
1.2.55      "Limitation Year"                                                        13
1.2.56      "Mass Submitter"                                                         13
1.2.57      "Matching Account"                                                       13
1.2.58      "Matching Contribution"                                                  13
1.2.59      "Matching Contribution Allocation Date"                                  13
1.2.60      "Non-Elective Contribution"                                              13
1.2.61      "Normal Retirement Age"                                                  13
1.2.62      "Normal Retirement Date"                                                 13
1.2.63      "Owner-Employee"                                                         14
1.2.64      "Participant"                                                            14
1.2.65      "Plan"                                                                   14
1.2.66      "Plan Administrator"                                                     14
1.2.67      "Plan Sponsor"                                                           14
1.2.68      "Plan Year" or "Year"                                                    14
1.2.69      "Preretirement Survivor Annuity"                                         14
1.2.70      "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity"                                   14
1.2.71      "Qualified Matching Contribution"                                        14
1.2.72      "Qualified Matching Contribution Account"                                14
1.2.73      "Qualified Non-Elective Contribution"                                    14
1.2.74      "Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account"                            14
1.2.75      "Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity"                               14
1.2.76      "Qualifying Employer Securities or Real Property"                        14
1.2.77      "Safe Harbor Profit Sharing Plan"                                        15
1.2.78      "Segregated Account"                                                     15
1.2.79      "Segregated Fund"                                                        15
1.2.80      "Self-Employed Individual"                                               15
1.2.81      "Social Security Integration Level"                                      15
1.2.82      "Social Security Retirement Age"                                         15
1.2.83      "Target Benefit"                                                         15
1.2.84      "Taxable Wage Base"                                                      16
1.2.85      "Trust Fund"                                                             16
1.2.86      "Trustee"                                                                16
1.2.87      "Valuation Date"                                                         16
1.2.88      "Voluntary Account"                                                      16
1.2.89      "Year of Participation"                                                  16
1.2.90      "Year of Projected Participation"                                        16
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                     <C>
1.2.91      "Year of Service"                                                        16

            PART 2                                                                   17
ARTICLE 1   ELIGIBILITY                                                              17
2.1.1       Eligibility Requirements.                                                17
2.1.2       Commencement of Participation.                                           17
2.1.3       Participation Upon Re-Employment.                                        17
2.1.4       Termination of Participation.                                            17
2.1.5       Plan Administrator's Determination.                                      17
2.1.6       One-time Election Not to Participate.                                    17
2.1.7       Change in Status.                                                        18
2.1.8       Existing Participants.                                                   18
2.1.9       Elapsed Time Method.                                                     18
2.1.10      Qualified Military Service.                                              18

ARTICLE 2   CONTRIBUTIONS                                                            19
2.2.1       Employer Contributions.                                                  19
2.2.2       Elective Contributions by the Employer on Behalf of Electing Employees.  21
2.2.3       Employee Contributions.                                                  22
2.2.4       Return of Contributions.                                                 23

ARTICLE 3   ALLOCATIONS                                                              24
2.3.1       Profit Sharing, Money Purchase Pension and Target Benefit Plans.         24
2.3.2       Cash or Deferred Plans.                                                  24
2.3.3       Basic Allocation.                                                        24
2.3.4       Minimum Top-Heavy Allocation.                                            24
2.3.5       Integration with Social Security - Profit Sharing Plans.                 24
2.3.6       Integration with Social Security - Money Purchase Plans.                 25
2.3.7       Integration with Social Security - Target Benefit Plans.                 26
2.3.8       Fail-Safe Allocation.                                                    28
2.3.9       Contributions on Behalf of Disabled Participants.                        30

ARTICLE 4   BENEFITS                                                                 31
2.4.1       Distributable Benefit.                                                   31
2.4.2       Vesting.                                                                 31
2.4.3       Leave of Absence.                                                        32
2.4.4       Re-Employment.                                                           32
2.4.5       Distribution Date.                                                       33
2.4.6       Forfeitures.                                                             33
2.4.7       Minimum Distribution.                                                    34

ARTICLE 5   DISTRIBUTIONS                                                            35
2.5.1       Commencement of Distribution.                                            35
2.5.2       Method of Distribution.                                                  39
2.5.3       Nature of Distributions.                                                 46
2.5.4       Advance Distributions.                                                   47
2.5.5       Hardship Distributions of Elective Deferrals.                            47
2.5.6       In Service Distributions.                                                48

ARTICLE 6   CONTINGENT TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS                                          50
2.6.1       Top Heavy Requirements.                                                  50
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                     <C>
2.6.2       Top Heavy Definitions.                                                   51
2.6.3       Pairing Requirements.                                                    53

ARTICLE 7   SPECIAL CODA LIMITATIONS                                                 55
2.7.1       Limitation on Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees.      55
2.7.2       Multiple Plan Limitations.                                               56
2.7.3       Limitation on Matching Contributions.                                    56
2.7.4       Special Rules.                                                           57
2.7.5       Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals.                               58
2.7.6       Distribution of Excess Contributions.                                    59
2.7.7       Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions.                          59
2.7.8       Limitation on Distributions.                                             60
2.7.9       Limitation on Elective Deferrals.                                        60
2.7.10      Forfeiture of Matching Contributions.                                    60

ARTICLE 8   SIMPLE 401(k) LIMITATIONS                                                61
2.8.1       Establishing a Simple 401(k).                                            61
2.8.2       Definitions.                                                             61
2.8.3       Salary Reduction Contributions.                                          61
2.8.4       Other Contributions.                                                     62
2.8.5       Limitation on Other Contributions.                                       62
2.8.6       Section 415 Limitations.                                                 62
2.8.7       Election and Notice Requirements.                                        62
2.8.8       Vesting Requirements.                                                    63
2.8.9       Top-Heavy Rules.                                                         63
2.8.10      Nondiscrimination Tests.                                                 63
2.8.11      Revocation.                                                              63

ARTICLE 9   ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF MEETING NONDISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS            64
2.9.1       Safe Harbor CODA Rules.                                                  64
2.9.2       Definitions.                                                             65
2.9.3       ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions.                                      65
2.9.4       ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.                             67

            PART 3                                                                   68
ARTICLE 1   ACCOUNTING                                                               68
3.1.1       Accounts.                                                                68
3.1.2       Adjustments.                                                             68

ARTICLE 2   LIMITATIONS                                                              71
3.2.1       Limitations on Annual Additions.                                         71
3.2.2       Controlled Businesses.                                                   76

ARTICLE 3   FIDUCIARIES                                                              77
3.3.1       Standard of Conduct.                                                     77
3.3.2       Individual Fiduciaries.                                                  77
3.3.3       Disqualification from Service.                                           77
3.3.4       Bonding.                                                                 77
3.3.5       Prior Acts.                                                              77
3.3.6       Insurance and Indemnity.                                                 77
3.3.7       Expenses.                                                                77
3.3.8       Agents, Accountants and Legal Counsel.                                   78
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                     <C>
3.3.9       Investment Manager.                                                      78
3.3.10      Finality of Decisions or Acts.                                           78
3.3.11      Certain Custodial Accounts and Contracts.                                78
3.3.12      404(c) Election.                                                         78

ARTICLE 4   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR                                                       79
3.4.1       Administration of Plan.                                                  79
3.4.2       Disclosure Requirements.                                                 80
3.4.3       Information Generally Available.                                         80
3.4.4       Statement of Accrued Benefit.                                            80
3.4.5       Explanation of Rollover Treatment.                                       80
3.4.6       Electromechanical Communications.                                        80

ARTICLE 5   LOANS                                                                    81
3.5.1       Authorization.                                                           81
3.5.2       Spousal Consent.                                                         81
3.5.3       Limitations.                                                             81
3.5.4       Availability.                                                            82
3.5.5       Prohibitions.                                                            82
3.5.6       Default.                                                                 82
3.5.7       Rollovers of Participant Loans.                                          82

ARTICLE 6   BENEFICIARIES                                                            83
3.6.1       Designation of Beneficiaries.                                            83
3.6.2       Absence or Death of Beneficiaries.                                       83
3.6.3       Surviving Spouse Election.                                               83

ARTICLE 7   CLAIMS                                                                   84
3.7.1       Claim Procedure.                                                         84
3.7.2       Appeal.                                                                  84

ARTICLE 8   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                                                85
3.8.1       Right to Amend.                                                          85
3.8.2       Manner of Amending.                                                      85
3.8.3       Limitations On Amendments.                                               85
3.8.4       Voluntary Termination.                                                   86
3.8.5       Involuntary Termination.                                                 86
3.8.6       Withdrawal By Employer.                                                  86
3.8.7       Powers Pending Final Distribution.                                       86
3.8.8       Delegation to Sponsor.                                                   86

ARTICLE 9   PORTABILITY                                                              88
3.9.1       Continuance by Successor.                                                88
3.9.2       Merger With Other Plan.                                                  88
3.9.3       Transfer From Other Plans.                                               88
3.9.4       Transfer to Other Plans.                                                 89

ARTICLE 10  INSURANCE                                                                90
3.10.1      Participants Insurable at Standard Rates.                                90
3.10.2      Uninsurable Participants.                                                90
3.10.3      Participants Insurable at Above Standard Rates.                          91
3.10.4      Purchase of Contracts.                                                   91
3.10.5      Applications for Contracts.                                              91
3.10.6      Incidents of Ownership.                                                  91
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                     <C>
3.10.7      Payment of Premiums.                                                     91
3.10.8      Discontinuance of Insurance Contracts.                                   91

ARTICLE 11  MISCELLANEOUS                                                            92
3.11.1      No Reversion to Employer.                                                92
3.11.2      Employer Actions.                                                        92
3.11.3      Execution of Receipts and Releases.                                      92
3.11.4      Rights of Participants Limited.                                          92
3.11.5      Protection of the Insurer.                                               92
3.11.6      No Responsibility for Act of Insurer.                                    92
3.11.7      Inalienability.                                                          92
3.11.8      Domestic Relations Orders.                                               94
3.11.9      Missing Persons.                                                         95
3.11.10     Notices.                                                                 95
3.11.11     Governing Law.                                                           95
3.11.12     Severability of Provisions.                                              95
3.11.13     Gender and Number.                                                       95
3.11.14     Binding Effect.                                                          95
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
               --------------------------------------------------

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  INTRODUCTION

               --------------------------------------------------

In order to recognize the hard work and good efforts of its Employees, your
Employer, Southwest Community Bank, (the "Employer") established the Southwest
Community Bank 401(k) Plan (the "Plan"), for the exclusive benefit of all
eligible Employees and their Beneficiaries. The original effective date of the
Plan was January 1, 1998. However, this Summary Plan Description reflects the
terms of the Plan under the most recent amendment, effective January 1, 2003.
The Plan allows Eligible Employees to defer part of their income on a
tax-favored basis into the Plan. The contributions which you make to the Plan as
401(k) salary deferrals are also called "salary reduction" contributions because
your current taxable income is reduced for every dollar you deposit into the
Plan.

Also, the money in the Plan grows on a tax-deferred basis until your retirement.
However, you must pay taxes when the money is paid out, unless it is transferred
to another retirement plan or an IRA. You and your Beneficiaries may also be
eligible for benefits in the event of your death, total disability or other
termination of your employment with the Employer. This Plan is subject to the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

This Summary Plan Description is a brief description of your Plan and your
rights and benefits under the Plan. This Summary Plan Description is not meant
to interpret or change the provisions of your Plan. A copy of your Plan is on
file at your Employer's office and may be read by you, your Beneficiaries, or
your legal representatives at any reasonable time. If you have any questions
regarding either your Plan or this Summary Plan Description, you should ask your
Plan Administrator. If any discrepancies exist between this Summary Plan
Description and the actual provisions of the Plan, the Plan shall govern.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE II

                       GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PLAN

               --------------------------------------------------

PLAN NAME:                          Southwest Community Bank 401(k) Plan

EMPLOYER:                           Southwest Community Bank
                                    5810 El Camino Real
                                    Suite D
                                    Encinitas, CA 92024
                                    (760) 634-6400

EMPLOYER TAX ID:                    33-0738069

THREE DIGIT PLAN NUMBER:            001

TYPE OF PLAN:                       Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan

ADMINISTRATION TYPE:                Plan Administrator

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR:                 Southwest Community Bank
                                    5810 El Camino Real
                                    Suite D
                                    Encinitas, CA 92024
                                    (760) 634-6400

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR ID NUMBER:       33-0738069

LEGAL AGENT:                        Southwest Community Bank
                                    5810 El Camino Real
                                    Suite D
                                    Encinitas, CA 92024
                                    (760) 634-6400

TRUST NAME:                         Southwest Community Bank 401(k) Plan Trust

 TRUSTEES:                          Frank J. Mercardante

                                    P.O. Box 131690
                                    Carlsbad, Ca 92013-1690

                                    James L. Lemery
                                    P.O. Box 131690
                                    Carlsbad, Ca 92013-1690

FUNDING ARRANGEMENT:                Trust and Insurance

TRUST TAX ID NUMBER:                91-1902640

<PAGE>

PLAN YEAR:                          January 1st  to December 31st

LIMITATION YEAR:                    January 1st  to December 31st

ANNIVERSARY DATE:                   December 31st

VALUATION DATE:                     Monthly on the last day of each month of the
                                    Plan Year and daily valuation for individual
                                    investment accounts
<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE III

                           PARTICIPATION IN YOUR PLAN

               --------------------------------------------------

Before you become a Participant in the Plan, there are certain eligibility and
participation requirements which you must meet. These requirements are explained
in this section.

ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES:

All of your Employer's employees are considered Eligible Employees and may
participate in the Plan, once they meet the Eligibility and Participation
requirements, except members of a collective bargaining unit and non-resident
aliens.

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS:

In order to be eligible for Employer Contributions, you must have attained age
18, and have completed 3 month(s) of service. If you are required to complete a
period of months of service your hours will not be counted for eligibility to
participate in the Plan. Your eligibility will be based on the number of months
you have been employed. If you were employed on March 2, 1998, and have met the
age requirement, you are eligible to enter the Plan on that date.

To be eligible to enroll in the salary reduction portion of the Plan you must
have attained age 18, and have completed 3 month(s) of service. If you are
required to complete a period of months of service your hours will not be
counted for eligibility to participate in the Plan. Your eligibility will be
based on the number of months you have been employed. If you were employed on
March 2, 1998, and have met the age requirement, you are eligible to enter the
Plan on that date.

In order to be eligible for Matching Contributions, you must be making 401(k)
contributions to the Plan. You must also have attained age 18, and have
completed 3 month(s) of service. If you are required to complete a period of
months of service your hours will not be counted for eligibility to participate
in the Plan. Your eligibility will be based on the number of months you have
been employed. However, if you were employed on March 2, 1998, are making 401(k)
contributions, and have met the age requirement, you are eligible to enter the
Plan on that date.

The "Eligibility Computation Period" is a 12 month period that begins with your
date of hire and each anniversary thereof.

ENTRY DATES:

For the purpose of Employer Contributions, your first Entry Date will be the
first day of the month coincident with or following the satisfaction of the
Eligibility requirements.

For the purpose of Salary Deferral contributions, your first Entry Date will be
the first day of the month coincident with or following the satisfaction of the
Eligibility requirements.

For the purpose of Matching Contributions, your first Entry Date will be the
first day of the month coincident with or following the satisfaction of the
Eligibility requirements.

<PAGE>

REHIRED EMPLOYEES:

If you had satisfied the Eligibility requirements before you terminated
employment, you will become a Participant immediately on the date you are
rehired, if your rehire date is on or after your first Entry Date, as defined
above. Otherwise, you will be eligible to participate on the next Entry Date. If
you had not yet satisfied the Eligibility requirements at the time you
terminated employment, you must meet the Eligibility requirements as if you were
a new employee.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

               --------------------------------------------------

Your 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan offers you special tax advantages and
incentives to participate. First, every dollar you put into the Plan reduces
your income currently subject to Federal Income Tax. Thus, deposits into the
401(k) Plan are often called "salary reductions." (However, you must still pay
Social Security Taxes on your gross wages.)

Although you will have to pay income tax when you withdraw money from the Plan,
you may be able to defer taxes on a withdrawal by depositing the funds into
another Plan or an Individual Retirement Account (IRA). Because you defer paying
taxes until you receive payments from the Plan, 401(k) contributions are
sometimes called "salary deferrals."

The following chart illustrates the advantage of making deposits into the 401(k)
Plan (saving on a tax-deferred basis) rather than making the same investment on
an after-tax basis.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             401(k) Plan
                             Tax-deferred       After-tax
                               Savings           Savings
<S>                          <C>                <C>
Gross Wages                     $20,000          $20,000
401(k) Deposit                    1,000              N/A
                                -------          -------
Taxable Wages                    19,000           20,000
Estimated Taxes (25%)             4,750            5,000
After-tax Investment                N/A            1,000
                                -------          -------
Net Take-home Pay               $14,250          $14,000
</TABLE>

In our example, net take-home pay (after paying taxes and after investing
$1,000) in investment fund A, is $250 greater when the savings are deposited
into the 401(k) Plan, rather than an after-tax investment program that invests
in the same fund. Saving $1,000 in the 401(k) Plan only "cost" our example
person $750 in take-home pay.

This is only a rough illustration of the advantages of tax-deferred savings.
Please discuss your situation with your tax advisor.

TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATION:

Another big advantage your Plan offers is tax-deferred accumulation of the
earnings on your investments. All the earnings on the money you contribute to
your account compounds on a tax-deferred basis. You pay taxes on this money only
when you retire or take distributions for some other reason, such as death or
becoming totally disabled. If you put your money into an after-tax investment
you are required to pay income taxes on the earnings each year. Thus, by
contributing to your 401(k) Plan, you'll have more money available at
retirement.

SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENT:

In order to enroll (or to refuse enrollment), your Employer will ask you to
complete a Salary Reduction Agreement. It is here that you tell your Employer
how much of your income you wish to defer to your Plan.
<PAGE>

There are limits placed on the amount you can defer into this Plan. Your salary
deferrals cannot exceed a maximum dollar amount determined by the Federal
Government each year. For 2003, that amount is $12,000. Generally, if your total
deferrals from all cash or deferred arrangements for a calendar year exceed the
dollar amount set by the government, the excess must be included in your income
for the year. The IRS also requires that the combined contribution by you and
your Employer to your accounts not exceed the lesser of $40,000 or 100% of your
pay. (The $40,000 amount may be adjusted each year by the IRS based on changes
in the cost of living.) Your Employer may also place restrictions on the amount
you may defer in order to meet IRS requirements.

Your Employer will deduct the amount you've elected from your paycheck in
accordance with procedures established by your Employer.

CHANGES TO YOUR SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION:

Once you meet the Plan's eligibility requirements to make salary reduction
contributions (Salary Deferrals), you may make an election, or change an
election the first day of the calendar month. Once you have given the Employer
your election, deferrals or changes will be implemented on the next change date.

You may revoke your Salary Reduction Election at any time.

RESTRICTIONS:

In order to provide tax-deferred retirement savings, the Plan must place
restrictions on withdrawals from the Plan. Article X describes the circumstances
under which you may withdraw 401(k) deposits from the Plan.

ELECTION NOT TO DEFER:

You may decide that you do not wish to make salary reduction contributions on
your first Entry Date. The Plan Administrator will explain the procedures for
delayed enrollment in the salary reduction portion of the Plan, if you decide to
enroll at a later date.

EXCESS DEFERRALS:

If you participate in two or more deferred compensation plans (which include
401(k), Simplified Employee Pensions and 403(b) plans), your total deferrals to
all plans could exceed IRS limits for the year. To avoid paying excise taxes if
excess contributions have to be returned, you may want to designate which plan
is to return any excess contributions to you.

If you elect to have this Plan return any excess, you should notify the Plan
Administrator so that the excess can be returned to you, along with any
earnings, before April 15th following the year in which the deferrals were
withheld.

CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS:

All Employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and
who have attained age 50 before the close of a Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2001 shall be eligible to make Catch-up Contributions from that
period forward.

Catch-up Contributions can occur under three different circumstances.

a.    A Catch-up Contribution can occur if you defer more than the 401(k) limit
      ($12,000 for 2003). The amount of permitted Catch-up Contributions is
      phased in under the Internal Revenue Code as follows:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Year               Amount
<S>                       <C>
       2002               $1,000
       2003               $2,000
       2004               $3,000
       2005               $4,000
2006 and thereafter       $5,000
</TABLE>

b.    A Catch-up Contribution can be generated if you defer above a Plan imposed
      limit that is less than the limit under the Internal Revenue Code. For
      example, if the Plan imposed a Salary Deferral limit of $10,000 and for
      2003 you deferred $12,000 you would have a $2,000 Catch-up Contribution.

c.    A Catch-up Contribution may also be generated for an Employee considered
      to be Highly Compensated under the provisions of the Plan. If the Plan
      fails the Average Deferral Percentage test (ADP) then all or a portion of
      the amount of Salary Deferral Contributions that would otherwise have to
      be returned to the Employee can be considered Catch-up Contributions.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                    ARTICLE V

                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

               --------------------------------------------------

Your Employer may make contributions to the Plan, in addition to your salary
deferral 401(k) contributions. Your Employer may make Matching Contributions,
Non-Elective discretionary contributions and required minimum contributions,
under the Top-Heavy rules (see Article XII) or other legal requirements.

MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS:

In order to receive an allocation of Matching Contributions you must meet the
following requirements during the Plan Year:

         You must complete 500 Hours of Service, or be employed on the last day
         of the Plan Year.

         If you die during the Plan Year you will be eligible to receive an
         allocation of matching contributions regardless of the Hours of Service
         with which you are credited.

         If you retire during the Plan Year you will be eligible to receive an
         allocation of matching contributions regardless of the Hours of Service
         with which you are credited.

         If you become Disabled during the Plan Year you will be eligible to
         receive an allocation of matching contributions regardless of the Hours
         of Service with which you are credited.

The amount of the match depends on your 401(k) contributions. Each year, your
Employer may set a matching percentage that is proportionate to the amount of
your Elective contributions.

Your employer will make Matching Contributions, if any, only on the first 6.000%
of compensation as elective contributions. Amounts deferred over 6.000% are not
matched.

The Matching Contributions made by your Employer will be allocated to your
Matching Contribution Account in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which
they occur on the last day of the Plan Year described in Article II.

NON-ELECTIVE OR DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS:

In order to receive an allocation of Discretionary Employer Contributions you
must meet the following requirements during the Plan Year:

         You must complete 500 Hours of Service, or be employed on the last day
         of the Plan Year.

         If you die during the Plan Year you will be eligible to receive an
         allocation of Employer Contributions regardless of the Hours of Service
         with which you are credited.

         If you retire during the Plan Year you will be eligible to receive an
         allocation of Employer Contributions regardless of the Hours of Service
         with which you are credited.

<PAGE>

         If you become Disabled during the Plan Year you will be eligible to
         receive an allocation of Employer Contributions regardless of the Hours
         of Service with which you are credited.

You do not have to make 401(k) contributions in order to receive a discretionary
contribution.

The amount of the discretionary contribution is set by the Employer each year
and is based on the firm's profits.

Your share of the non-elective/discretionary contribution is based on your
compensation and a fixed compensation level. The fixed compensation level is
defined as the Social Security Wage Base in effect on the first day of the Plan
Year.

You will receive a share of the discretionary contribution based on your total
Compensation plus another amount based on your Compensation in excess of the
fixed level. The percentage of pay which will be your share will vary each year
and will depend upon the amount of the discretionary contribution, your
Compensation, the fixed level amount, the total Compensation for all
Participants, and the total of all Participants pay in excess of the level
amount.

For example, you might receive 2% of your total pay plus another 2% of pay in
excess of the fixed level. If your pay was $20,000 and the level amount was
$10,000, your share would be:

         $20,000 x .02 plus ($20,000 - $10,000) x .02 = $600

If the level amount was $10,000 and your Compensation was $9,000, your share
would be:

         $9,000 x .02 = $180

OTHER REQUIRED CONTRIBUTIONS:

In certain situations, your Employer may be required to make additional
contributions to the Plan. If the Plan is Top-Heavy (see Article XII) or if
highly paid participants contribute a higher percentage of pay to the Plan than
other Participants, your Employer may have to take corrective action. This
action could result in either a reduction in the contributions for the highly
compensated participants or an additional Employer contribution, in the form of
Non-Elective, Qualified Non-Elective or Qualified Matching Contributions.

SAFE HARBOR 401(K) PROVISIONS:

Your Employer has reserved the right to amend the Plan before the end of any
Plan Year to add what is called a Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to the
Plan. If your Employer decides to make such an amendment you must be provided
with a notice of such intended change at least 30 days before the end of the
Plan Year affected by the change. The notice will explain the amount of the
contribution, the Participants eligible to receive the contribution and other
pertinent information.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    VESTING

               --------------------------------------------------

The term "vesting" refers to the percentage of your Employer Contribution
account(s) (if any) that you are entitled to receive in the event of your
termination of employment. You will always be 100% vested in any money you
contribute to the Plan.

If you terminate employment before you meet the requirements for retirement (see
Article X), the distribution from the Employer Matching and discretionary
Accounts will be limited to the vested portion. Your vesting percentage grows
with your Years of Service. Article VII explains how Years of Service are
credited.

The same vesting schedule applies to the Matching and discretionary Employer
Contributions.

Vesting schedule for Matching and discretionary Employer Accounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of Service             Percent Vested
<S>                          <C>
Less than 1                         0%
1 but less than 2                  20%
2 but less than 3                  40%
3 but less than 4                  60%
4 but less than 5                  80%
5 but less than 6                 100%
6 but less than 7                 100%
7 or more                         100%
</TABLE>

Refer to Article X for information on retirement, disability or death.

In the event the Plan should become 'top-heavy', the same vesting schedule as
non top-heavy will apply. See Article XII for an explanation of the top-heavy
rules.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                  SERVICE RULES

               --------------------------------------------------

YEAR OF SERVICE:

You will earn a Year of Service for vesting if you are credited with 1000 Hours
of Service during a Plan Year. You cannot earn more than one Year of Service
credit during any Plan Year. Years of employment prior to reaching age 18 will
not be considered in determining your Years of Service.

If you had no vested interest and terminate employment, your service before you
incur a Break in Service will not be counted toward your total vesting service
if your Break in Service exceeds the greater of 5 years or the service with
which you were credited prior to the Break in Service.

HOURS OF SERVICE:

You are credited with the actual hours you work, and for hours for which you are
paid but not at work, such as paid vacation or paid sick leave.

BREAK IN SERVICE RULES:

When you fail to complete at least 501 hours during the Plan Year, you incur a
break in service. Thus, in any year in which you work less than 501 hours
(approximately 3 months), you will incur a Break in Service.

However, in certain circumstances, your Plan is required to credit you with 501
hours, even though you didn't actually work 501 hours. This is primarily if you
take time off to have, adopt or care for a child for a period immediately
following the birth or adoption. You will receive this credit only for the
purpose of determining whether you have incurred a break in service and not for
receiving additional credit for a contribution or for vesting.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  COMPENSATION

               --------------------------------------------------

Throughout this Summary Plan Description, the words "compensation" and "pay" are
used to define contribution amounts. For purposes of non-elective discretionary
contributions, "Pay" or "Compensation" means the total wages as paid to you by
your Employer as reported to you on Form W-2 for the plan year. For purposes of
salary deferral contributions, "Pay" or "Compensation" means the total wages as
paid to you by your Employer as reported to you on Form W-2 for the pay period.
For purposes of matching contributions, "Pay" or "Compensation" means the total
wages as paid to you by your Employer as reported to you on Form W-2 for the
plan year.

Compensation includes deferred compensation which is not includable in your
gross taxable income such as a Cafeteria plan, 401(k) deferrals, SEP deferrals,
certain Transportation fringe benefits, Tax-Deferred Annuities, or Governmental
Deferred Compensation Plans.

In no event shall Compensation in excess of $200,000 (as adjusted for changes in
the Consumer Price Index: $200,000 for 2003) be taken into account for any
Participant in this Plan.

For purposes of non-elective discretionary contributions, your Compensation for
the first Plan Year in which you participate shall be your Compensation from the
Employer for the 12 month period ending in the initial year of participation.
For purposes of Matching Contributions, your compensation for the first Plan
Year in which you participate shall be your Compensation from the Employer for
the 12 month period ending in the initial year of participation.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

                -------------------------------------------------

Under the 401(k) Savings Plan, the money you deposit and any Employer
Contributions are placed into investment accounts, which are credited with gains
and losses at each Valuation Date. The Valuation Date for your 401(k) Plan
occurs daily for investment Accounts over which you have control and on the last
day of every month for Accounts your Employer controls.

While it is contemplated that the Trust Fund will be valued by the Trustee and
allocations made only on the Valuation Date, at any time that the Plan's
valuations are not performed on a daily basis, should it be necessary to make
distributions and the Plan Administrator, in good faith determines that, because
of (i) an extraordinary change in general economic conditions, (ii) the
occurrence of some casualty materially affecting the value of the Trust Fund or
a substantial part thereof, or (iii) a significant fluctuation in the value of
the Trust Fund has occurred since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, the
Plan Administrator may, in his sole discretion, to prevent the distribution of a
substantially greater or lesser amount based on current values, cause a
re-valuation of the Trust Fund to be made and a reallocation of the interests
therein as of the special Valuation Date. The Plan Administrator's determination
to make such special valuation and the valuation of the Trust Fund as determined
by the Trustee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons ever interested
hereunder.

Separate Accounts are set up for each different type of money, for example:
401(k) deposits, Matching, discretionary, rollover, in-kind rollover, Employer
Contributions (if any), Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified
Matching Contributions because there are different Plan and IRS rules for each
type of contribution.

FORFEITURES:

Forfeitures of Employer discretionary contributions will be applied to reduce
administrative expenses of the Plan, then any remaining Forfeitures will
supplement Non-Elective Contributions. Forfeitures of Matching Contributions
will be applied to reduce administrative expenses of the Plan, then any
remaining Forfeitures will supplement Matching Contributions. "Forfeitures" are
amounts which could not be paid to Terminated Participants because they were not
100% vested when they separated from service with the Employer.

In order to share in the allocation of forfeitures, you must be eligible to
receive an allocation of the respective type of contribution.

If you are eligible to share in the Forfeiture allocation, your portion will be
credited to your account the last day of the Plan Year. Forfeitures will be
determined on the last day of the Plan Year in which a Participant's benefit is
distributed.

Your share of the Forfeitures of Employer Non-Elective Contributions will be
allocated in the same manner that the Employer Non-Elective Contributions were
allocated to you.

Your share of the Forfeitures of Matching Contributions will be allocated to you
in proportion to Matching Contributions.

ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS:

Your Plan allows employees who had retirement accounts with a previous Employer
to directly transfer or

<PAGE>

rollover the previous account balance to your Plan even if they are not
Participants in this plan. This is a segregated "Rollover" account and it is
always 100% vested. If you are making a rollover instead of a direct transfer,
in order to avoid taxes on your "Rollover" money, you must complete the rollover
from your old plan to this Plan within 60 days after receiving the money.

INVESTMENTS:

Your Plan offers several investment options and you may instruct the Trustees
how you would like to invest the funds in your Accounts.

Contact your Plan Administrator for information concerning the investment
options which are currently available.

CREDITING YOUR ACCOUNTS WITH GAIN OR LOSS:

Each investment account is credited with investment gain or loss as of each
Valuation Date. Earnings or losses are allocated on the basis of the ratio your
Account balance bears to the total Account balances of all Participants in the
same investment. You are then credited with that percentage of earnings or
losses. When you receive a distribution from the Plan, the Plan Administrator
must first establish the value of your account. The date of this special
valuation is the Distribution Determination Date. If the Distribution
Determination Date is any date other than a Valuation Date, the value of your
Account will be adjusted for the actual gain or loss from the prior Valuation
Date to the date of distribution. (See Article II for Valuation Date.)

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                    ARTICLE X

                   DISTRIBUTIONS AND BENEFITS UNDER YOUR PLAN

               --------------------------------------------------

HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION OF SALARY DEFERRAL AMOUNTS:

If you have not terminated employment, you may request a distribution of salary
deferral amounts in the event of financial hardship. Financial hardship might
result from your own, your spouse's or your dependent's medical expenses,
expenses in purchasing a principal residence (excluding mortgage payments), the
cost of tuition and related educational fees for the next 12 months of
post-secondary education for yourself or your spouse or dependents, or to
prevent your eviction or the foreclosure on the mortgage of your principal
residence.

The amount of your Hardship Distribution cannot exceed the amount needed to meet
the immediate financial hardship. In addition, the distribution will be limited
to the amount of your 401(k) contributions (no investment income).

If you receive a Hardship Distribution, you will not be permitted to make any
401(k) contributions for the 6-month period following the date of your Hardship
Distribution.

For example, let's say that you took a hardship withdrawal on July 1, 2003, and
during 2003, you deposited $5,000 in elective deferrals. You can't make any
401(k) contributions until January 1, 2004.

IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS:

An In-Service Distribution is one that you receive while you are actively
employed. The primary purpose of the Plan is to provide benefits to you upon
your retirement; however, you may request an In-Service Distribution of all or a
portion of some of your accounts as listed below:

Other Accounts:

In-Service Distributions are allowed on account of Hardship based on the Plan's
Hardship provisions.

In-Service distributions may be taken from all of your accounts except Salary
Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and
Qualified Matching Contributions to the extent they have been used to pass the
ADP or ACP test, until you have reached age 59.5.

NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS:

You will reach the Plan's Normal Retirement Age when you reach age 65.

Your Normal Retirement Date is the date you reach Normal Retirement Age.

At your Normal Retirement Age, you will be fully vested in your Employer
Contribution Account.

Payment of your benefits will begin as soon as practicable following your
retirement. (See Article XI, Benefit Payment Options.)

<PAGE>

LATE RETIREMENT BENEFITS:

If you decide to work past your Normal Retirement Date, you can defer payment of
your benefits until your Retirement Date. Payment of your Retirement benefits
will commence as soon as practicable following your late retirement date.

DEATH BENEFITS:

Should you die before termination of your employment, your spouse or Beneficiary
will be entitled to a percentage of your account balance based on the Plan's
vesting schedule.

If you are married at the time of your death, your spouse will be the
Beneficiary of your death benefits, unless you otherwise elect in writing on a
form to be furnished to you by the Plan Administrator. IF YOU WISH TO DESIGNATE
A BENEFICIARY OTHER THAN YOUR SPOUSE AS YOUR BENEFICIARY, YOUR SPOUSE MUST
CONSENT TO WAIVE HIS/HER RIGHT TO RECEIVE DEATH BENEFITS UNDER THE PLAN. YOUR
SPOUSE'S CONSENT MUST BE IN WRITING AND WITNESSED BY A NOTARY OR A PLAN
REPRESENTATIVE.

If your spouse has consented to a valid waiver of any rights to the death
benefit, or your spouse cannot be located, or you are single at the time of your
death, then your death benefit will be paid to any Beneficiary you may choose.
The Plan Administrator will supply you with a Beneficiary designation form.

Since your spouse has certain rights under your Plan, you should immediately
inform the Plan Administrator of any changes in your marital status.

DISABILITY BENEFITS:

Should you become permanently disabled while a Participant under this Plan, you
will receive a percentage of your Account balance based on the Plan's vesting
schedule. "Disability" means a medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which may be expected to result in death or to last at least a year
and which renders you incapable of performing your duties with your Employer. A
determination of disability will be made by the Plan Administrator in a uniform,
nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of medical evidence.

If it is determined you are disabled, your payments will begin as soon as
practicable following your disability retirement.

BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION:

If your employment is terminated for any reason other than those set out above,
you will be entitled to that portion of your Employer Accounts in which you are
vested.

"Vesting" refers to the percentage of your Account balance you are entitled to
at any point in time. For each year you remain a Participant in the Plan, you
may become vested with a higher percentage of your Employer account balance.
(See Vesting, Article VI.)

If your benefit is over $5,000.00, you may at your option, request the Plan
Administrator to distribute your benefit to you before your retirement date.
However, the value of your Account will be determined as soon as practical
following your termination. You will receive payment of your benefits as soon as
practical after that date. If your benefit is $5,000.00 or less, the Plan
Administrator may distribute your benefit early. No consent is needed for
distributions of $5,000.00 or less.

DISTRIBUTIONS DUE TO A DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER:

In general, contributions made by you or your Employer for your retirement are
not subject to alienation. This means they cannot be sold, used as collateral
for a loan, given away or otherwise transferred. They are not
<PAGE>

subject to the claims of your creditors. However, they may be subject to claims
under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO).

The Administrator may be required by law to recognize obligations you incur as a
result of court ordered child support or alimony payments. The Administrator
must honor a "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" which is defined as a decree
or order issued by a court that obligates you to pay child support or alimony,
or otherwise allocates a portion of your assets in the Plan to your spouse,
child or other dependent. If a QDRO is received by the Administrator, all or
portions of your benefits may be used to satisfy the obligation. It is the Plan
Administrator's responsibility to determine the validity of a QDRO.

Distributions pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order are permitted on
or after the date a Domestic Relations Order is determined to be a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order, even if the Participant continues to be employed and
has not attained the "earliest possible retirement age" pursuant to section
414(p) of the Code.

For this purpose, the "earliest possible retirement age" under the Plan means
the earlier of: (a) the date on which the Participant is entitled to a
distribution under the Plan, or (b) the later of the date the Participant
attains age 50, or the earliest date on which the Participant could begin
receiving benefits under the Plan if the Participant separated from service.

Participants and Beneficiaries can obtain, without charge, from the Plan
Administrator, a copy of the Plan's procedures governing Qualified Domestic
Relation's Orders.

TAXATION OF DISTRIBUTIONS:

The benefits you receive from the Plan will be subject to ordinary income tax in
the year in which you receive the payment, unless you defer taxation by a
"rollover" of your distribution into another qualified plan or an IRA. Also, in
certain situations, your tax may be reduced by special tax treatment such as
"10-year forward averaging."

VERY IMPORTANT NOTE: Under most circumstances, if you receive a distribution
from this Plan, twenty percent (20%) of your distribution will be withheld for
federal income tax purposes, unless you instruct the trustees of this Plan to
DIRECTLY transfer your distribution into another qualified plan or an IRA. You
must give these instructions to the trustees no more than 90 days before the
date you receive the payment. Also, unless you sign a waiver form, the trustees
must wait at least 30 days after receiving your instructions before making the
payment, to allow you time to change your decision, unless you waive the waiting
period. The Plan Administrator can provide you with the waiver form.

In addition to ordinary income tax, you may be subject to a 10% tax penalty if
you receive a "premature" distribution. If you receive a distribution upon
terminating employment before age 55 and you don't receive the payment as a life
annuity, you will be subject to the 10% penalty, unless you roll over your
payment. If you take a hardship withdrawal before age 59-1/2, the withdrawal
will usually be subject to the 10% penalty. But, there is no penalty for
payments due to your death or disability.

As the rules concerning "rollovers" and the taxation of benefits are complex,
please consult your tax advisor before making a withdrawal or requesting a
distribution from the Plan. As required by law the Plan Administrator will
provide you with a brief explanation of the rules concerning "rollovers".

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE XI

                             BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS

               --------------------------------------------------

There is one form of payment under your Plan, a lump sum distribution. Your
distribution will be in the form of a lump-sum distribution of your total
Account balances.

The Plan Administrator may delay payment to you for a reasonable time for
administrative convenience. However, unless you choose to defer receipt of your
distribution, the Plan must begin your payments within 60 days after the close
of the Plan Year following the latest of:

    (a) the date on which you reached your Normal Retirement Age;

    (b) the 10th anniversary of the year in which you became a Participant in
the Plan; or

    (c) the date you terminated employment with the Employer.

Under certain circumstances, the law requires that your distributions begin no
later than April 1 of the year following the date you reach age 70-1/2 (the date
six months after your 70th birthday). Your Plan Administrator will contact you
if you are affected by this requirement.

TIME OF DISTRIBUTION:

The payment of your benefits under the Plan shall be made at your election
within a reasonable period following the distribution date.

DISTRIBUTION DATE:

If you terminate employment prior to your death, disability or retirement your
distribution date shall be as soon as practical following your termination,
based on your Accounts value on the preceding Valuation Date.

If you terminate employment as a result of death, disability or retirement, your
distribution date shall be as soon as practical following your termination,
based on your Accounts value on the preceding Valuation Date.

If you have an Elective Account, Voluntary Account or Segregated Account
attributable to a rollover contribution from another Plan, the distribution date
for these Accounts shall be as soon as practical following your termination,
based on your Accounts value on the preceding Valuation Date.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                 TOP-HEAVY RULES

               --------------------------------------------------

A Plan becomes Top-Heavy when the total of the Key Employees' Account balances
make up more than 60% of the total of all Account balances in the Plan. Key
Employees are certain highly compensated officers or owners/shareholders.

If your Plan is Top-Heavy, Plan participants who are not "Key Employees" must
receive a minimum contribution. This minimum contribution is the smaller of the
percentage of pay contributed by the Employer to Key Employees, or 3% of your
Compensation. If the Employer Contribution allocated to your Account for the
Top-Heavy year is equal to or more than this minimum contribution, no additional
Employer Contribution would be needed to meet the Top-Heavy rules.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                            PARTICIPANT LOAN PROGRAM

               --------------------------------------------------

Pursuant to the terms of Southwest Community Bank 401(k) Plan and Southwest
Community Bank 401(k) Plan Trust, the Trustee has adopted a participant loan
program as part of such Plan and Trust. The program is intended to comply with
Labor Regulation 2550.408b-1, and Proposed Internal Revenue Regulation sec
1.72(p)-1. Loans will be made pursuant to the terms of the Plan and Trust and
the following provisions of this Participant Loan Program.

The Loan Program procedures are being provided to you in a separate document.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

               --------------------------------------------------

PROTECTION OF BENEFITS:

Except for the requirements of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, your Plan
benefits are not subject to claims, indebtedness, execution, garnishment or
other similar legal or equitable process. Also, you cannot voluntarily (or
involuntarily) assign your benefits under this Plan. See Distributions due to a
Domestic Relations Order in Article X.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION:

The Employer has reserved the right to amend or terminate your Plan. However, no
amendment can take away any benefits you have already earned. If your Plan is
terminated, you will be entitled to the full amount in your Account as of the
date of termination, regardless of the percent you are vested at the time of
termination.

PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION:

The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) provides plan termination
insurance for defined benefit pension plans. In your 401(k) Plan (a defined
contribution plan), all of the contributions and investment earnings are
allocated to Participants' accounts. PBGC insurance is not needed and does not
apply.

CLAIMS:

When you request a distribution of all or any part of your account, you will
contact the Plan Administrator who will provide you with the proper forms to
make your claim for benefits.

Your claim for benefits will be given a full and fair review. However, if your
claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator will provide a
written notice of its decision.

THE ADVERSE BENEFIT NOTICE WILL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

      (a)  the specific reason(s) for the denial,

      (b)  reference to the specific plan provisions on which the denial is
           based,

      (c)  a description of any additional documentation to perfect your claim
           and an explanation of why such information is necessary,

      (d)  a description of the appeals procedure's applicable time limits and a
           statement of your rights under ERISA and the steps you can take to
           enforce them,

      (e)  In the case of an adverse benefit determination by a plan providing
           disability benefits,

           (1)  If an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar
                criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination,
                either the specific rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar
                criterion; or a statement that such a rule, guideline, protocol,
                or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse
                determination and that a copy of such rule, guideline, protocol,
                or other criterion will be provided free of charge to the
                claimant upon request; or

           (2)  If the adverse benefit determination is based on a medical
                necessity or experimental treatment or similar exclusion or
                limit, either an explanation of the scientific or clinical
                judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the plan
                to the claimant's medical circumstances, or a
<PAGE>

                statement that such explanation will be provided free of charge
                upon request.

      (f)  The following additional benefit claim review standards shall apply
           if the disability determination is made by the Plan Administrator
           instead of out side the Plan by, for instance, the Social Security
           Administration or a Long Term Disability Plan of the Employer,

           (1)  Provide for a review that does not afford deference to the
                initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by
                an appropriate named Fiduciary of the Plan who is neither the
                individual who made the adverse benefit determination that is
                the subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of such
                individual,

           (2)  Provide that, in deciding an appeal of any adverse benefit
                determination that is based in whole or in part on a medical
                judgment, the appropriate named Fiduciary shall consult with a
                health care professional who has appropriate training and
                experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical
                judgment,

           (3)  Provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts
                whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection
                with your or your Beneficiary's adverse benefit determination,
                without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making
                the benefit determination; and

           (4)  Provide that the health care professional engaged for purposes
                of a consultation under paragraph (2) of this section shall be
                an individual who is neither an individual who was consulted in
                connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the
                subject of the appeal, nor the subordinate of any such
                individual.

This notice will be provided to you within a reasonable period of time, but no
later than 90 days after the date of your claim for benefits was received.

The Plan Administrator may extend this deadline by up to 90 days if there are
special circumstances beyond the control of the Plan that require additional
time to process the claim. If a delay occurs, you will be notified in writing
before the end of the initial 90-day period and be given a date by which a final
determination will be made (not more than 180 days after the receipt of your
claim.)

EXCEPTION TO THE 90-DAY NOTIFICATION DEADLINE

An exception to the 90-day notification deadline applies if your claim is for
disability benefits. In this case, the plan Administrator shall notify you or
your Beneficiary within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 45 days
after the date your claim was received.

The Plan Administrator may extend this deadline by up to 30 days if there are
special circumstances beyond the control of the Plan that require additional
time to process the claim. If a delay occurs, you will be notified in writing
before the end of the initial 45-day period.

If, prior to the end of the first 30-day extension period, the Plan
Administrator determines that, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a
decision cannot be made within that extension period, the period for making the
determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days, provided that the
Plan Administrator notifies you or your Beneficiary, prior to the expiration of
the first 30-day extension period, of the circumstances requiring the extension
and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision.

In the case of any extension under a claim for disability benefits, the notice
of extension will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a
benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on your claim,
and the additional information needed to resolve those issues. Further, you will
be given at least 45 days within which to provide the specified information.

If you or your beneficiary does not file an appeal within the 60-day period, the
denial will stand. If you do file an appeal within the 60 days, your Employer
will review the facts and hold hearings, if necessary, in order to reach a final
decision. Your Employer's decision will be made within 60 days of receipt of the
notice of your appeal, unless an extension is needed due to special
circumstances. In any event, your Employer will make a decision within 120 days
of the receipt of your appeal.

Article XV, STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS, describes the protection you have under
ERISA and the steps
<PAGE>

you can take to enforce these rights.

<PAGE>

               --------------------------------------------------

                                   ARTICLE XV

                            STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS

               --------------------------------------------------

As a participant in Southwest Community Bank 401(k) Plan you are entitled to
certain rights and protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 (ERISA). ERISA provides that all Plan participants shall be entitled to:

    (a)    examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator's office copies of
           all documents filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor,
           such as detailed annual reports and Plan descriptions,

    (b)    obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon
           written request to the Plan Administrator (the Administrator may make
           a reasonable charge for the copies),

    (c)    receive a summary of the Plan's annual financial report. The Plan
           Administrator is required by law to furnish each participant with a
           copy of this summary annual report.

    (d)    obtain a statement telling you whether you have a right to receive a
           retirement benefit at Normal Retirement Age and if so, what your
           benefits would be at Normal Retirement Age if you stop working under
           the Plan now. If you do not have a right to a benefit, the statement
           will tell you how many more years you have to work to get a right to
           a benefit. This statement must be requested in writing and is not
           required to be given more than once a year. The Plan must provide the
           statement free of charge.

In addition to creating rights for Plan participants, ERISA imposes duties upon
the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan.
The people who operate your Plan, called "fiduciaries" of the Plan, have a duty
to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Plan participants and
beneficiaries. No one, including your Employer may fire you or otherwise
discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a retirement
benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.

If your claim for a retirement benefit is denied in whole or in part you must
receive a written explanation of the reason for the denial. You have the right
to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to
appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For
instance, if you request materials from the Plan and do not receive them within
30 days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may
require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay you up to $110 a
day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because
of reasons beyond the control of the administrator.

If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in
part, you may file suit in a state or federal court. In addition, if you
disagree with the plan's decision or lack thereof concerning the qualified
status of a domestic relations order or a medical child support order, you may
file suit in federal court.

If it should happen that Plan fiduciaries misuse the Plan's money, or if you are
discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from
the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court
will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful,
the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you
lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it
finds your claim is frivolous.

If you have questions about your Plan, you should contact the Plan
Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or your rights
under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the
<PAGE>

plan administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Employee
Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your
telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries,
Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200
Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain
publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the
publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

<PAGE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN

                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Effective: January 1, 2003

<PAGE>

                      SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN

                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ARTICLE   DESCRIPTION                                  PAGE
<S>        <C>                                          <C>

I          INTRODUCTION                                   1

II         GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PLAN             2

III        PARTICIPATION IN YOUR PLAN                     4

IV         EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS                         6

V          EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS                         9

VI         VESTING                                       11

VII        SERVICE RULES                                 12

VIII       COMPENSATION                                  13

IX         PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS                          14

X          DISTRIBUTIONS AND BENEFITS UNDER YOUR PLAN    16

XI         BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS                       19

XII        TOP-HEAVY RULES                               20

XIII       PARTICIPANT LOAN PROGRAM                      21

XIV        MISCELLANEOUS                                 22

XV         STATEMENT OF ERISA RIGHTS                     25
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                      SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN

                        EGTRRA AMENDMENT FOR 401(k) PLANS

                                  AMENDMENT #2

This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This
amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA
and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder.
Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of the first
day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

This amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those
provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment. Where
appropriate, the term "Plan" shall mean plan, trust, adoption agreement and GUST
Appendix or snap-off attachment.

<PAGE>

SECTION 1. PLAN LOANS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDER EMPLOYEES

[X] Not Applicable

[ ] Effective for plan loans made after December 31, 2001, Plan provisions
prohibiting loans to any owner-employee or shareholder-employee shall cease to
apply.

<PAGE>

SECTION 2. LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

This section shall be effective for Limitation Years beginning after December
31, 2001.

Maximum Annual Additions

Except to the extent permitted under section 11 of this amendment and section
414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the Annual Addition that may be contributed
or allocated to a Participant's account under the plan for any Limitation Year
shall not exceed the lesser of:

         (a) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under
         section 415(d) of the Code, or

         (b) One hundred (100%) percent of the Participant's compensation,
         within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the Limitation
         Year.

<PAGE>

SECTION 3. INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT

The "annual compensation" of each Participant taken into account in determining
allocations for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for
cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.
"Annual compensation" means compensation during the Plan Year or such other
consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined
under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in
effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination
period that begins with or within such calendar year.

[X] Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001

[ ] Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002

<PAGE>

SECTION 4. MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES

This section shall apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

Definition of Key Employee.

"Key Employee" shall mean any Employee or former Employee (including any
deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the
Determination Date was an officer of the Employer having "annual compensation"
greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or
a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than
$150,000. For this purpose, "annual compensation" means compensation within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key
Employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the
applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued
thereunder.

Determination of Top-Heavy Status.

The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an
Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions
made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with
the Plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on
the Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions
under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been
aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case
of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service,
severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied
by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period."

The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed
services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the Determination
Date shall not be taken into account.

Minimum Contributions

[X] Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of
satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the
Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching
contributions under this Plan or, if this Plan provides that the minimum
contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such matching
contributions shall apply towards the minimum in such other plan. Employer
matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution
requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the
actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of
the Code.

[ ] Employer matching contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes
of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the
Code. Such minimum contribution requirements shall be satisfied from other
Employer contributions.

Contributions under Other Plans.

The Employer may provide that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in
another plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred
arrangement which meets the requirements of section 401(k)(12) of the Code and
matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of section
401(m)(11) of the Code are met).

<PAGE>

[X] Not Applicable - no other plan or Top-Heavy minimum provided in this Plan.

[ ] ______________________________________
Name of other plan to which Top-Heavy minimum shall be made

[ ] Other:  ________________________________________
(Must preclude Employer discretion.)

The Top-Heavy requirements of section 416 of the Code and of the Plan shall not
apply in any year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan consists
solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of section
401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the
requirements of section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met.

<PAGE>

SECTION 5. CONTRIBUTIONS

[ ] Not Applicable - The Plan does not provide Employer matching contributions.

[ ] This section shall apply to Participants with account balances derived from
Employer matching contributions and who complete an hour of service under the
plan in a plan year beginning after December 31, 2001.

[X] This section shall apply to all Participants with account balances derived
from Employer matching contributions.

Vesting schedule.

A Participant's account balance derived from Employer matching contributions
shall vest as provided below. If the vesting schedule for Employer matching
contributions in Option 3 or 4 below is elected, each Participant who has
completed three or more years of service may elect within a reasonable period
after the adoption of this amendment to have his nonforfeitable percentage
computed without regard to such change. The period during which the election may
be made shall commence with the date this amendment is adopted or deemed to be
made and shall end on the latest of sixty days after:

         (i) the amendment is adopted;

         (ii) the amendment becomes effective; or

         (iii) the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the
         Employer or plan administrator.

Vesting of Employer Matching Contributions:

[ ] Option 1. A Participant's account balance derived from Employer matching
contributions shall be fully and immediately vested.

[ ] Option 2. A Participant's account balance derived from Employer matching
contributions shall be nonforfeitable upon the Participant's completion of three
years of vesting service.

[ ] Option 3. A Participant's account balance derived from Employer matching
contributions shall vest according to the following schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of vesting service                      Nonforfeitable percentage
<S>                                           <C>
           2                                              20
           3                                              40
           4                                              60
           5                                              80
           6                                             100
</TABLE>

[X] Option 4. A Participant's account balance derived from Employer matching
contributions shall vest according to the following that must be at least as
favorable as Option 3 above:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years of vesting service                      Nonforfeitable percentage
<S>                                           <C>
           1                                            20.000
           2                                            40.000
           3                                            60.000
           4                                            80.000
           5                                           100.000
</TABLE>

[ ] Option 5. Not Applicable, use plan vesting schedule which is at least as
favorable as Option 3.

<PAGE>

SECTION 6. DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.

Modification of Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan.

For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the plan, an Eligible
Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b)
of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is
maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees
to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The
definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a
distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the
Alternate Payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section
414(p) of the Code.

Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution.

[X] Not Applicable - Plan does not permit after-tax employee contributions.

[ ] For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, a portion of a
distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely
because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not
includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an
individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) or
the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan account for amounts so
transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such
distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not so includible.

For purposes of the direct rollover provisions of the plan, any amount that is
distributed on account of hardship shall not be an Eligible Rollover
Distribution and the Distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a
distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

<PAGE>

SECTION 7. ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS

[ ] Not Applicable

[X] In addition to the Participant rollover contributions and/or direct
rollovers already accepted by the Plan, effective 01/01/2002 (Enter a date no
earlier than January 1, 2002), the Plan will accept:

Direct Rollovers:

The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution
from: (Check each that applies or none.)

[X] a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code,
excluding after-tax employee contributions.

[ ] a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code,
including after-tax employee contributions.

[X] an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code, excluding
after-tax employee contributions.

[X] an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a
state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a
state or political subdivision of a state.

Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans:

The plan will accept a Participant contribution of an Eligible Rollover
Distribution from: (Check each that applies or none.)

[X] a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code.

[X] an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code.

[X] an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a
state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a
state or political subdivision of a state.

Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs:

The Plan: (Choose one.)

[X] will
[ ] will not

accept a Participant rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from
an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or
408(b) of the code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be
includible in gross income.

<PAGE>

SECTION 8. ROLLOVERS DISREGARDED IN INVOLUNTARY CASH OUTS

[ ] Not Applicable. No involuntary cash out

[ ] The Employer elects to maintain the Plan provision including the
Participant's rollover contributions in determining the value of the
Participant's non-forfeitable account balance for purposes of the Plan's
involuntary cash-out rules.

[X] The Employer elects to exclude a Participant's rollover contributions in
determining the value of the Participant's non-forfeitable account balance for
purposes of the Plan's involuntary cash-out rules. The value of a Participant's
non-forfeitable account balance shall be determined without regard to that
portion of the account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions
(and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of sections 402(c),
403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16) of the Code. If the value
of the Participant's non-forfeitable account balance as so determined is less
than the Involuntary Cash Out threshold specified in the Plan, the Trustee shall
immediately distribute the Participant's entire non-forfeitable account balance.
This election shall apply with respect to distributions made after:

01/01/2002 (Enter a date no earlier than December 31, 2001.)

with respect to Participants who separated from service after:

01/01/1998 (Enter date. The date may be earlier than December 31, 2001.)

<PAGE>

SECTION 9. REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST

The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2 shall
not apply to the Plan for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

<PAGE>

SECTION 10. ELECTIVE DEFERRALS - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION

No Participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under this
Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer during any taxable
year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in section 402(g) of the Code
in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under section 11
of this amendment and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable.

<PAGE>

SECTION 11. CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

All Employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and
who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to
make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations
of, section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken
into account for purposes of the provisions of the plan implementing the
required limitations of sections 402(g), 408(p) and 415 of the Code. The Plan
shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the plan
implementing the requirements of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12),
410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason for the making of such
catch-up contributions.

Catch-up Contributions: (Choose one.)

[X] shall apply to contributions after 12/31/2001. (Enter December 31, 2001 or a
later date.)

[ ] shall not apply.

<PAGE>

SECTION 12. SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION

[ ] Not Applicable - no Hardship Distributions permitted.

[ ] Not Applicable - maintain existing Hardship Distribution rules. Retains 12
month suspension rule. (May not be selected by Safe Harbor 401(k) plans.)

[X] A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals after
December 31, 2001, on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making
elective deferrals and employee contributions under this Plan and all other
plans of the Employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution. A
Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar year
2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals
and employee contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for
the period specified below.

Suspension Period for Hardship Distributions: (Choose one.)

[ ] A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar
year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective
deferrals and employee contributions under this Plan and all other plans of the
Employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution or until January 1,
2002, if later.

[X] A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar
year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective
deferrals and employee contributions under this Plan and all other plans of the
Employer for the period specified in the provisions of the Plan relating to
suspension of elective deferrals that were in effect prior to this amendment.

<PAGE>

SECTION 13. DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT

[ ] This section shall not apply.

[X] This section shall apply for distributions and severances from employment
occurring after 01/01/2002 (Enter a date no earlier than December 31, 2001.)

New distributable event. A Participant's elective deferrals, qualified
non-elective contributions, qualified matching contributions, and earnings
attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the
Participant's severance from employment. However, such a distribution shall be
subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than
provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be
distributed.

Distribution Upon Severance from Employment, shall apply for distributions:
(Choose one.)

[X] regardless of when the severance from employment occurred.

[ ] for severances from employment occurring after ___/___/_____. (Enter date.)

                                    * * * * *

The Employer hereby adopts this as evidenced by the foregoing this _____ day of
_________, ____.

EMPLOYER:
Southwest Community Bank

________________________________
Frank J. Mercardante

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

         1.1 CREATION AND TITLE. The Employer and the undersigned Trustee(s)
hereby create a Trust to be known by the name set forth in the Adoption
Agreement and shall be subject to the terms of the Plan as designated in such
agreement. All terms used herein have the same meaning as described in the
DATAIR Mass-Submitter Prototype Defined Contribution Plan.

         1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE. The provisions of this Trust shall be effective as
of the Effective Date set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

         1.3 PURPOSE. The Plan and this Trust are established for the purpose of
providing retirement benefits to Eligible Employees in accordance with the Plan
and the Adoption Agreement.

         1.4 PLAN ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be administered by the
Administrative Committee (the "Committee"). The Committee and its
representatives act in accordance with the rights, powers, duties, and
discretion delegated to it by the Employer under the Plan.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                     TRUSTEE

         2.1 ACCEPTANCE OF TRUST. The Trustee, by joining in the execution of
the Adoption Agreement to the Plan, and this Trust Agreement, agrees to act in
accordance with the express terms and conditions hereof.

         2.2 TRUSTEE CAPACITY - CO-TRUSTEES. The Trustee may be a bank, trust
company or other corporation possessing trust powers under applicable state or
federal law, or, one or more individuals or any combination thereof. When there
are two or more Trustees, they may allocate specific responsibilities,
obligations, or duties among themselves by their written agreement. An executed
copy of such written agreement shall be delivered to and retained by the Plan
Administrator. Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, any action taken by the Trustees shall be taken at the direction of a
majority of such Trustees, or, if the number of such Trustees is two (2), by
unanimous consent.

         2.3 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL, AND SUCCESSORS. Any Trustee may resign at any
time by delivering to the Employer a written notice of resignation to take
effect at a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30)
days after the delivery thereof; the Employer may waive such notice. The Trustee
may be removed by the Employer with or without cause, by tendering to the
Trustee a written notice of removal to take effect at a date specified therein.

Upon such removal or resignation of a Trustee, the Employer shall either appoint
a successor Trustee who shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred
upon the resigning or discharged Trustee, or, if a group of individuals is
acting as Trustee, determine that a successor shall not be appointed and the
number of Trustees shall be reduced by one (1).

         2.4 CONSULTATIONS. The Trustee shall be entitled to advice of counsel,
which may be counsel for the Plan or the Employer, in any case in which the
Trustee shall deem such advice necessary. The Trustee shall not be liable for
any action taken or omitted in good faith reliance upon the advice of such
counsel.

With the exception of those powers and duties specifically allocated to the
Trustee by the express terms of the Plan, it shall not be the responsibility of
the Trustee to interpret the terms of the Plan and the Trustee may request, and
is entitled to receive, guidance and written direction from the Plan
Administrator on any point requiring construction or interpretation of the Plan
documents.

         2.5 RIGHTS, POWERS AND DUTIES. The rights, powers, and duties of the
Trustee shall be as follows:

             (a) The Trustee shall have exclusive authority, discretion and
         responsibility for the management and control of the assets of the
         Trust Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and the Trust
         and any amendments hereto. The Employer may limit the exclusive
         authority, discretion, and responsibility of the Trustee by written
         direction. The duties of the Trustee under the Plan and the Trust shall
         be determined solely by the express provisions hereof and no other
         further duties or responsibilities shall be implied. Subject to the
         terms of the Plan and the Trust, the Trustee shall be fully protected
         and shall incur no liability in acting in reliance upon the written
         instructions or directions of the Employer, the Plan Administrator, a
         duly designated investment manager, or any other named Fiduciary.

             (b) The Trustee shall have all powers necessary or convenient for
         the orderly and efficient performance of its duties hereunder,
         including but not limited to those specified in this Section. The
         Trustee shall have the power generally to do all acts, whether or not
         expressly authorized, which the Trustee in the exercise of its
         Fiduciary responsibility may deem necessary or desirable for the
         protection of the Trust Fund and the assets thereof.

<PAGE>

             (c) The Trustee shall have the power to collect and receive any and
         all monies and other property due the Plan and to give full discharge
         and release therefore; to settle, compromise or submit to arbitration
         any claims, debts or damages due to or owing to or from the Trust Fund;
         to commence or defend suits or legal proceedings wherever, in the
         Trustee's judgment, any interest of the Trust Fund requires it; and to
         represent the Trust Fund in all suits or legal proceedings in any court
         of law or equity or before any other body or tribunal.

             (d) The Trustee shall cause any Life Insurance Policies or assets
         of the Trust Fund to be registered in its name as Trustee and shall be
         authorized to exercise any and all ownership rights regarding these
         assets, subject to the terms of the Plan.

             (e) The Trustee may temporarily hold cash balances and shall be
         entitled to deposit any funds received in a bank account in the name of
         the Trust Fund in any bank selected by the Trustee, including the
         banking department of a corporate Trustee, if any, pending disposition
         of such funds in accordance with the Plan. Any such deposit may be made
         with or without interest.

             (f) The Trustee shall pay the premiums and other charges due and
         payable at any time on any Life Insurance Policies, as it may be
         directed by the Plan Administrator, provided funds for such payments
         are then available in the Trust. The Trustee shall be responsible only
         for such funds and Life Insurance Policies as shall actually be
         received as Trustee, and shall have no obligation to make payments
         other than from such funds and cash values of Life Insurance Policies.

             (g) If the whole or any part of the Trust Fund shall become liable
         for the payment of any estate, inheritance, income or other tax which
         the Trustee shall be required to pay, the Trustee shall have full power
         and authority to pay such tax out of any monies or other property in
         its hands for the account of the person whose interest hereunder is so
         liable. Prior to making any payment, the Trustee may require such
         releases or other documents from any lawful taxing authority as it
         shall deem necessary. The Trustee shall not be liable for any
         nonpayment of tax when it distributes an interest hereunder on
         instructions from the Plan Administrator.

             (h) The Trustee shall keep a full, accurate, and detailed record of
         all transactions of the Trust, which the Employer and the Plan
         Administrator shall have the right to examine at any time during the
         Trustee's regular business hours. As of the close of each Plan Year,
         the Trustee shall furnish the Plan Administrator with a statement of
         account setting forth all receipts, disbursements, and other
         transactions effected by the Trustee during the year. The Plan
         Administrator shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of his
         approval or disapproval of the account.

The Plan Administrator's failure to disapprove the account within sixty (60)
days after receipt shall be considered an approval. Except as otherwise required
by law, the approval by the Plan Administrator shall be binding as to all
matters embraced in any statement to the same extent as if the account of the
Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction under which the Trustee, Employer and all persons having or
claiming any interest in the Trust Fund were parties; provided, however, that
the Trustee may have its account judicially settled if it so desires.

             (i) The Trustee is hereby authorized to execute all necessary
         receipts and releases to any parties concerned; and shall be under a
         duty, upon being advised by the Plan Administrator that the proceeds of
         any Life Insurance Policies are payable, to give reasonable assistance
         to the Beneficiary designated therein in collecting such sums as may
         appear to be due.

             (j) If, at any time, as the result of the death of the Participant
         there shall be a dispute as to the person to whom payment or delivery
         of monies or property should be made by the Trustee, or regarding any
         action to be taken by the Trustee, the Trustee may postpone such
         payment, delivery or action, retaining the funds or property involved,
         until such dispute is resolved in a court of competent jurisdiction or
         the Trustee is indemnified to its satisfaction or has received written
         direction from the Plan Administrator.

             (k) Anything in this instrument to the contrary notwithstanding,
         the Trustee shall have no duty or

<PAGE>

         responsibility with respect to the determination of matters pertaining
         to the eligibility of any Employee to become or remain a Participant
         hereunder, the amount of benefit to which any Participant or
         Beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder, or the size and type of any
         Life Insurance Policy to be purchased from any Insurer for any
         Participant hereunder; all such responsibilities being vested in the
         Plan Administrator.

         2.6 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION. The Employer shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Trustee for and from the assertion or occurrence of any liability
to a Participant or Beneficiary for any action taken or omitted by the Trustee
pursuant to any written direction to the Trustee from the Employer or the Plan
Administrator. Such indemnification obligation of the Employer shall not be
applicable to the extent that any such liability is covered by insurance.

         2.7 CHANGES IN TRUSTEE AUTHORITY. If a successor Trustee is appointed,
neither an Insurer nor any other person who has previously had dealings with the
Trustee shall be chargeable with knowledge of such appointment or such change
until furnished with written notice. Until such notice, the Insurer and any
other such party shall be fully protected in relying on any action taken or
signature presented which would have been proper in accordance with the previous
information.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   FIDUCIARIES

         3.1 STANDARD OF CONDUCT. The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee
with respect to the Plan shall be discharged (a) in a non-discriminatory manner;
(b) for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries; (c) by
defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; (d) with the care,
skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use
in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; (e) by
diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large
losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and
(f) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar
as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the Act.

         3.2 INDIVIDUAL FIDUCIARIES. At any time that a group of individuals is
acting as Trustee, the number of such persons who shall act in such capacity
from time to time shall be determined by the Employer. Such persons shall be
appointed by the Employer and may or may not be Participants, or Employees of
the Employer. Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement, any action taken by a group of individuals acting as Trustee shall be
taken at the direction of a majority of such persons, or, if the number of such
persons is two (2), by unanimous consent.

         3.3 DISQUALIFICATION FROM SERVICE. No person shall be permitted to
serve as a Fiduciary, custodian, counsel, agent or employee of the Plan or as a
consultant to the Plan who has been convicted of any of the criminal offenses
specified in the Act.

         3.4 BONDING. Except as otherwise permitted by law, each Fiduciary or
person who handles funds or other property or assets of the Plan shall be bonded
in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

         3.5 PRIOR ACTS. No Fiduciary shall be liable for any acts occurring
prior to the period of time during which the Fiduciary was actually serving in
such capacity with respect to the Plan.

         3.6 INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY. The Employer may purchase or cause the
Trustee to purchase and keep current as an authorized expense liability
insurance for the Plan, its Fiduciaries, and any other person to whom any
financial responsibility with respect to the Plan and Trust is allocated or
delegated, from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred
by such persons as a result of any act or omission to act in connection with the
performance of the duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan and
under the Act; provided, that any such insurance policy purchased with Plan
assets permits subrogation by the Insurer against the Fiduciary in the case of
breach by such Fiduciary.

Unless otherwise determined and communicated to affected parties by the
Employer, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless each such person, other
than a corporate trustee, for and from any such liabilities, costs and expenses
which are not covered by any such insurance, except to the extent that any such
liabilities, costs or expenses are judicially determined to be due to the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such person. No Plan assets may be used for
any such indemnification.

         3.7 EXPENSES. Expenses incurred by the Trustee in the administration of
the Trust, including fees for legal services rendered, such compensation to the
Trustee as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time between the Employer
and the Trustee, and all other proper charges and expenses of the Trustee and of
his agents and counsel shall be paid by the Employer, or at its election at any
time or from time to time, may be charged against the assets of the Trust, but
until so paid shall constitute a charge upon the assets of the Trust.

The Trustee shall have the authority to charge the Trust Fund for its
compensation and reasonable expenses unless paid or contested by written notice
by the Employer within sixty (60) days after mailing of the written billing by
the Trustee. All taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever which may be levied or
assessed under existing or future laws upon the assets of the Trust or the
income thereof shall be paid from such assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
compensation shall be paid to any Employee for services rendered under the

<PAGE>

Plan and Trust as a Trustee.

         3.8 AGENTS, ACCOUNTANTS AND LEGAL COUNSEL. The Trustee shall have
authority to employ suitable agents, custodians, investment counsel,
accountants, and legal counsel who may, but need not, be legal counsel for the
Employer. The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting upon the advice of such
persons. The Trustee shall at no time be obliged to institute any legal action
or to become a party to any legal action unless the Trustee has been indemnified
to the Trustee's satisfaction for any fees, costs, and expenses to be incurred
in connection therewith.

         3.9 INVESTMENT MANAGER. The Employer may employ as an investment
manager or managers to manage all or any part of the Trust Fund any (a)
investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940; (b)
bank as defined in said Act; or (c) insurance company qualified to perform
investment management services in more than one state. Any investment manager
shall have all powers of the Trustee in the management of such part of the Trust
Fund, including the power to acquire or dispose of assets.

In the event an investment manager is so appointed, the Trustee shall not be
liable for the acts or omissions of such investment manager or be under any
obligation to invest or otherwise manage that part of the Trust Fund that is
subject to the management of the investment manager. The Employer shall notify
the Trustee in writing of any appointment of an investment manager, and shall
provide the Trustee with the investment manager's written acknowledgment that it
is a Fiduciary with respect to the Plan.

         3.10 FINALITY OF DECISIONS OR ACTS. Except for the right of a
Participant or Beneficiary to appeal the denial of a claim, any decision or
action of the Trustee made or done in good faith upon any matter within the
scope of authority and discretion of the Trustee shall be final and binding upon
all persons. In the event of judicial review of actions taken by any Fiduciary
within the scope of his duties in accordance with the terms of the Plan and
Trust, such actions shall be upheld unless determined to have been arbitrary and
capricious.

         3.11 CERTAIN CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS AND CONTRACTS. The term "Trustee" as
used herein will also include a person holding the assets of a custodial
account, an annuity contract or other contract which is treated as a qualified
trust pursuant to section 401(f) of the Code and references to the Trust Fund
shall be construed to apply to such custodial account, annuity contract or other
contract.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                  TRUST ASSETS

         4.1 TRUSTEE EXCLUSIVE OWNER. All assets held by the Trustee, whether in
the Trust Fund or Segregated Funds, shall be owned exclusively by the Trustee
and no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any individual ownership.
Participants and their Beneficiaries shall share in the assets of the Trust, its
net earnings, profits, and losses, only as provided in this Plan.

         4.2 INVESTMENTS. The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund,
without distinction between income or principal, in one or more of the following
ways as the Trustee shall from time to time determine:

             (a) The Trustee may invest the Trust Fund or any portion thereof in
         obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or of
         any instrumentalities thereof, or in other bonds, notes, debentures,
         mortgages, preferred or common stocks, options to buy or sell stocks or
         other securities, mutual fund shares, limited partnership interests,
         commodities, real estate or any interest therein, or in such other
         property, real or personal, as the Trustee shall determine.

             (b) The Trustee may cause the Trust Fund or any portion thereof to
         be invested in a common trust fund established and maintained by a
         national or other bank regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance
         Corporation, for the collective investment of fiduciary funds even
         though the bank is acting as the Trustee or investment manager;
         provided such common trust fund is a qualified trust under the
         applicable section of the Code, or corresponding provisions of future
         federal Internal Revenue laws and is exempt from income tax under the
         applicable section of the Code. In the event any assets of the Trust
         Fund are invested in such a common trust fund, the Declaration of Trust
         creating such common trust fund, as it may be amended from time to
         time, shall be incorporated into this Trust by reference and made a
         part hereof.

Further, all or any portion of the assets subject to this Trust Agreement may be
invested in any collective investment fund maintained exclusively for the
investment of assets of (i) exempt, qualified employee benefit trusts and (ii)
collective investment funds consisting exclusively of assets of such qualified
trust. The assets so invested shall be subject to all the provisions of the
instrument establishing such collective investment fund, as such instrument may
be amended from time to time. Such instrument, as amended from time to time is
hereby incorporated and made a part of this Trust Agreement and it shall control
notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Trust Agreement or the Plan.

             (c) The Trustee may deposit any portion of the Trust Fund in
         savings accounts in federally insured banks or savings and loan
         associations or invest in certificates of deposit issued by any such
         bank or savings and loan association. The Trustee may retain, without
         liability for interest, any portion of the Trust Fund in cash balances
         pending investment thereof or payment of expenses.

             (d) The Trustee may buy and sell put and call options, covered or
         uncovered, engage in spreads, straddles, ratio writing and other forms
         of options trading, including sales of options against convertible
         bonds, and sales of Standard & Poor futures contracts, and trade in and
         maintain a brokerage account on a cash or margin basis.

             (e) The Trustee may invest any portion or all of the assets of the
         Trust Fund which are attributable to the vested and non-forfeitable
         interest in the Accounts of a Participant in the purchase of group or
         individual Life Insurance Policies issued on the life of the
         Participant or someone in whom the Participant has an insurable
         interest and for the benefit of the Participant with the consent of the
         Participant, subject to the following conditions, as they are
         represented by the Plan Administrator:

                      (i) If "Ordinary Life Insurance Policies" are used, the
             aggregate life insurance premiums must be less than one-half (1/2)
             of the aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated

<PAGE>

             to the Participant's Account at any particular time, without regard
             to Trust earnings, capital gains and losses. For purposes of this
             Trust, the term "Ordinary Life Insurance Policies" shall mean Life
             Insurance Policies with both non-decreasing death benefits and
             non-increasing premiums.

                      (ii) The aggregate Premiums paid for Life Insurance
             Policies on the life of any Participant or someone in whom the
             Participant has an insurable interest which are either term,
             universal or any other contracts which are not ordinary whole life
             policies shall not at any time exceed twenty-five (25%) percent of
             the aggregate amount of Employer contributions and Forfeitures
             which have been allocated to the Accounts of such Participant.

                      (iii) The sum of one-half of the aggregate premiums for
             ordinary whole Life Insurance Policies and all premiums for other
             Life Insurance Policies shall not at any time exceed twenty-five
             (25%) percent of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions and
             forfeitures which have been allocated to the Accounts of such
             Participant.

                      (iv) If the Plan permits in-service distributions to a
             Participant prior to his Normal Retirement Date in accordance with
             Section 2.5.6(a) or (b) the amount which may be distributed to the
             Participant may be applied to the purchase of Life Insurance
             Policies.

             (f) The Trustee may invest the Trust Fund or any portion thereof to
         acquire or hold Qualifying Employer Securities or Real Property;
         provided, the portion so invested shall not exceed the amount allowed
         as an investment under the Act. There shall be no limit on the
         acquisition of Qualifying Employer Securities in an individual account
         balance plan in which Participants may direct the Trustee to buy
         Qualifying Employer Securities on their behalf.

             (g) If permitted, the Participant may direct the purchase of life
         insurance on his life, on the joint lives of the Participant and
         someone in whom the Participant has an insurable interest, or on the
         life of someone in whom the Participant has an insurable interest. The
         amount that can be used to pay life insurance premiums shall be
         measured as set forth in this Section.

         4.3 ADMINISTRATION OF TRUST ASSETS. Subject to the limitations
expressly set forth in the Plan or elsewhere in this Trust, the Trustee shall
have the following powers and authority in connection with the administration of
the assets of the Trust:

             (a) to hold and administer all contributions made by the Employer
         to the Trust Fund and all income or other property derived therefrom as
         a single Trust Fund;

             (b) to manage, control, sell, convey, exchange, petition, divide,
         subdivide, improve, repair, grant options, sell upon deferred payments,
         lease without limit as determined for any purpose, compromise,
         arbitrate or otherwise settle claims in favor of or against the Trust
         Fund, institute, compromise and defend actions and proceedings, and to
         take any other action necessary or desirable in connection with the
         administration of the Trust Fund;

             (c) to vote any stock, bonds, or other securities of any
         corporation or other issuer; otherwise consent to or request any action
         on the part of any such corporation or other issuer; to give general or
         special proxies or powers of attorney, with or without power of
         substitution; to participate in any reorganization, recapitalization,
         consolidation, merger or similar transaction with respect to such
         securities; to deposit such stocks or other securities in any voting
         trusts, or with any protective or like committee, or with the Trustee,
         or with the depositories designated thereby; to exercise any
         subscription rights and conversion privileges or other options and to
         make any payments incidental thereto; and generally to do all such
         acts, execute all such instruments, take all such proceedings and
         exercise all such rights, powers and privileges with respect to the
         stock or other securities or property constituting the Trust Fund as if
         the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof;

             (d) to apply for and procure, at the election of any Participant,
         Life Insurance Policies on the life of the Participant or someone in
         whom the Participant has an insurable interest; to exercise whatever

<PAGE>

         rights and privileges may be granted to the Trustee under such
         policies, and to cash in, receive and collect such policies or the
         proceeds therefrom as and when entitled to do so under the provisions
         thereof;

             (e) to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents
         of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may
         be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

             (f) to register any investment held in the Trust in the Trustee's
         own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any investment in
         bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all
         times show that all such investments are part of the Trust;

             (g) to borrow money for the purposes of the Plan in such amounts
         and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee deems appropriate;

             (h) to commingle the assets of the Trust Fund with the assets of
         other similar trusts which are exempt from income tax, whether
         sponsored by the Employer, an affiliate of the Employer or an unrelated
         employer, provided that the books and records of the Trustee shall at
         all times show the portion of the commingled assets which are part of
         the Trust; and

             (i) to do all acts whether or not expressly authorized which the
         Trustee may deem necessary or proper for the protection of the property
         held hereunder.

         4.4 SEGREGATED FUNDS. Unless otherwise determined by the Trustee not to
be prudent, the Trustee shall invest and reinvest each Segregated Fund without
distinction between income or principal. Such accounts shall be held for the
benefit of the Participant for whom such Segregated Fund is established in
accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Segregated Account of the
Participant shall be credited with any interest earned in connection with such
accounts.

If the Trustee determines that an alternative investment is appropriate, the
Trustee may invest the Segregated Fund in any manner permitted with respect to
the Trust Fund and such Segregated Fund shall be credited with the net income or
loss or net appreciation or depreciation in value of such investments. No
Segregated Fund shall share in any Employer contributions or Forfeitures, any
net income or loss from, or net appreciation or depreciation in value of, any
investments of the Trust Fund, or any allocation for which provision is made in
the Plan that is not specifically attributable to the Segregated Fund.

         4.5 INVESTMENT CONTROL OPTION. If the Employer elects in the Adoption
Agreement to permit Participants to direct the investment of their Accounts,
each Participant may elect to have transferred to a Controlled Account and
exercise investment control by appropriate direction to the Trustee with respect
to funds in the Trust Fund that do not exceed the balances in his Accounts.

To the extent that the balance in the Participant's Account with respect to
which a transfer is to be made includes his share of an Employer contribution
that has not been received by the Trustee, such transfer shall not be made until
such contribution is received by the Trustee. Funds so transferred to a
Controlled Account on behalf of the Participant shall be thereafter invested by
the Trustee in such bonds, notes, debentures, commodities, mortgages, equipment
trust certificates, investment trust certificates, preferred or common stocks,
mutual funds, partnership interests, Life Insurance Policies, including
universal life insurance policies, or in such other property, real or personal
(other than collectibles), wherever situated, as the Participant shall direct
from time to time in writing; provided, however, that the Participant may not
direct the Trustee to make loans to himself, nor to make loans to the Employer;
and provided further that the Trustee may limit the investment alternatives
available to the Participant in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

If it is the intent of the Employer and the Trustee that these investment
alternatives meet the requirements of ERISA section 404(c), any such election
shall be made by the Participant giving notice thereof to the Trustee as the
Trustee deems necessary and such notice shall specify the amount of such funds
to be transferred and

<PAGE>

the Account from which the transfer is to be made. Any such election shall be at
the absolute discretion of the individual Participant and shall be binding upon
the Trustee. Upon any such election being made, the amount of such funds to be
transferred shall be deducted from his Account as appropriate and added to a
Controlled Account of the Participant. All dividends and interest thereafter
received with respect to such transferred funds, as well as any appreciation or
depreciation in his investments, shall be added to or deducted from his
Controlled Account.

If the Employer elects to follow ERISA section 404(c), the Plan Administrator,
Trustee, or other appropriate Fiduciary shall insure that the Plan provides
Participants with the minimum options and information required by ERISA section
404(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

If a Participant wishes to make such an election to transfer funds from the
Trust Fund to a Controlled Account as of a date other than a Valuation Date, the
Trustee may defer such transfer until the next succeeding Valuation Date, or, in
the Trustee's discretion, make such transfer; provided that the Trustee
determines that the nature of the assets in the Trust Fund is such that it is
feasible and practical to make, as of the date of such transfer, the adjustments
to the Participant's Accounts, for which provision is made in the Plan, as if
such date is a Valuation Date.

The Trustee shall not have any investment responsibility with respect to a
Participant's Controlled Account. In the event that a Participant elects to have
any such funds transferred to a Controlled Account and invested in particular
securities or assets pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall not be liable
for any loss or damage resulting from the investment decision of the
Participant. As of any Valuation Date, the Participant may elect to have all or
any portion of any cash contained in his Controlled Account transferred back to
the Trust Fund, in which case such cash shall be invested by the Trustee
together with other assets held in the Trust Fund. Any such election shall be
made by giving notice thereof to the Trustee as the Trustee deems necessary, and
the notice shall specify the amount of cash to be transferred.

As of the said Valuation Date, the amount of such funds to be so transferred
from the Participant's Controlled Account shall be deducted from the Controlled
Account and added to the appropriate Account of the Participant.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 5

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

         5.1 RIGHT TO AMEND.

             (a) The Employer may at any time or times amend the Plan, Trust, or
         provisions of the Adoption Agreement, in whole or in part.

             (b) An Employer may amend the trust or custodial account document
         provided such amendment merely involves the specifications of the names
         of the Plan, Employer, trustee or custodian, Plan Administrator or
         other fiduciaries, the trust year, or the name of any pooled trust in
         which the Plan's trust will participate.

An Employer that has adopted a non-standardized prototype plan will not be
considered to have an individually designed plan merely because the Employer
amends administrative provisions of the Trust or custodial account document
(such as provisions relating to investments and duties of Trustees) so long as
the amended provisions are not in conflict with any other provision of the Plan
and do not cause the Plan to fail to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

         5.2 MANNER OF AMENDING. Each amendment to the Plan or Trust shall be
made by delivering to the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Employer that
sets forth such amendment.

         5.3 LIMITATIONS ON AMENDMENTS. No amendment shall be made to the Plan
or the Trust, which:

             (a) directly or indirectly operates to give the Employer any
         interest whatsoever in the assets of the Trust or to deprive any
         Participant or Beneficiary of his vested and non-forfeitable interest
         in the assets of the Trust as then constituted, or cause any part of
         the income or corpus of the Trust to be used for, or diverted to
         purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Employees or their
         Beneficiaries; or

             (b) increases the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without the
         Trustee's prior written consent;

         5.4 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION. The Employer may terminate the Plan at any
time by delivering to the Trustee an instrument in writing that designates such
termination. Following termination of the Plan, the Trust will continue until
the Distributable Benefit of each Participant has been distributed.

         5.5 INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION. The Plan shall terminate if (a) the
Employer is dissolved or adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent in appropriate
proceedings, or if a general assignment is made by the Employer for the benefit
of creditors; or (b) the Employer loses its identity by consolidation or merger
into one or more corporations or organizations, unless within ninety (90) days
after such consolidation or merger, such corporations or organizations elect to
continue the Plan. Following termination of the Plan, the Trust will continue
until the Distributable Benefit of each Participant has been distributed.

         5.6 WITHDRAWAL BY EMPLOYER. The Employer may withdraw from
participation under the Plan without terminating the Trust upon making a
transfer of the Trust assets to another Plan, which shall be deemed to
constitute an amendment in its entirety of the Trust.

         5.7 POWERS PENDING FINAL DISTRIBUTION. Until final distribution of the
assets of the Trust, the Plan Administrator and Trustee shall continue to have
all the powers provided under the Plan as are necessary for the orderly
administration, liquidation and distribution of the assets of the Trust.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6

                                   PORTABILITY

         6.1 CONTINUANCE BY SUCCESSOR. In the event of the dissolution,
consolidation or merger of the Employer, or the sale by the Employer of its
assets, the resulting successor person or persons, firm or corporations may
continue the Plan and the Trust by (a) adopting the Plan and the Trust by
appropriate resolution; (b) appointing a new Trustee as though the Trustee
(including all members of a group of individuals acting as Trustee) had
resigned; and (c) executing a proper agreement with the new Trustee. In such
event, each Participant in the Plan shall have an interest in the Plan after the
dissolution, consolidation, merger, or sale of assets, at least equal to the
interest that he had in the Plan immediately before the dissolution,
consolidation, merger, or sale of assets. Any Participants who do not accept a
position with such successor within a reasonable time shall be deemed
terminated. If, within ninety (90) days from the effective date of such
dissolution, consolidation, merger, or sale of assets, such successor does not
adopt the Plan and the Trust, as provided herein, the Plan shall be deemed
involuntary terminated.

         6.2 MERGER WITH OTHER PLAN. In the event of the merger or consolidation
with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other deferred compensation
plan and trust, each Participant shall have an interest in such other plan which
is equal to or greater than the interest which he had in the Plan immediately
before such merger, consolidation, or transfer, and, if such other plan
thereafter terminates, each Participant shall be entitled to a Distributable
Benefit which is equal to or greater than the Distributable Benefit to which he
would have been entitled immediately before such merger, consolidation or
transfer if the Plan had then been terminated.

         6.3 TRANSFER FROM OTHER PLANS. The Employer may cause all or any of the
assets held in connection with any other plan or trust which is maintained by
the Employer for the benefit of its employees and satisfies the applicable
requirements of the Code relating to qualified plans and trusts to be
transferred to the Trustee, whether such transfer is made pursuant to a merger
or consolidation of this Plan with such other plan or trust or for any other
allowable purpose.

In addition, the Employer, by appropriate election in the Adoption Agreement,
may permit rollover to the Trustee of assets held for the benefit of an Employee
in a conduit Individual Retirement Account, a terminated plan of the Employer,
or any other plan or trust which is maintained by some other employer for the
benefit of its employees and satisfies the applicable requirements of the Code
relating to qualified plans and trusts.

Any such assets so transferred to the Trustee shall be accompanied by written
instructions from the employer, or the trustee, custodian or individual holding
such assets, setting forth the name of each Employee for whose benefit such
assets have been transferred and showing separately the respective contributions
by the employer and by the Employee and the current value of the assets
attributable thereto. Upon receipt by the Trustee of such assets, the Trustee
shall place such assets in a Segregated Fund for the Employee and the Employee
shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and have a non-forfeitable interest
in any such assets.

         6.4 TRANSFER TO OTHER PLANS. The Trustee, upon written direction by the
Employer, shall transfer some or all of the assets held under the Trust to
another plan or trust of the Employer meeting the requirements of the Code
relating to qualified plans and trusts, whether such transfer is made pursuant
to a merger or consolidation of this Plan with such other plan or trust or for
any other allowable purpose.

In addition, upon the termination of employment of any Participant and receipt
by the Plan Administrator of a request in writing, the Participant may request
that any distribution from the Trust to which he is entitled shall be
transferred to an Individual Retirement Account, an Individual Retirement
Annuity, or any other plan or trust which is maintained by some other employer
for the benefit of its employees and satisfies the applicable requirements of
the Code relating to qualified plans and trusts. Upon receipt of any such
written request, the Plan Administrator shall cause the Trustee to transfer the
assets so directed and, as appropriate, shall direct the Insurer to transfer to
the new trustee any applicable insurance policies issued by it.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         7.1 NO REVERSION TO EMPLOYER. Except as specifically provided in the
Plan, no part of the corpus or income of the Trust shall revert to the Employer
or be used for, or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of
Participants and their Beneficiaries.

         7.2 EMPLOYER ACTIONS. Any action by the Employer pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan shall be evidenced by appropriate resolution or by
written instrument executed by any person authorized by the Employer to take
such action.

         7.3 PERSONS DEALING WITH TRUSTEE PROTECTED. No person dealing with the
Trustee shall be required or entitled to see to the application of any money
paid or property delivered to the Trustee, or determine whether the Trustee is
acting pursuant to the authorities granted to the Trustee hereunder or to
authorizations or directions herein required. The certificate of the Trustee
that the Trustee is acting in accordance with the Plan shall protect any person
relying thereon.

         7.4 PROTECTION OF THE INSURER. An Insurer shall not be responsible for
the validity of the Plan or Trust and shall have no responsibility for action
taken or not taken by the Trustee, for determining the propriety of accepting
premium payments or other contributions, for making payments in accordance with
the direction of the Trustee, or for the application of such payments. The
Insurer shall be fully protected in dealing with any representative of the
Employer or any one of a group of individuals acting as Trustee. Until written
notice of a change of Trustee has been received by an Insurer at its home
office, the Insurer shall be fully protected in dealing with any party acting as
Trustee according to the latest information received by the Insurer at its home
office.

         7.5 NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACT OF INSURER. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for, nor liable for instituting action in connection with any of the
following:

             (c) the validity of policies or policy provisions;

             (d) the failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under
         a policy;

             (e) an act by a person which may render a policy invalid or
         unenforceable; or

             (f) the inability to perform or a delay in performing an act, which
         inability or delay is occasioned by a provision of a policy or a
         restriction imposed by the Insurer.

         7.6 INALIENABILITY. The right of any Participant or his Beneficiary in
any distribution hereunder or to any separate Account shall not be subject to
alienation, assignment or transfer, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation
of law or otherwise, except as may be expressly permitted herein. No Participant
shall assign, transfer, or dispose of such right; nor shall any such right be
subjected to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, or other legal,
equitable, or other process.

In the event a Participant's benefits are attached by order of any court, the
Plan Administrator may bring an action for a declaratory judgment in a court of
competent jurisdiction to determine the proper recipient of the benefits to be
paid by the Plan. During the pendency of the action, the Plan Administrator
shall cause any benefits payable to be paid to the court for distribution as it
considers appropriate.

         7.7 AUTHORIZATION TO WITHHOLD TAXES. The Trustee is authorized in
accordance with applicable law to withhold from distribution to any payee such
sums as may be necessary to cover federal and state taxes which may be due with
respect to such distributions.

<PAGE>

         7.8 MISSING PERSONS. If the Trustee mails by registered or certified
mail, postage prepaid, to the last known address of a Participant or
Beneficiary, a notification that the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to a
distribution, and if (a) the notification is returned by the post office because
the addressee cannot be located at such address and if neither the Employer, the
Plan Administrator nor the Trustee shall have any knowledge of the whereabouts
of such Participant or Beneficiary within three (3) years from the date such
notification was mailed, or (b) within three (3) years after such notification
was mailed to such Participant or Beneficiary, he does not respond thereto by
informing the Trustee of his whereabouts, the ultimate disposition of the then
undistributed balance of the Distributable Benefit of such Participant or
Beneficiary shall be determined in accordance with the then applicable Federal
laws, rules and regulations.

If any portion of the Distributable Benefit is forfeited because the Participant
or Beneficiary cannot be found, such portion shall be reinstated if a claim is
made by the Participant or Beneficiary.

         7.9 NOTICES. Any notice or direction to be given in accordance with the
Plan shall be deemed to have been effectively given if hand delivered to the
recipient or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the recipient
at the recipient's last known address. At any time that a group of individuals
is acting as Trustee, notice to the Trustee may be given by giving notice to any
one or more of such individuals.

         7.10 GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Trust shall be construed,
administered and enforced in accordance with the provisions of the Act and, to
the extent applicable, the laws of the state in which the Employer has its
principal place of business. All contributions to the Trust shall be deemed to
take place in such state.

         7.11 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. In the event that any provision of
this Trust shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
said illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining
provisions, but shall be fully severable and this Trust shall be construed and
enforced as if said illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions had never been
inserted herein.

         7.12 GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever appropriate, words used in the
singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the
feminine gender and vice versa.

         7.13 QUALIFICATION UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE LAWS. The Employer intends
that the Trust qualify under the applicable provisions of the Code. Until
advised to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that the Trust is so qualified
and is entitled to tax exemption under the Code. If the Plan of the Employer
fails to attain or retain qualification, the Plan of the Employer shall no
longer participate in this prototype, and shall be considered an individually
designed plan.

The Employer and the Trustee(s) hereby adopt the foregoing Trust on this _______
day of ___________________, ________.

EMPLOYER:                                TRUSTEE:

Southwest Community Bank

_____________________________            _______________________________________
Frank J. Mercardante                     Frank J. Mercardante
                                         Trustee

                                         _______________________________________
                                         James L. Lemery
                                         Trustee
<PAGE>

                                     DATAIR
                            MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                           DEFINED CONTRIBUTION TRUST
                                    PLAN #01

<PAGE>

                         DATAIR MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                           DEFINED CONTRIBUTION TRUST

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>          <C>                                              <C>
ARTICLE 1                                                      1
1.1          Creation and Title.                               1
1.2          Effective Date.                                   1
1.3          Purpose.                                          1
1.4          Plan Administration.                              1

ARTICLE 2                                                      2
2.1          Acceptance of Trust.                              2
2.2          Trustee Capacity - Co-Trustees.                   2
2.3          Resignation, Removal, and Successors.             2
2.4          Consultations.                                    2
2.5          Rights, Powers and Duties.                        2
2.6          Trustee Indemnification.                          4
2.7          Changes in Trustee Authority.                     4

ARTICLE 3                                                      5
3.1          Standard of Conduct.                              5
3.2          Individual Fiduciaries.                           5
3.3          Disqualification from Service.                    5
3.4          Bonding.                                          5
3.5          Prior Acts.                                       5
3.6          Insurance and Indemnity.                          5
3.7          Expenses.                                         5
3.8          Agents, Accountants and Legal Counsel.            6
3.9          Investment Manager.                               6
3.10         Finality of Decisions or Acts.                    6
3.11         Certain Custodial Accounts and Contracts.         6

ARTICLE 4                                                      7
4.1          Trustee Exclusive Owner.                          7
4.2          Investments.                                      7
4.3          Administration of Trust Assets.                   8
4.4          Segregated Funds.                                 9
4.5          Investment Control Option.                        9

ARTICLE 5                                                     11
5.1          Right to Amend.                                  11
5.2          Manner of Amending.                              11
5.3          Limitations On Amendments.                       11
5.4          Voluntary Termination.                           11
5.5          Involuntary Termination.                         11
5.6          Withdrawal By Employer.                          11
5.7          Powers Pending Final Distribution.               11

ARTICLE 6                                                     12
6.1          Continuance by Successor.                        12
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>          <C>                                              <C>
6.2          Merger With Other Plan.                          12
6.3          Transfer From Other Plans.                       12
6.4          Transfer to Other Plans.                         12

ARTICLE 7                                                     13
7.1          No Reversion to Employer.                        13
7.2          Employer Actions.                                13
7.3          Persons Dealing With Trustee Protected.          13
7.4          Protection of the Insurer.                       13
7.5          No Responsibility for Act of Insurer.            13
7.6          Inalienability.                                  13
7.7          Authorization to Withhold Taxes.                 13
7.8          Missing Persons.                                 14
7.9          Notices.                                         14
7.10         Governing Law.                                   14
7.11         Severability of Provisions.                      14
7.12         Gender and Number.                               14
7.13         Qualification Under Internal Revenue Laws.       14
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                     FOR THE DATAIR MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                STANDARDIZED CASH OR DEFERRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                            (WITH PAIRING PROVISIONS)
                                     01-003

<PAGE>

                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
                     FOR THE DATAIR MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                STANDARDIZED CASH OR DEFERRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                            (WITH PAIRING PROVISIONS)

The DATAIR Mass-Submitter Prototype Standardized Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing
Plan ("the Plan") is hereby adopted by:

                            SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK
                                (the "Employer").

The Plan as applicable to the Employer shall be known as:

                      SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN

The Trust shall be known as:

                   SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN TRUST

The Plan is effective as of: JANUARY 1, 2003 .

The cash or deferral portion of the Plan shall be effective as of: JANUARY 1,
1998 . (Effective date of the cash or deferral portion of the Plan may not be
earlier than the date the Plan is adopted.)

(Specify, if different from the Plan Effective Date.)

[ ] a. The Plan is an amendment of a preexisting Plan which was originally
       effective as of: ___/___/_____.

[ ] b. The Plan is an amendment and restatement of a preexisting Plan which was
       originally effective as of:
       JANUARY 1, 1998.

[ ] c. Frozen Plan: This Plan was frozen:

       [ ] c.1. Effective: ___/___/_____.
       [ ] c.2. For the Plan Year commencing: ___/___/_____.

[ ] d. Election to substitute a trust agreement for the trust agreement provided
       by the Plan Sponsor.

       [ ] d.1. Use trust agreement provided by the Plan Sponsor.
       [ ] d.2. Use attached trust agreement in lieu of the trust agreement
                provided by the Plan Sponsor.

NOTE:    An executed copy of any amended trust agreement must be attached to
         this Plan. The Plan and Trust Agreement must be read and construed
         together. The powers, rights, and responsibilities of the Trustee shall
         be those specified in the Trust Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                 *** CAUTION ***

             FAILURE TO FILL OUT THE ADOPTION AGREEMENT PROPERLY MAY
                     RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE PLAN

PART I. The following identifying information pertains to the Employer and the
Plan and Trust:

1.    Employer Address                     :  5810 EL CAMINO REAL
                                              SUITE D
                                              CARLSBAD, CA 92008

2.    Employer Telephone                   :  (760) 918-2600

3.    Employer Tax ID                      :  33-0738069

4.    Employer Fiscal Year                 :  01/01 TO 12/31

5.    Three Digit Plan Number              :  001

6.    Trust ID Number                      :  91-1902640

7.    Plan Year                            :  01/01 TO 12/31

      (Must be 12 consecutive months.)

8.    Short Initial Plan Year              :  ___/___/_____ TO ___/___/_____

9.    Plan Agent                           :  SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK
                                              5810 EL CAMINO REAL
                                              SUITE D
                                              CARLSBAD, CA 92008
                                              (760) 918-2600

10.   Plan Administrator                   :  SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK
                                              5810 EL CAMINO REAL
                                              SUITE D
                                              CARLSBAD, CA 92008
                                              (760) 918-2600

11.   Plan Administrator ID Number :          33-0738069

12.   Plan Trustees                        :

                                           FRANK J. MERCARDANTE
                                           P.O. BOX 131690 CARLSBAD, CA
                                           92013-1690
                                           (   )   -

                                           JAMES L. LEMERY
                                           P.O. BOX 131690
                                           CARLSBAD, CA 92013-1690

<PAGE>

13.   IRS Determination Letter Date : ___/___/_____
      (Leave blank for a new plan.)

14.   IRS File Folder Number : _________________________
      (Leave blank for a new plan.)

15.   Legal Organization of Employer:

      [ ]  a.  Sole Proprietorship
      [ ]  b.  Partnership
      [X]  c.  C Corporation
      [ ]  d.  S Corporation
      [ ]  e.  Limited Liability Company (LLC)
      [ ]  f.  Limited Liability Partnership (LLP)
      [ ]  g.  Not for Profit Corporation
      [ ]  h.  Professional Service Corporation
      [ ]  i.  Medical Corporation
      [ ]  j.  Other - Explain:

16.   Business Code                        :  522110

      (as used on Form 5500;  6 digit NAICS)

17.   State of Legal Construction          :  CALIFORNIA

18.   Date Business Commenced              :  ___/___/_____

19.   Other Members of a Controlled Group or Affiliated Service Group:

 (If any, each member must sign Adoption Agreement. A Standardized Plan must
 cover all eligible Employees of the controlled group or affiliated service
 group. May check both controlled group and affiliated service group.)

 Controlled Group:

      [X]  a. Not Applicable
      [ ]  b. Other Members:

Affiliated Service Group:

      [X]  c. Not Applicable
      [ ]  d. Other Members:

<PAGE>

PART II. The Plan contains certain predetermined design features intended to
      provide the statutory requirement or most commonly adopted feature but
      permits the selection of alternative features. If an Employer desires to
      retain the predetermined design feature, select the provision designated
      Plan Provision. If an alternative design feature is desired, select the
      appropriate provision. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY, ONLY
      ONE SELECTION MAY BE MADE FOR EACH DESIGN CATEGORY. Section references are
      to relevant Plan Sections. Defined terms have the meanings provided in the
      Plan.

A.    ELIGIBILITY AND SERVICE PROVISIONS

1.    ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD - Section 1.2.34 provides that the initial
      Eligibility Computation Period begins on the employment commencement date
      and ends on the anniversary thereof.

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - The Eligibility Computation Periods
                  subsequent to the initial Eligibility Computation Period
                  continue to be based on the employment commencement date.

         [ ]  b.  The Eligibility Computation Periods subsequent to the
                  initial Eligibility Computation Period are the Plan Years
                  beginning with the first Plan Year commencing prior to the
                  first anniversary of the employment commencement date.

2.    ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES - Section 1.2.35 provides that all Employees, including
      Employees of certain related businesses and Leased Employees are eligible
      except for certain members of a collective bargaining unit and
      non-resident aliens. A Standardized Plan must cover all Employees of a
      controlled group or affiliated service group. (Select all applicable.)

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - All Employees except members of a collective
                  bargaining unit and non-resident aliens
         [ ]  b.  Include members of collective bargaining unit
         [ ]  c.  Include non-resident aliens
         [ ]  d.  Exclude Employees acquired in a section 410(b)(6)(C)
                  transaction during transition period

3.    HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE DETERMINATION - Highly Compensated Employee
      means any Employee who: (1) was a 5-percent owner at any time during the
      year or the preceding year, or (2) for the preceding year had Compensation
      from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary
      pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code) and, if the Employer so elects,
      was in the Top-Paid Group for the preceding year. The Top-Paid Group
      Election and the Calendar Year Data Election must apply consistently to
      the determination years of all plans of the Employer. (May select a. and
      b.)

         [ ]  a.  Top-Paid Group Election - Highly Compensated Employee
                  determination limited to top 20% of Employees by pay.
         [ ]  b.  Calendar Year Data Election - Method for determining
                  greater than $80,000 in Compensation (as adjusted by the
                  Secretary pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code), uses
                  Compensation paid during the calendar year beginning with or
                  within the preceding Plan Year. (Not available for calendar
                  year plans.)

4.    NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (SEE SECTION 2.1.1.) -
      An Employee is eligible to participate in Non-Elective Contribution
      portions of the Plan if he satisfies the following requirements during the
      Eligibility Computation Period. (SELECT ALL APPLICABLE. SELECT ONLY ONE OF
      c., d., e., OR f. Selecting more than one option means that an Employee
      must meet all indicated requirements for eligibility, except for option g.
      Option g. overrides any service requirement.)

<PAGE>

         [ ]  a.  No age or service required.
         [X]  b.  Minimum age of 18.0 years. (Not to exceed 21. Partial years
                  may be used.)
         [ ]  c.  Minimum of ___ Years of Service - use Year of Service
                  definition at Section 1.2.91.  (Cannot require more than 2
                  years. If more than 1 year is selected, must select full and
                  immediate vesting. Use whole years only.)
         [X]  d.  Minimum of 3.0 months of service - use Elapsed Time Method
                  of Section 1.2.27. (Cannot require more than 24 months. If
                  more than 12 months is selected, must select full and
                  immediate vesting. An Employee cannot be required to complete
                  any specified number of Hours of Service.)
         [ ]  e.  Minimum of ____ months of service in which the Employee is
                  credited with ____ Hours of Service in each month, but in no
                  event will the Employee be required to complete more than One
                  Year of Service as defined at Section 1.2.91.
         [ ]  f.  ____ Hours of Service required during each 12 month
                  Eligibility Computation Period. (Cannot exceed 1000.)

                  [ ]  f.1.  This requirement is not satisfied until the
                             last day of the Eligibility Computation Period.
                  [ ]  f.2.  This requirement may be satisfied prior to the
                             last day of the Eligibility Computation Period.

         [X]  g.  Employed on 03/02/1998. (Under this option, eligible
                  Employees who have met the age requirement shall be considered
                  to have entered the Plan as of this date. Select an additional
                  option if this provision is selected.)
         [ ]  h.  Not applicable - Non-Elective Contributions are not permitted.

5.    ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (SEE SECTION 2.1.1.) - An
      Employee is eligible to participate in the Elective Contribution portion
      of the Plan if he satisfies the following requirements during the
      Eligibility Computation Period. (SELECT ALL APPLICABLE. SELECT ONLY ONE OF
      c., d., e., OR f. Selecting more than one option means that an Employee
      must meet all indicated requirements for eligibility, except for option g.
      Option g. overrides any service requirement.)

         [ ]  a.  No age or service required.
         [X]  b.  Minimum age of 18.0 years. (Not to exceed 21. Partial years
                  may be used.)
         [ ]  c.  Minimum of ___ Years of Service - use Year of Service
                  definition at Section 1.2.91. (Cannot require more than 1
                  year.)
         [X]  d.  Minimum of 3.0 months of service - use Elapsed Time Method
                  of Section 1.2.27. (Cannot require more than 12 months. An
                  Employee cannot be required to complete any specified number
                  of Hours of Service.)
         [ ]  e.  Minimum of ____ months of service in which the Employee is
                  credited with ____ Hours of Service in each month, but in no
                  event will the Employee be required to complete more than One
                  Year of Service as defined at Section 1.2.91.
         [ ]  f.  ____ Hours of Service required during each 12 month
                  Eligibility Computation Period. (Cannot exceed 1000.)

                  [ ]  f.1.  This requirement is not satisfied until the
                             last day of the Eligibility Computation Period.
                  [ ]  f.2.  This requirement may be satisfied prior to the
                             last day of the Eligibility Computation Period.

         [X]  g.  Employed on 03/02/1998. (Under this option, eligible
                  Employees who have met the age requirement shall be considered
                  to have entered the Plan as of this date. Select an additional
                  option if this provision is selected.)

6.    DEFERRAL LIMITATIONS - (Complete only if deferrals are limited. Select all
      applicable.)

<PAGE>

         [ ]  a.  Participants who defer must defer at least ______% of
                  Compensation.
         [ ]  b.  Participants may defer up to ______% of Compensation.
         [ ]  c.  Participant deferrals, if any, must be from ______% to ______%
                  of Compensation.
         [ ]  d.  Participants who defer must defer at least $________ per pay
                  period. (Must be a de minimis amount)
         [ ]  e.  Apply b. to HCEs only.
         [ ]  f.  Salary Reduction Restrictions - If both f.1. and f.2. are
                  selected, then an Employee may satisfy either restriction.

                  [ ]  f.1. An Employee's salary reduction election must be in
                            whole dollar amounts.
                  [ ]  f.2. An Employee's salary reduction election must be in
                            whole percentages.

         [ ]  g.  Bonuses:  (Select all applicable.)

                  [ ]  g.1.  Bonuses are subject to Deferral Election.
                  [ ]  g.2.  Bonuses are not subject to Deferral Election.
                  [ ]  g.3.  A special election shall be provided for bonuses.
                  [ ]  g.4.  Bonuses paid within 2-1/2 months of the end of
                             the Plan Year shall be subject to the Deferral
                             Election for the Prior Plan Year.

7. AUTOMATIC COMPENSATION REDUCTION -

         [ ]  a.  The automatic Compensation reduction under Section 2.2.2(a)
                  shall be equal to ____% (insert up to 5%) of Compensation.

                  [ ]  a.1.  Apply to new Participants.
                  [ ]  a.2.  Apply to current Participants without an election.
                  [ ]  a.3.  Apply to all Participants with prior year elections
                             that are less than the automatic reduction
                             percentage.

         [X]  b.  Not Applicable.

8.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS (SEE SECTION 2.1.1.) - An
      Employee is eligible to participate in the Matching Contributions portion
      of the Plan if he satisfies the following requirements during the
      Eligibility Computation Period. (SELECT ALL APPLICABLE. SELECT ONLY ONE OF
      c., d., e., OR f. Selecting more than one option means that an Employee
      must meet all indicated requirements for eligibility, except for option g.
      Option g. overrides any service requirement.)

         [ ]  a.  No age or service required.
         [X]  b.  Minimum age of 18.0 years. (Not to exceed 21. Partial years
                  may be used.)
         [ ]  c.  Minimum of ___ Years of Service - use Year of Service
                  definition at Section 1.2.91. (Cannot require more than 2
                  years. If more than 1 year is selected, must select full and
                  immediate vesting. Use whole years only.)
         [X]  d.  Minimum of 3.0 months of service - use Elapsed Time Method
                  of Section 1.2.27. (Cannot require more than 24 months. If
                  more than 12 months is selected, must select full and
                  immediate vesting. An Employee cannot be required to complete
                  any specified number of Hours of Service.)
         [ ]  e.  Minimum of ____ months of service in which the Employee is
                  credited with ____ Hours of Service in each month, but in no
                  event will the Employee be required to complete more than One
                  Year of Service as defined at Section 1.2.91.
         [ ]  f.  ____ Hours of Service required during each 12 month
                  Eligibility Computation Period. (Cannot exceed 1000.)

<PAGE>

                  [ ]  f.1.  This requirement is not satisfied until the
                             last day of the Eligibility Computation Period.
                  [ ]  f.2.  This requirement may be satisfied prior to the
                             last day of the Eligibility Computation Period.

         [X]  g.  Employed on 03/02/1998. (Under this option, eligible
                  Employees who have met the age requirement shall be considered
                  to have entered the Plan as of this date. Select an additional
                  option if this provision is selected.)
         [ ]  h.  Not applicable - Matching Contributions are not permitted.

9.    HOUR OF SERVICE - Section 1.2.50 provides that service will be credited on
      the basis of actual hours for which the Employee is paid or entitled to
      payment. If records of actual hours are not maintained, credit is given on
      the basis of: (Select one even if records are normally maintained. If you
      select a., select an additional option as a fail safe.)

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Records are maintained of actual hours.
         [ ]  b.  Days Worked - An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of
                  Service if he is credited with at least 1 Hour of Service
                  during the day.
         [ ]  c.  Weeks Worked - An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours
                  of Service if he is credited with at least 1 Hour of Service
                  during the week.
         [ ]  d.  Semi-Monthly or Two-Week Payroll Period - An Employee will
                  be credited with 95 Hours of Service if he is credited with at
                  least 1 Hour of Service during the payroll period.
         [ ]  e.  Months Worked - An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours
                  of Service if he is credited with at least 1 Hour of Service
                  during the month.
         [ ]  f.  On the basis of the Elapsed Time Method, as provided for in
                  Section 1.2.27.

10.   SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS - Section 1.2.50 provides that service
      with predecessor employers is treated as service for the Employer. Where
      applicable, identify the predecessor employer(s) and any document(s) which
      provide(s) for the crediting of service with such predecessor(s).

         [X]  a.  No predecessor service is being granted.
         [ ]  b.  Service with the following entities shall be credited as
                  service under this Plan:

                  ____________________________________

                  Service counted for:

                  [ ]  b.1.  Eligibility
                  [ ]  b.2.  Vesting
                  [ ]  b.3.  Contribution Allocation

                  Service with the above entities has been determined under the
                  terms of the following documents:

                  ____________________________________

11.   ENTRY DATE - Non-Elective Contributions - Section 2.1.2 provides that an
      Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements enters the Plan on the
      Entry Date. For the purpose of Non-Elective Contributions the Entry Date
      is:

<PAGE>

         [ ]  a.  SEMIANNUAL - First Entry Date:  ___/___ or the date 6 months
                  thereafter, coincident with or next following satisfaction of
                  the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  b.  QUARTERLY - First Entry Date:  ___/___ or the first day of the
                  next successive 3 month periods, coincident with or next
                  following satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.
         [X]  c.  MONTHLY - The FIRST day of each calendar month of the Plan
                  Year, coincident with or next following satisfaction of the
                  eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  d.  FIRST day of next Plan Year or ___ months (not to exceed 6)
                  after satisfaction of the eligibility requirements, if
                  earlier.
         [ ]  e.  FIRST day of the ______ month (not more than 6) after
                  satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  f.  FIRST day of Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements
                  are satisfied.
         [ ]  g.  FIRST day of Plan Year nearest to the date the eligibility
                  requirements are satisfied.
         [ ]  h.  FIRST day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following
                  the date the eligibility requirements are satisfied, but in no
                  event later than 6 months after satisfying the eligibility
                  requirements.
         [ ]  i.  ANNIVERSARY Date coincident with or next following the
                  satisfaction of the eligibility requirements but in no event
                  later than the first day of the next Plan Year or 6 months
                  after satisfying the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  j.  ANNIVERSARY Date of the Plan Year in which the eligibility
                  requirements are satisfied, but in no event later than 6
                  months after satisfying the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  k.  Date of satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.

         NOTE:    The Entry Date should be coordinated with the Compensation
                  Computation Period of Part II.C.2.

12.   ENTRY DATE - Elective Contributions - Section 2.1.2 provides that an
      Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements enters the Plan on the
      Entry Date. For purposes of Elective Contributions, the Entry Date is:

         [ ]  a.  SEMIANNUAL - First Entry Date:  ___/___ or the date 6 months
                  thereafter, coincident with or next following satisfaction of
                  the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  b.  QUARTERLY - First Entry Date:  ___/___ or the first day of the
                  next successive 3 month periods, coincident with or next
                  following satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.
         [X]  c.  MONTHLY - The FIRST day of each calendar month of the Plan
                  Year, coincident with or next following satisfaction of the
                  eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  d.  FIRST day of next Plan Year or ___ months (not to exceed 6)
                  after satisfaction of the eligibility requirements, if
                  earlier.
         [ ]  e.  FIRST day of the ______ month (not more than 6) after
                  satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  f.  FIRST day of Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements
                  are satisfied.
         [ ]  g.  FIRST day of Plan Year nearest to the date the eligibility
                  requirements are satisfied.
         [ ]  h.  FIRST day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following
                  the date the eligibility requirements are satisfied, but in no
                  event later than 6 months after satisfying the eligibility
                  requirements.
         [ ]  i.  ANNIVERSARY Date coincident with or next following the
                  satisfaction of the eligibility requirements but in no event
                  later than the first day of the next Plan Year or 6 months
                  after satisfying the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  j.  ANNIVERSARY Date of the Plan Year in which the eligibility
                  requirements are satisfied, but in no event later than 6
                  months after satisfying the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  k.  Date of satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.

         NOTE:    The Entry Date should be coordinated with the Compensation
                  Computation Period of Part II.C.2.

13.   ENTRY DATE - Matching Contributions - Section 2.1.2 provides that an
      Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements enters the Plan on the
      Entry Date. For purposes of Matching Contributions, the Entry Date is:

<PAGE>

         [ ]  a.  SEMIANNUAL - First Entry Date:  ___/___ or the date 6 months
                  thereafter, coincident with or next following satisfaction of
                  the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  b.  QUARTERLY - First Entry Date:  ___/___ or the first day of the
                  next successive 3 month periods, coincident with or next
                  following satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.
         [X]  c.  MONTHLY - The FIRST day of each calendar month of the Plan
                  Year, coincident with or next following satisfaction of the
                  eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  d.  FIRST day of next Plan Year or ___ months (not to exceed 6)
                  after satisfaction of the eligibility requirements, if
                  earlier.
         [ ]  e.  FIRST day of the ______ month (not more than 6) after
                  satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  f.  FIRST day of Plan Year in which the eligibility requirements
                  are satisfied.
         [ ]  g.  FIRST day of Plan Year nearest to the date the eligibility
                  requirements are satisfied.
         [ ]  h.  FIRST day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following
                  the date the eligibility requirements are satisfied, but in no
                  event later than 6 months after satisfying the eligibility
                  requirements.
         [ ]  i.  ANNIVERSARY Date coincident with or next following the
                  satisfaction of the eligibility requirements but in no event
                  later than the first day of the next Plan Year or 6 months
                  after satisfying the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  j.  ANNIVERSARY Date of the Plan Year in which the eligibility
                  requirements are satisfied, but in no event later than 6
                  months after satisfying the eligibility requirements.
         [ ]  k.  Date of satisfaction of the eligibility requirements.

         NOTE:    The Entry Date should be coordinated with the Compensation
                  Computation Period of Part II.C.2.

14.   BREAK IN SERVICE - Section 1.2.12 provides that a Break in Service occurs
      if an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service during the
      applicable computation period unless a lesser number is specified.

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Break if less than 501 Hours of Service.
         [ ]  b.  A Break in Service will occur if the Employee fails to
                  complete more than ___ (not to exceed 500) Hours of Service.
         [ ]  c.  Elapsed Time Method shall substitute one of the following
                  in lieu of an Hours of Service requirement:

                  [ ]  c.1.  ___ consecutive calendar days (not to exceed 91).
                  [ ]  c.2.  ___ consecutive calendar months (not to exceed 3).

         NOTE:    A Year of Service and a Break in Service must be measured on
                  the same computation period. (See Section E. Vesting
                  Provisions.)

<PAGE>

B.    DATE PROVISIONS

1.    ANNIVERSARY DATE - Section 1.2.6 provides that the Anniversary Date is the
      last day of the Plan Year unless another date is specified.

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Last day of the Plan Year
         [ ]  b.  The first day of the Plan Year
         [ ]  c.  Other - Specify:  ________________________________________

                  (Must be at least annually.)

2.    VALUATION DATE - Section 1.2.87 provides that the Valuation Date is the
      date or dates specified in the Adoption Agreement. (Select all
      applicable.)

         [ ]  a.  Last day of the Plan Year
         [ ]  b.  Semiannually on the last day of each 6 month period beginning
                  with the first day of the Plan Year
         [ ]  c.  Quarterly on the last day of each 3 month period beginning
                  with the first day of the Plan Year
         [X]  d.  Monthly on the last day of each month of the Plan Year
         [ ]  e.  Last day of each pay period
         [ ]  f.  Daily
         [X]  g.  Value individual investment accounts daily
         [ ]  h.  Other - Specify:  ________________________________________

                  (Must be at least annually.)

3.    NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE - For each Participant the Normal Retirement Age is:

         [ ]  a.  Statutory: The later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of
                  the participation in the Plan. For this purpose only,
                  Participation is assumed to commence as of the first day of
                  the first Plan Year in which the Employee became a
                  Participant.
         [X]  b.  Age 65.0 (not to exceed 65).
         [ ]  c.  Age ____ and ___ Years of Service but in no event later than
                  the later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of participation.
         [ ]  d.  Age ____ and ___ Years of Service while a Participant, but
                  in no event later than the later of age 65 or the 5th
                  anniversary of participation.
         [ ]  e.  Sum of age and Years of Service equals ___, but in no event
                  later than the later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of
                  participation.
         [ ]  f.  Sum of age and Years of Participation equals ___, but in no
                  event later than the later of age 65 or the 5th anniversary of
                  participation.
         [ ]  g.  Other - Specify:  ________________________________________,
                  but in no event later than the later of age 65 or the 5th
                  anniversary of participation. (Cannot discriminate in favor of
                  Highly Compensated Employees.)

4.    NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE - Section 1.2.62 permits the adoption of a Normal
      Retirement Date. The Normal Retirement Date is:

         [X]  a.  The actual date Normal Retirement Age is attained.

<PAGE>

         [ ]  b.  The first day of the month in which Normal Retirement Age is
                  attained.
         [ ]  c.  The first day of the month nearest the date Normal Retirement
                  Age is attained.
         [ ]  d.  The first day of the month coincident with or next following
                  the date Normal Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  e.  Anniversary Date of the Plan Year in which Normal Retirement
                  Age is attained.
         [ ]  f.  Anniversary Date nearest the date Normal Retirement Age is
                  attained.
         [ ]  g.  Anniversary Date coincident with or next following the date
                  Normal Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  h.  Anniversary Date coincident with or next preceding the date
                  Normal Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  i.  The last day of the month in which Normal Retirement Age is
                  attained.
         [ ]  j.  The last day of the month nearest the date Normal Retirement
                  Age is attained.
         [ ]  k.  The last day of the month coincident with or next following
                  the date Normal Retirement Age is attained.

5.    EARLY RETIREMENT AGE - For each Participant the Early Retirement Age is:
      (Select all applicable. If more than one option is selected, Early
      Retirement Age is attained on the first date the requirements of any
      option are met.)

         [X]  a.  The Plan does not provide an Early Retirement Age.
         [ ]  b.  Age ____ (not to exceed 65).
         [ ]  c.  Age ____ and ___ Years of Service.
         [ ]  d.  Age ____ and ___ Years of Service while a Participant.
         [ ]  e.  ___ years prior to the Normal Retirement Age.
         [ ]  f.  Sum of age and Years of Service equals ___.
         [ ]  g.  Sum of age and Years of Participation equals ___.

6.    EARLY RETIREMENT DATE - Section 1.2.25 permits the adoption of an Early
      Retirement Date. The Early Retirement Date is:

         [ ]  a.  The actual date Early Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  b.  The first day of the month in which the Early Retirement Age
                  is attained.
         [ ]  c.  The first day of the month nearest the date Early Retirement
                  Age is attained.
         [ ]  d.  The first day of the month coincident with or next following
                  the date Early Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  e.  Anniversary Date of the Plan Year in which the Early
                  Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  f.  Anniversary Date nearest the date Early Retirement Age is
                  attained.
         [ ]  g.  Anniversary Date coincident with or next following the date
                  Early Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  h.  Anniversary Date coincident with or next preceding the date
                  Early Retirement Age is attained.
         [ ]  i.  The last day of the month in which the Early Retirement Age is
                  attained.
         [ ]  j.  The last day of the month nearest the date Early Retirement
                  Age is attained.
         [ ]  k.  The last day of the month coincident with or next following
                  the date Early Retirement Age is attained.

7.    LIMITATION YEAR - Section 1.2.55 provides that unless otherwise specified
      the Limitation Year for purposes of the limitation imposed by section 415
      of the Code is the Plan Year.

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Plan Year.
         [ ]  b.  Calendar year coinciding with or ending within the Plan Year.
         [ ]  c.  Twelve consecutive month period ending ___/___.
         [ ]  d.  Employer Fiscal Year ending with or within Plan Year. Employer
                  Fiscal Year ends: ___/___

<PAGE>

C.    COMPENSATION

1.    COMPENSATION - See Section 1.2.14. For purposes of the Plan, a
      Participant's Compensation is based on the Compensation Computation Period
      and shall be equal to: (Select a., b. or c., and any applicable inclusions
      or exclusions.)

         [X]  a.  Compensation as defined for Wages, Tips and Other Compensation
                  Box on Form W-2. Include:

                  [ ]  a.1.  No inclusions
                  [X]  a.2.  Include 402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals), 125
                             (Cafeteria Plan), 132(f)(4) (Transportation),
                             402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals), 403(b) and 457(b)
                             deferrals.

         [ ]  b.  Compensation as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code.
                  Include:

                  [ ]  b.1.  No inclusions
                  [ ]  b.2.  Include 402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals), 125
                             (Cafeteria Plan), 132(f)(4) (Transportation),
                             402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals), 403(b) and 457(b)
                             deferrals.

         [ ]  c.  Compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code.
                  Exclude:

                  [ ]  c.1.  No exclusions
                  [ ]  c.2.  Exclude 402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals), 125
                             (Cafeteria Plan), 132(f)(4) (Transportation),
                             402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals), 403(b) and 457(b)
                             deferrals.

                  NOTE:      Compensation for purposes of determining a
                             Participant's Safe Harbor Non-Elective
                             Contribution, if any, may be different. (See Part
                             II.D.17. of this Adoption Agreement.)

2.    COMPENSATION COMPUTATION PERIOD: (Select all applicable.)

         a. For Non-Elective Contributions:

                  [X]  a.1.  The Plan Year
                  [ ]  a.2.  The Limitation Year
                  [ ]  a.3.  The calendar year ending with or within the Plan
                             Year
                  [ ]  a.4.  The Period based upon [ ] Pay period, [ ]
                             Monthly, [ ] Bi-monthly, [ ] Quarterly, [ ]
                             Semi-Annually, [ ] Bi-weekly, [ ] Weekly periods
                             ending with or within the Plan Year
                  [ ]  a.5.  The twelve consecutive month period ___/___ to
                             ___/___ ending with or within the Plan Year. (For
                             Employees whose date of hire is less than 12 months
                             before the end of the 12-month period designated,
                             Compensation will be determined over the Plan Year)

<PAGE>

                  [X]  a.6.  Compensation for initial Plan Year of
                             Participation:

                             [ ]  6.A. From Entry Date as a Participant
                             [X]  6.B. For the 12 month period ending in the
                                       initial year of participation.

         b. For Elective Contributions:

                  [ ]  b.1.  The Plan Year
                  [ ]  b.2.  The Limitation Year
                  [ ]  b.3.  The calendar year ending with or within the Plan
                             Year
                  [X]  b.4.  The Period based upon [X] Pay period, [ ]
                             Monthly, [ ] Bi-monthly, [ ] Quarterly, [ ]
                             Semi-Annually, [ ] Bi-weekly, [ ] Weekly periods
                             ending with or within the Plan Year
                  [ ]  b.5.  The twelve consecutive month period ___/___ to
                             ___/___ ending with or within the Plan Year. (For
                             Employees whose date of hire is less than 12 months
                             before the end of the 12-month period designated,
                             Compensation will be determined over the Plan Year)
                  [ ]  b.6.  Compensation for initial Plan Year of
                             Participation:

                             [ ]  6.A. From Entry Date as a Participant
                             [ ]  6.B. For the 12 month period ending in the
                                       initial year of participation.

         c. For Matching Contributions:

                  [X]  c.1.  The Plan Year
                  [ ]  c.2.  The Limitation Year
                  [ ]  c.3.  The calendar year ending with or within the Plan
                             Year
                  [ ]  c.4.  The Period based upon [ ] Pay period, [ ]
                             Monthly, [ ] Bi-monthly, [ ] Quarterly, [ ]
                             Semi-Annually, [ ] Bi-weekly, [ ] Weekly periods
                             ending with or within the Plan Year
                  [ ]  c.5.  The twelve consecutive month period ___/___ to
                             ___/___ ending with or within the Plan Year. (For
                             Employees whose date of hire is less than 12 months
                             before the end of the 12-month period designated,
                             Compensation will be determined over the Plan Year)
                  [X]  c.6.  Compensation for initial Plan Year of
                             Participation:

                             [ ]  6.A. From Entry Date as a Participant
                             [X]  6.B. For the 12 month period ending in the
                                       initial year of participation.

3.    COMPENSATION FOR SECTIONS 415 AND 416 OF THE CODE - Compensation for
      purposes of the Annual Additions Limitation and Top-Heavy purposes (Based
      upon the Limitation Year):

         [X]  a.  Compensation as defined for Wages, Tips and Other Compensation
                  Box on Form W-2.
         [ ]  b.  Compensation as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code.
         [ ]  c.  Compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code.

<PAGE>

D.    CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

1.    REQUIREMENT TO SHARE IN NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION - In order to
      share in the allocation of the Employer's Non-Elective Contribution for
      the Plan Year, a Participant: (Select all applicable. Does not apply to
      CODA Safe Harbor Contribution. See Part II.D.12.)

         [X]      a. Must complete 500 Hours of Service (cannot exceed 500)
                  during the Plan Year, or is employed as of the last day of the
                  Plan Year.
         [ ]  b.  Will be eligible regardless of Hours of Service.
         [ ]  c.  Elapsed Time Method - substitute one of the following in lieu
                  of an hours requirement:

                  [ ]  c.1.  ___ consecutive calendar days (not to exceed 91).
                  [ ]  c.2.  ___ consecutive calendar months (not to exceed 3).

         A Participant is also eligible to share in the allocation if: (Select
         all applicable.)

         [X]  d.  The Employee dies during the Plan Year.
         [X]  e.  The Employee retires during the Plan Year.
         [X]  f.  The Employee becomes Disabled during the Plan Year.
         [X]  g.  Contributions on Behalf of Disabled Participants for the Plan
                  Year in which they are determined to be disabled. - The
                  Employer:

                  [ ]  g.1.  will make contributions on behalf of Disabled
                             Participants who are not Highly Compensated
                             Employees on the basis of the Compensation each
                             such Participant would have received for the
                             Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at
                             the rate of Compensation paid immediately before
                             becoming permanently and totally Disabled. Such
                             imputed Compensation for the Disabled Participant
                             may be taken into account only if the contributions
                             made on behalf of such Participant will be
                             nonforfeitable when made. Compensation will mean
                             Compensation as the term is defined in Section
                             1.2.14.
                  [ ]  g.2.  will make contributions on behalf of Disabled
                             Participants on the basis of the Compensation each
                             such Participant would have received for the
                             Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at
                             the rate of Compensation paid immediately before
                             becoming permanently and totally Disabled.
                             Compensation will mean Compensation as the term is
                             defined in Section 1.2.14.

                             Note: May not select g.2 if Employer elected 100%
                             vesting for all Participants or Disabled
                             Participants. (See section E.3)

                  [X]  g.3.  will not make contributions on behalf of Disabled
                             Participants based on imputed Compensation.

2.    NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION - The Employer's Non-Elective Contribution to
      the Plan shall be:

         [X]  a.  Discretionary, out of profits.
         [ ]  b.  Discretionary, but not limited to profits.
         [ ]  c.  ______% of each Participant's Compensation (not to exceed
                  15%).
         [ ]  d.  $_____ per Hour of Service credited to each Participant for
                  the Plan Year.

                  [ ]  d.1.  Do not limit Hours of Service

<PAGE>

                  [ ]  d.2.  Limit Hours of Service to ____ hours.

         [ ]  e.  $_____ per eligible Participant.
         [ ]  f.  Not applicable - Non-Elective Contributions are not permitted.

3.    ALLOCATION METHOD - The Employer Non-Elective Contribution is allocated to
      Participants on the basis selected below. (Does not apply to CODA Safe
      Harbor Contributions. See Part II.D.12.)

         [ ]  a.  Proportionate to salary - Based upon each Participant's
                  Compensation in proportion to the Compensation of all
                  Participants.

         [X]  b.  Integrated with Social Security - see Sections 2.3.1 and
                  2.3.5. (Select one of g. through l., below.)

                  [ ]  b.1.  Use Steps One through Four in Section 2.3.5 of Plan
                             in all cases.
                  [ ]  b.2.  Use Steps One through Four in Section 2.3.5 of Plan
                             only when Plan is Top-Heavy.
                  [ ]  b.3.  Use Steps Three and Four in all cases. Top-Heavy
                             adjustments shall be made pursuant to Section
                             2.3.5(b).
                  [ ]  b.4.  Limit maximum disparity to _____% (Use when
                             limiting disparity to less than the Maximum
                             Permitted Disparity.)

         [ ]  c.  Each Participant will receive:

                  (Must select at least age or service.)

                  c.1. ______ points for each year of age.
                  c.2. ______ points for each Year of Service.

                             [ ]  2.A. All service.
                             [ ]  2.B. Service as a Participant.
                             [ ]  2.C. Service limited to _____ years.

                  c.3. ______ points for each $___ (not to exceed $200) of
                       Compensation.
                  c.4. Each Participant will be limited to ________ total
                       points.

                  Each Participant's allocation shall bear the same relationship
                  to the Employer Contribution as his or her total points bears
                  to all points awarded.

         [ ]  d.  A flat dollar amount which is the same for all Participants.
         [ ]  e.  $_______ per Hour of Service credited to each Participant for
                  the Plan Year.

                  [ ]  e.1.  Do not limit Hours of Service
                  [ ]  e.2.  Limit Hours of Service in allocation to ____
                             hours.

         [ ]  f.  Not applicable - No Non-Elective Contributions.

         The Social Security Integration Level is equal to:

         [X]  g.  The Taxable Wage Base under section 230 of the Social
                  Security Act in effect as of the first day of the Plan Year.
         [ ]  h.  $________. (Not to exceed the Taxable Wage Base under
                  section 230 of the Social Security Act in effect as of the
                  first day of the Plan Year.)
         [ ]  i.  _______% (not to exceed 100) of the Taxable Wage Base under
                  section 230 of the Social

<PAGE>

                  Security Act in effect as of the first day of the Plan Year.
         [ ]  j.  The greater of $10,000 or 20% of the Taxable Wage Base
                  under section 230 of the Social Security Act in effect as of
                  the first day of the Plan Year.
         [ ]  k.  80% of the Taxable Wage Base under section 230 of the
                  Social Security Act in effect as of the first day of the Plan
                  Year plus $1.00.
         [ ]  l.  80% of the Taxable Wage Base under section 230 of the
                  Social Security Act in effect as of the first day of the Plan
                  Year rounded up to the next $1,000.

         NOTE:    The Employer Contribution allocable to Compensation in excess
                  of the Social Security Integration Level (SSIL) may not exceed
                  5.4% if the SSIL is more than 80% but less than 100% of the
                  Taxable Wage Base (TWB) under section 230 of the Social
                  Security Act in effect as of the first day of the Plan Year,
                  and may not exceed 4.3% if the SSIL is greater than 20% of the
                  TWB, but not more than 80% of the TWB, and greater than
                  $10,000.

                  This Plan may not provide for permitted disparity if the
                  Employer maintains any other plan that provides for permitted
                  disparity and benefits any of the same Participants.

4.    REQUIREMENT TO SHARE IN MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION - Those Employees
      eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer's Matching
      Contribution for the Plan Year: (Select all applicable. Does not apply to
      CODA Safe Harbor Contribution. See Part II.D.12.)

         [X]      a. Must complete more than 500 (not to exceed 500) Hours of
                  Service during the Plan Year or, is employed as of the last
                  day of the Plan Year.
         [ ]  b.  Will be eligible regardless of Hours of Service.
         [ ]  c.  Elapsed Time Method - substitute one of the following in lieu
                  of an hours requirement above:

                  [ ]  c.1.  ___ consecutive calendar days (not to exceed 91).
                  [ ]  c.2.  ___ consecutive calendar months (not to exceed 3).

         A Participant is also eligible to share in the allocation if: (Select
         all applicable.)

         [X]  d.  The Employee dies during the Plan Year.
         [X]  e.  The Employee retires during the Plan Year.
         [X]  f.  The Employee becomes Disabled during the Plan Year.
         [ ]  g.  Not applicable - No Matching Contributions.

5.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - The Matching Contribution by the Employer for the
      Plan Year in accordance with Section 2.2.1(a)(3)(ii) is:

         [ ]  a.  Matching Contributions are not permitted.
         [X]  b.  Discretionary each Plan Year. (must select 6a. below)
         [ ]  c.  Based upon the Allocation Method set forth below.

6.    ALLOCATION METHOD FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - Matching Contributions
      shall be allocated to eligible Participants in an amount: (See Part
      II.D.12 for CODA Safe Harbor Provisions.)

         [X]  a.  Proportionate to the Elective Contributions made on behalf of
                  a Participant.
         [ ]  b.  Equal to _______% of the Elective Contributions made on behalf
                  of a Participant.

<PAGE>

         [ ]  c.  Graded based on the dollar amount of the Elective Contribution
                  of each Participant as follows:

                  _______% of the first $_____ plus
                  _______% of the next $_____ plus
                  _______% of the next $_____ plus
                  _______% of the next $_____.

         [ ]  d.  Graded based on a percentage of each Participant's
                  Compensation contributed as an Elective Contribution as
                  follows:

                  _______% of the first _______% plus
                  _______% of the next _______% plus
                  _______% of the next _______% plus
                  _______% of the next _______%.

         [ ]  e.  Graded based on the dollar amount of the Elective Contribution
                  of each Participant as follows:

                  _______% if contribution is $_____ or more
                  _______% if contribution is $_____ or more
                  _______% if contribution is $_____ or more
                  _______% if contribution is $_____ or more.

         [ ]  f.  Graded based on a percentage of each Participant's
                  Compensation contributed as an Elective Contribution as
                  follows:

                  _______% if contribution is _______% or more
                  _______% if contribution is _______% or more
                  _______% if contribution is _______% or more
                  _______% if contribution is _______% or more.

         [ ]  g.  Not applicable - No Matching Contributions.

         NOTE:    Graded percentages entered in c. through f. must decrease as
                  percentage or amount of Elective Contribution increases.

7.    SUPPLEMENTAL DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION - Shall be allocated to
      eligible Participants in an amount:

         [ ]  a.  Proportionate to the Elective Contributions made on behalf of
                  a Participant.
         [ ]  b.  According to the method selected in 6.b. through 6.f. above.
         [X]  c.  Not applicable - No supplemental discretionary Matching
                  Contribution.

8.    MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION DATE - For the purposes of this Plan the
      Matching Contribution is allocated as of: (May select d. and one other
      option.)

         [X]  a.  The last day of the Plan Year.
         [ ]  b.  The next Valuation Date.
         [ ]  c.  The Period selected in Part II.C.2. - The Compensation
                  Computation Period.

                  [ ]  c.1.  no "True-up".
                  [ ]  c.2.  True-up to the current pay period for the Plan Year
                             to date.
                  [ ]  c.3.  True-up at the end of the Plan Year.

<PAGE>

         [X]  d.  In the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which they occur.
         [ ]  e.  Other - Specify:  ________________________________________.

                  (Must be allocated at least annually.)

         [ ]  f.  Not applicable - No Matching Contribution.

9.    LIMITATIONS ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - The Employer shall not make
      Matching Contributions: (Select all applicable.)

         [X]  a.  With respect to Elective Contributions in excess of 6.000% of
                  a Participant's Compensation.
         [ ]  b.  In excess of $________ for any Participant.
         [ ]  c.  To Key Employees.
         [ ]  d.  To Highly Compensated Employees.
         [ ]  e.  Not applicable - No Matching Contribution or no limit.

10.   ALLOCATION OF QUALIFIED NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS - (Select a. or b. If
      a. is selected, do not complete the remainder of this Section D.10.)

         [ ]  a.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are not permitted.
         [X]  b.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall be made at the
                  Employer's discretion.

         Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall be allocated: (Complete c.
         and d., if applicable.)

         [X]  c.  On behalf of:

                  [ ]  c.1.  All Participants.
                  [X]  c.2.  Solely on behalf of Participants who are not Highly
                             Compensated Employees.

         [X]  d.  Who are eligible to receive an allocation of:

                  [ ]  d.1.  Non-Elective Contributions.
                  [X]  d.2.  Elective Contributions.
                  [ ]  d.3.  Matching Contributions.

         Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall be allocated:  (Select all
         applicable.)

         [X]  e.  In proportion to a Participant's Compensation.
         [ ]  f.  As a uniform dollar amount.
         [X]  g.  To the extent necessary to satisfy the ACP test or the ADP
                  test. (May only be used if Plan uses Current Year testing
                  method.)

         [ ]  h.  Starting with the Non-Highly Compensated Employee with the
                  least compensation, then the next higher, until the test in
                  question (ADP, ACP) is satisfied.

11.   ALLOCATION OF QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - (Select a. or b.  If a.
      is selected, do not complete the remainder of this Section D.11.)

         [ ]  a.  Qualified Matching Contributions are not permitted.

<PAGE>

         [X]  b.  Qualified Matching Contributions shall be made at the
                  Employer's discretion.

         Qualified Matching Contributions shall be allocated: (Complete c. and
         d., if applicable.)

         [X]  c.  On behalf of:

                  [ ]  c.1.  All Participants.
                  [X]  c.2.  Solely on behalf of Participants who are not Highly
                             Compensated Employees.

         [X]  d.  Who are eligible to receive an allocation of:

                  [ ]  d.1.  Non-Elective Contributions.
                  [ ]  d.2.  Elective Contributions.
                  [X]  d.3.  Matching Contribution.

         Qualified Matching Contributions to those who have made an Elective
         Contribution shall be allocated: (Select all applicable.)

         [ ]  e.  As a uniform dollar amount.
         [X]  f.  As a uniform percentage of Elective Deferrals.
         [X]  g.  To the extent necessary to satisfy the ACP test or the ADP
                  test. (May only be used if Plan uses Current Year testing
                  method.)
         [ ]  h.  Starting with the Non-Highly Compensated Employee with the
                  least compensation, then the next higher, until the test in
                  question (ADP, ACP) is satisfied.

      SAFE HARBOR CODA PROVISIONS

12.   SAFE HARBOR CODA CONTRIBUTIONS - If 12.a. is checked do not fill out
      D.13-D.17.

         [X]  a.  The Plan is not intended to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA
                  requirements in any Plan Year.
         [ ]  b.  For any Plan Year in which the Employer satisfies the
                  notification requirements of section 401(k)(12)(D) of the
                  Code, the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Part II Article IX of
                  the Plan shall apply (Safe Harbor Option).

                  In any Plan Year in which this Plan is designated as a Safe
                  Harbor CODA Plan under Part II Article IX:

                  [ ]  b.1.  Matching Contributions under Part II.D.5. of the
                             Adoption Agreement shall be made (Non-Safe Harbor).
                  [ ]  b.2.  Matching Contributions under Part II.D.5. of the
                             Adoption Agreement shall not be made (Safe Harbor).

13.   ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION - (Complete only if 12.b. is checked.)
      The Employer will make the following contributions for the Plan Year: (May
      select one of a., and b. if applicable, and must select one of c., d., e.,
      f. or g., and h. if applicable.)

         a.       Provide the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution to:

                  [ ]  a.1.  Each Participant.
                  [ ]  a.2.  Each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated
                             Employee.

<PAGE>

                  [ ]  a.3.  Each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated
                             Employee or a Non-Key Employee.

         [ ]  b.  Participants who have not completed a Year of Service since
                  their original date of hire, or have not yet reached age 21
                  will not receive the ADP Safe Harbor contribution.

         The ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution is:

         [ ]  c.  Plan Provision - The Basic Matching Contribution of 100% of
                  the Elective Deferral that does not exceed 3% of Compensation,
                  plus 50% of the Elective Deferral that exceeds 3% of
                  Compensation but does not exceed 5% of Compensation.
         [ ]  d.  An Enhanced Matching Contribution equal to 150 percent of
                  the first 3% of Compensation deferred.
         [ ]  e.  An Enhanced Matching Contribution equal to 100 percent of
                  the first 4% of Compensation deferred.
         [ ]  f.  An Enhanced Matching Contribution equal to the sum of:
                  f.1.   100% of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do
                         not exceed _______% of Compensation, plus
                  f.2.   _______% of the Elective Deferrals that exceed _______%
                         of Compensation but do not exceed _______% of
                         Compensation.

                  (In the blank in f.1. and the second blank in f.2. insert a
                  number that is equal to or greater than 3 but not greater than
                  6. The first and last blanks in f.2. must be completed so
                  that, at any rate of Elective Deferrals, the Matching
                  Contribution is at least equal to the Matching Contribution
                  receivable if the Employer were making the Basic Matching
                  Contribution of item c. The rate of match cannot increase as
                  the Elective Deferrals increase. For example, if "5" is
                  inserted in the blank in f.1., then f.2. does not need to be
                  completed. This contribution will also satisfy the ACP Test
                  Safe Harbor Contribution requirements.)

         [ ]  g.  Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to each eligible
                  Participant in an amount equal to
                  _______% of Compensation.  (Must be 3% or more.)
         [ ]  h.  The ADP Test Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be
                  made to:

                  _______________________________________________________.
                  (Insert name of defined contribution plan of Employer.)

         NOTE:    No additional contributions are required in order to satisfy
                  the requirements for a Safe Harbor CODA. However, if the
                  Employer has selected the Safe Harbor Non-Elective
                  Contribution, and desires to make a matching contribution that
                  would satisfy the ACP Test Safe Harbor requirements, then
                  complete the following.

14.   ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION - (Complete only if 12.b. is checked.)
      The Plan satisfies the requirements of the ADP Test Safe Harbor and the
      Employer elects to make the following additional ACP Test Safe Harbor
      Contribution: (Select only one.)

         [ ]  a.  Not Applicable -- Only the Safe Harbor Non-Elective
                  Contribution of 13.g. will be made.
         [ ]  b.  The ACP Test Safe Harbor Contribution is satisfied by the
                  Basic Matching Contribution or the Enhanced Matching
                  Contribution of Part II.D.13. and no additional Safe Harbor
                  Contribution will be made.
         [ ]  c.  The Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution of 13.g., and an
                  additional matching contribution that meets the requirements
                  of the ACP Test Safe Harbor will be made:

<PAGE>

                  Provide the additional ACP Test Safe Harbor Contribution to:
                  (Select all applicable.)

                  [ ]  c.1.  Each Participant.
                  [ ]  c.2.  Each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated
                             Employee.
                  [ ]  c.3.  Each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated
                             Employee or a Non-Key Employee.
                  [ ]  c.4.  Participants who have not completed a Year of
                             Service since their original date of hire, or have
                             not yet reached age 21 will not receive the ACP
                             Safe Harbor Contribution.

                  The additional ACP Test Safe Harbor Contribution is:

                  [ ]  c.5.  _______% of the Elective Deferrals that do not
                             exceed 6% of Compensation.
                  [ ]  c.6.  ________% of the Elective Deferrals that do not
                             exceed _____% of Compensation, plus _______% of the
                             Elective Deferrals thereafter that do not exceed 6%
                             of Compensation. (The number inserted in the third
                             blank cannot exceed the number inserted in the
                             first blank.)
                  [ ]  c.7.  A percentage (determined by the Employer for the
                             Plan Year not to exceed 100%) of the Elective
                             Deferrals that do not exceed a percentage
                             (determined by the Employer for the Plan Year not
                             to exceed 4%) of the Compensation. (Use only if
                             13.g. is checked. This option may also be checked
                             in combination with c.5. or c.6.)

15.   VESTING OF THE ADDITIONAL ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION -
      (Complete only if 14.c. is checked.) The additional ACP Test Safe Harbor
      Matching Contribution will be vested in accordance with the following
      schedule:

         [ ]  a.  At the rate of 20% each year after 3 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in third year).
         [ ]  b.  At the rate of 20% each year after 2 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in second year).
         [ ]  c.  100% vesting upon participation.
         [ ]  d.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 5).
         [ ]  e.  100% vesting at:  (Must also select another alternative.)

                  [ ]  e.1.  Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  e.2.  Death
                  [ ]  e.3.  Disability

         [ ]  f.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as a. or d.)

                  Year(s) of Service                  Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                           _______
                    1 but less than 2                     _______
                    2 but less than 3                     _______
                    3 but less than 4                     _______
                    4 but less than 5                     _______
                    5 but less than 6                     _______
                    6 but less than 7                     _______
                    7 or more                             _______

         If the Plan becomes Top-Heavy, unless the Employer specifies otherwise,
         vesting will be at a rate of 20% per year beginning with the second
         Year of Service.

<PAGE>

         [ ]  g.  Plan Provision - At a rate of 20% per year beginning with the
                  second Year of Service.
         [ ]  h.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 3).
         [ ]  i.  100% vesting:

                  [ ]  i.1.  Upon participation
                  [ ]  i.2.  At Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  i.3.  At Death
                  [ ]  i.4.  Upon Disability

         [ ]  j.  Same as non-Top-Heavy vesting schedule.  (Must be at least as
                  favorable as g. or h.)
         [ ]  k.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as g. or h.)

                    Year(s) of Service                Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                           _______
                    1 but less than 2                     _______
                    2 but less than 3                     _______
                    3 but less than 4                     _______
                    4 but less than 5                     _______
                    5 but less than 6                     _______
                    6 or more                             _______

16.   TIMING OF SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION - The Safe Harbor Matching
      Contribution shall be allocated on:

         [ ]  a.  An annual basis.
         [ ]  b.  A payroll period basis - the Safe Harbor Matching
                  Contribution will be made only with respect to the
                  Compensation and Elective Deferral for the payroll period (the
                  "payroll period method").

                  Under the "payroll period method," the Employer elects to
                  "true-up" the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution:

                  [ ]  b.1.  Each calendar month with respect to the
                             Compensation and Elective Deferrals for that
                             calendar month.
                  [ ]  b.2.  Each plan-year quarter with respect to the
                             Compensation and Elective Deferrals for that
                             plan-year quarter.
                  [ ]  b.3.  At the end of each Plan Year.
                  [ ]  b.4.  The Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will not be
                             adjusted for any "true-up."

17.   COMPENSATION FOR SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS - Subject to Section 2.9.2(e)
      for purposes of determining the Compensation for the ADP Test Safe Harbor
      Contribution and the ACP Test Safe Harbor Contribution, Compensation shall
      be:

         [ ]  a.  Compensation as defined for Wages, Tips and Other Compensation
                  Box on Form W-2.
                  Include:

                  [ ]  a.1.  No inclusions
                  [ ]  a.2.  Include 402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals), 125
                             (Cafeteria Plan), 132(f)(4) (Transportation),
                             402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals), 403(b) and 457(b)
                             deferrals.

<PAGE>

         [ ]  b.  Compensation as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code.
                  Include:

                  [ ]  b.1.  No inclusions
                  [ ]  b.2.  Include 402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals), 125
                             (Cafeteria Plan), 132(f)(4) (Transportation),
                             402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals), 403(b) and 457(b)
                             deferrals.

         [ ]  c.  Compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code.
                  Exclude:

                  [ ]  c.1.  No exclusions
                  [ ]  c.2.  Exclude 402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals), 125
                             (Cafeteria Plan), 132(f)(4) (Transportation),
                             402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals), 403(b) and 457(b)
                             deferrals.

         [ ]  d.  Compensation for initial Plan Year of Participation:

                  [ ]  d.1.  From Entry Date as a Participant
                  [ ]  d.2.  Full Plan Year

18.   401(k) SIMPLE PROVISIONS

         [ ]  a.  The Employer elects to have the 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions
                  described in Article VIII apply to the Plan. (This option may
                  be selected only if the Plan uses a calendar-year Plan Year
                  and the Employer is an Eligible Employer as defined in Section
                  2.8.2(b) of the Plan.) An amendment to have the 401(k) SIMPLE
                  Provisions no longer apply is effective the next January 1.
         [ ]  b.  In lieu of the Matching Contribution described in Section
                  2.8.4(a) of the Plan the Employer shall make a Non-Elective
                  Contribution described in Section 2.8.4(b) of the Plan that
                  will be allocated to all Eligible Employees who received at
                  least $_______ [INSERT AN AMOUNT LESS THAN $5,000]
                  Compensation for the Year.

<PAGE>

E.    VESTING PROVISIONS

1.    YEARS OF SERVICE - Section 1.2.91 provides that a Year of Service is the
      12 consecutive month period specified in the Adoption Agreement in which
      at least 1000 Hours of Service are performed unless a lesser number is
      specified. (Select a., b., c. or d. and if applicable, e. or f.)

         [X]  a.  Use the Plan Year as the computation period.
         [ ]  b.  Use Eligibility Computation Period as the computation period.
         [ ]  c.  Use the 12 month period ending on the employment anniversary
                  date.
         [ ]  d.  Use the calendar year ending in the Plan Year.
         [ ]  e.  Use ____ in lieu of 1000 Hours of Service (not to exceed 1000
                  hours).
         [ ]  f.  Use Elapsed Time Method of Section 1.2.27.

                  [ ]  f.1.  ____ months of service.
                  [ ]  f.2.  ___ days of service.
                  (May not require more than 12 months.)

2.    EXCLUDED YEARS - Section 1.2.91 provides that unless otherwise specified
      all Years of Service are taken into account. (Select all applicable.)

         [ ]  a.  Plan Provision - Include all Years of Service.
         [X]  b.  Exclude Years of Service prior to age 18.
         [ ]  c.  Exclude Years of Service prior to the effective date of
                  predecessor plan - Effective date of predecessor plan:
                  ___/___/_____.
         [ ]  d.  Exclude Years of Service prior to the effective date of this
                  Plan.

3.    VESTING SCHEDULE - Section 2.4.2(g) provides that benefits will vest in
      accordance with the method specified in the Adoption Agreement. (Select
      a., b., c., d., f., or g. Also, select e. if applicable. All contributions
      made pursuant to the ADP Safe Harbor Contribution provisions of Part
      II.D.13 shall be non-forfeitable at all times.)

         Employer Non-Elective Accounts shall vest:

         [ ]  a.  At the rate of 20% each year after 3 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in third year).
         [ ]  b.  At the rate of 20% each year after 2 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in second year).
         [ ]  c.  100% vesting upon participation.
         [ ]  d.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 5).
         [ ]  e.  100% vesting at: (Must also select another alternative.)

                  [ ]  e.1.  Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  e.2.  Death
                  [ ]  e.3.  Disability

         [X]  f.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as a. or d.)

                    Year(s) of Service                Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                                 0

<PAGE>

                    1 but less than 2                      20.000

                    2 but less than 3                      40.000

                    3 but less than 4                      60.000

                    4 but less than 5                      80.000

                    5 but less than 6                     100.000

                    6 but less than 7                     100.000

                    7 or more                             100.000

         [ ]  g.  Not applicable - No Non-Elective Employer Contributions.

         Matching Accounts shall vest:

         [ ]  h.  At the rate of 20% each year after 3 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in third year).
         [ ]  i.  At the rate of 20% each year after 2 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in second year).
         [ ]  j.  100% vesting upon participation.
         [ ]  k.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 5).
         [ ]  l.  100% vesting at:  (Must also select another alternative.)

                  [ ]  l.1.  Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  l.2.  Death
                  [ ]  l.3.  Disability

         [X]  m.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as h. or k.)

                    Year(s) of Service                Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                                 0
                    1 but less than 2                      20.000

                    2 but less than 3                      40.000

                    3 but less than 4                      60.000

                    4 but less than 5                      80.000

                    5 but less than 6                     100.000

                    6 but less than 7                     100.000

                    7 or more                             100.000

         [ ]  n.  Not applicable - No Matching Contributions.

4.    PRIOR VESTING SCHEDULE - Section 3.8.3(c) provides that if the vesting
      schedule has been amended to a less favorable schedule, Participants may
      be entitled to have their vested interest calculated under the prior
      schedule.

         [X]  a.  Not applicable - Either not amended or new schedule is more
                  favorable.
         [ ]  b.  The prior schedule was:

                  Employer Accounts:

<PAGE>

                    Year(s) of Service                 Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                           _______
                    1 but less than 2                     _______
                    2 but less than 3                     _______
                    3 but less than 4                     _______
                    4 but less than 5                     _______
                    5 but less than 6                     _______
                    6 but less than 7                     _______
                    7 or more                             _______

                    Matching Accounts:

                    Year(s) of Service                PERCENT VESTING

                    Less than 1                           _______
                    1 but less than 2                     _______
                    2 but less than 3                     _______
                    3 but less than 4                     _______
                    4 but less than 5                     _______
                    5 but less than 6                     _______
                    6 but less than 7                     _______
                    7 or more                             _______

5.    TOP-HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE - Section 2.6.1(b) provides that if the Plan
      becomes Top-Heavy, unless the Employer specifies otherwise, vesting will
      be at a rate of 20% per year beginning with the second Year of Service.

         Employer Accounts shall vest:

         [ ]  a.  Plan Provision - At a rate of 20% per year beginning with the
                  second Year of Service.
         [ ]  b.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 3).
         [ ]  c.  100% vesting:

                  [ ]  c.1.  Upon participation
                  [ ]  c.2.  At Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  c.3.  At Death
                  [ ]  c.4.  Upon Disability

         [X]  d.  Same as non-Top-Heavy vesting schedule. (Must be at least as
                  favorable as a. or b.)
         [ ]  e.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as a. or b.)

                    Year(s) of Service                Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                           _______
                    1 but less than 2                     _______
                    2 but less than 3                     _______
                    3 but less than 4                     _______
                    4 but less than 5                     _______
                    5 but less than 6                     _______
                    6 or more                             _______

         Matching Accounts shall vest:

<PAGE>

         [ ]  f.  Plan Provision - At a rate of 20% per year beginning with the
                  second Year of Service.
         [ ]  g.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 3).
         [ ]  h.  100% vesting:

                  [ ]  h.1.  Upon participation
                  [ ]  h.2.  At Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  h.3.  At Death
                  [ ]  h.4.  Upon Disability

         [X]  i.  Same as non-Top-Heavy vesting schedule. (Must be at least as
                  favorable as f. or g.)
         [ ]  j.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as f. or g.)

                    Year(s) of Service                Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                           _______
                    1 but less than 2                     _______
                    2 but less than 3                     _______
                    3 but less than 4                     _______
                    4 but less than 5                     _______
                    5 but less than 6                     _______
                    6 or more                             _______

         [ ]  k.  Not applicable - No Matching Contributions.

6.    RE-EMPLOYMENT - Section 2.4.4 provides that Years of Service completed
      after a Break in Service are not counted for purposes of increasing the
      vested percentage attributable to service before the Break in Service
      unless reemployed within 5 years.

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Do not count years after the Break in
                  Service.
         [ ]  b.  Count all service after the Break in Service.
         [ ]  c.  Not applicable - 100% immediate vesting.

7.    FORFEITURES - Section 2.4.6 provides that Forfeitures are determined as of
      the last day of the Plan Year in which all of the Participant's interest
      is distributed from the Plan. (May select f. and g. and one other option.)

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Determined on the last day of the Plan Year
                  of distribution.
         [ ]  b.  Determined in the Plan Year of 5th consecutive Break in
                  Service.
         [ ]  c.  Determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next
                  following the Distribution Date.
                  (See section G.4.)
         [ ]  d.  The earlier of the last day of the Plan Year in which the
                  Participant's entire interest is distributed from the Plan, or
                  the last day of the Plan Year of the 5th consecutive Break in
                  Service.
         [ ]  e.  Determined in the Plan Year of the 1st Break in Service.
         [ ]  f.  Forfeitures shall be allocated in the Plan Year following the
                  Plan Year in which they are determined.
         [X]  g.  Forfeit accounts of Participants and Beneficiaries who cannot
                  be found.
         [ ]  h.  Not applicable - All benefits are fully vested.

8.    REQUIREMENT TO SHARE IN ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES - In order to share in
      the allocation of Forfeitures

<PAGE>

      that supplement rather than reduce other contributions, a Participant
      (Select all applicable.):

         [X]  a.  Must be eligible to receive an allocation of the respective
                  type of contribution. (Need not defer to receive Matching
                  Forfeitures.)
         [ ]  b.  Is always eligible to receive an allocation of Forfeitures.
         [ ]  c.  Not applicable.

9.    FORFEITURES OF NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS - Shall be applied to: (Select
      all applicable. If f. is selected must select one other option. Reduction
      options apply before supplement option.)

         [X]  a.  Supplement Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  b.  Supplement Matching Contributions.
         [ ]  c.  Reduce Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  d.  Reduce Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  e.  Reduce Matching Contributions.
         [X]  f.  Applied to reduce administrative expenses of the Plan, then
                  any remaining Forfeitures shall be allocated as elected above.

10.   FORFEITURES OF NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS - Shall be reallocated to
      Participants:

         [X]  a.  In the same manner as Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  b.  In proportion to each Participant's Compensation.
         [ ]  c.  In proportion to Matching Contributions.
         [ ]  d.  In proportion to Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  e.  As a flat dollar amount determined by dividing the
                  Forfeiture amount by the number of Participants eligible to
                  receive an allocation of Forfeitures.
         [ ]  f.  Not applicable.

11.   FORFEITURES OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - Shall be applied to: (Select all
      applicable. If f. is selected, select at least one other option. Reduction
      options apply before supplement option.)

         [X]  a.  Supplement Matching Contributions.
         [ ]  b.  Supplement Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  c.  Reduce Matching Contributions.
         [ ]  d.  Reduce Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  e.  Reduce Non-Elective Contributions.
         [X]  f.  Applied to reduce administrative expenses of the Plan, then
                  any remaining Forfeitures shall be allocated as elected above.

12.   FORFEITURES OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - Shall be reallocated to
      Participants:

         [X]  a.  In proportion to Matching Contributions.
         [ ]  b.  In proportion to each Participant's Compensation.
         [ ]  c.  In proportion to Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  d.  In the same manner as Non-Elective Contributions.
         [ ]  e.  As a flat dollar amount determined by dividing the
                  Forfeiture amount by the number of Participants eligible to
                  receive an allocation of Forfeitures.
         [ ]  f.  Not applicable.

<PAGE>

13.   RESTORATION OF FORFEITURES - If a Participant is entitled to a restoration
      of a Forfeiture, the amount to be restored shall be restored by:

         [X]  a.  Allocating other Forfeitures arising in the year of
                  restoration to the Participant's Account to the extent thereof
                  and an additional contribution by the Employer specifically
                  allocated to the Participant's Account to the extent that
                  allocable Forfeitures are insufficient.
         [ ]  b.  An additional contribution by the Employer specifically
                  allocated to the Participant's Account.

14.   MANDATORY CASH OUT PROVISIONS - Participants with a balance of $3,500
      ($5,000 for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997) or less may be paid
      out without their consent. Employer may elect to retain the $3,500
      threshold or designate a threshold up to and including $5,000:

         [ ]  a.  No mandatory cash out.
         [X]  b.  Threshold shall be $5000.00. (less than or equal to $5,000)

<PAGE>

F.    CODA LIMITATION PROVISIONS

1.    PRECEDING YEAR - CURRENT YEAR - Section 2.7.1 requires the use of the
      Actual Deferral Percentage of Non-Highly Compensated Employees (NHCEs) for
      the preceding Plan Year unless the Employer elects to use the Actual
      Deferral Percentage for the current Plan Year. THE TESTING METHOD SELECTED
      MUST BE USED FOR BOTH THE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST AND THE ACTUAL
      CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST. (Select all applicable.)

         [ ]  a.  Plan Provision - Use Prior Plan Year Actual Deferral
                  Percentage for NHCEs. If this is not a successor plan, for the
                  first Plan Year that this Plan permits any Participant to make
                  Elective Deferrals, the Actual Deferral Percentage and the
                  Actual Contribution Percentage for NHCEs shall be:

                  [ ]  a.1.  3%.
                  [ ]  a.2.  The Actual Deferral Percentage and the Actual
                             Contribution Percentage for NHCEs for the Current
                             Year.

         [X]  b.  Use current Plan Year Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual
                  Contribution Percentage for NHCEs.

2.    ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGES - Qualified Matching Contributions and
      Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account as Elective
      Deferrals for purposes of calculating the Actual Deferral Percentages
      (ADP). For purposes of the ADP test in Section 2.7.1, the amount taken
      into account shall be: (Select all applicable.)

      a. For Qualified Matching Contributions:

                  [ ]  a.1.  All such Qualified Matching Contributions.
                  [X]  a.2.  Only those Qualified Matching Contributions that
                             are needed to pass the ADP test.
                  [ ]  a.3.  Qualified Matching Contributions are not to be
                             included in the ADP test.

         b. For Qualified Non-Elective Contributions:

                  [ ]  b.1.  All such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
                  [X]  b.2.  Only those Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
                             that are needed to pass the ADP test.
                  [ ]  b.3.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are not to be
                             included in the ADP test.

3.    ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE - The amount of Elective Deferrals and
      Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account as
      contribution percentage amounts for the purpose of calculating the Actual
      Contribution Percentages (ACP) shall be: (Select all applicable.)

         a. For Elective Deferrals:

                  [ ]  a.1.  All such Elective Deferrals.
                  [X]  a.2.  Only those Elective Deferrals that are needed to
                             pass the ACP test.
                  [ ]  a.3.  Elective Deferrals are not to be included in the
                             ACP test.

<PAGE>

         b. For Qualified Non-Elective Contributions:

                  [ ]  b.1.  All such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
                  [X]  b.2.  Only those Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
                             that are needed to pass the ACP test.
                  [ ]  b.3.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are not to be
                             included in the ACP test.

4.    EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS - Vested Excess Aggregate Contributions
      shall be distributed to the Participant. Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate
      Contributions (Matching Contributions) pursuant to Section 2.7.7 shall be:

         [X]  a.  Applied to reduce Employer contributions (i.e., Non-Elective,
                  QNEC, QMAC, Matching).
         [ ]  b.  Allocated, after all other Forfeitures under the Plan, to each
                  Participant's Matching Contribution Account in the ratio that
                  each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                  total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. Such
                  Forfeitures will not be allocated to the Account of any Highly
                  Compensated Employee.

<PAGE>

G.  DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

1.    METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION - Section 2.5.2 provides that the Employer may
      elect to permit Plan distributions to be made in the form of: (Select all
      applicable.)

         [X]  a.  Lump sums

                  [X]  a.1.  without regard to amount
                  [ ]  a.2.  not to exceed $___________
                  [ ]  a.3.  if the Participant has completed ___ Years of
                             Service and has attained age ___

         [ ]  b.  Installments

                  [ ]  b.1.  over ___ years payable on an annual, quarterly or
                             monthly basis.
                  [ ]  b.2.  over a period of years certain selected by the
                             Participant that is less than the life of the
                             Participant payable on an annual, quarterly or
                             monthly basis.

         [ ]  c.  Annuities

                  [ ]  c.1.  for not more than ___ years.
                  [ ]  c.2.  for the life of (Select all that apply.)

                           [ ]  2.A. the Participant.
                           [ ]  2.B. the Participant and spouse.
                           [ ]  2.C. the Participant and a designated
                                     beneficiary

                  [ ]  c.3.  for a certain period of: (Select all that apply.)

                           [ ]  3.A. 5 years
                           [ ]  3.B. 10 years
                           [ ]  3.C. 15 years
                           [ ]  3.D. 20 years

                                     and thereafter for the life of: (Select all
                                     that apply.)
                           [ ]  3.E. the Participant
                           [ ]  3.F. the Participant and spouse
                           [ ]  3.G. the Participant and a designated
                                     beneficiary

                  [ ]  c.4.  for a period certain selected by the Participant
                             that is less than the life of
                             (Select all that apply.)

                           [ ]  4.A. the Participant
                           [ ]  4.B. the Participant and spouse
                           [ ]  4.C. the Participant and a designated
                                     beneficiary

         [ ]  d.  Minimum Distribution to non-vested Participant:

                  Minimum Distribution Amount shall be the lesser of $_______ or
                  the Account balance.
         [ ]  e.  Subject to Section 2.5.2(a) the default form of distribution
                  for Account balances that are $5,000 or less, but greater than
                  or equal to $_______ shall be a Direct Rollover.

         NOTE:    In the case of a Safe Harbor Profit Sharing Plan as defined at
                  Section 1.2.77, or a Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing Plan, no
                  spousal consent shall be required for a distribution if the
                  only

<PAGE>

                  form of distribution available is a lump sum distribution. If
                  an annuity option of life or longer is selected Qualified
                  Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions are required.

2.    SURVIVOR ANNUITY PERCENTAGE - If a Joint and Survivor Annuity is payable,
      Sections 1.2.52, 1.2.69, 1.2.70 and 1.2.75 provide that the normal
      survivor annuity is 50% of the amount payable during the joint lives of
      the Participant and spouse, unless the Employer elects a different
      percentage.

         [ ]  a.  Plan Provision - 50%.
         [ ]  b.  Other percentage - _______%. (Not less than 50% nor more than
                  100%.)
         [ ]  c.  Other percentage selected by the Participant. (Not less than
                  50% nor more than 100%.)

3.    TIME OF DISTRIBUTION - Section 2.5.1(b) provides that distributions to
      Participants who resign or are discharged prior to retirement are deferred
      until the retirement date unless the Employer elects to permit
      distributions in advance of such date.

         [ ]  a.  Plan Provision - Deferred until the Participant's
                  Disability, death, Normal or Early Retirement Date.
         [ ]  b.  Distributions shall be made within ___ days after
                  termination of service. (Must select "4.a.4" below under
                  Distribution Date.)
         [X]  c.  Distributions may be made at the Participant's election
                  within a reasonable period following the Distribution Date.

4.    DISTRIBUTION DETERMINATION DATE - Section 2.4.5 provides that, subject to
      the necessity of obtaining the consent of a Participant and spouse, for
      the purposes of determining the amount to be distributed, the Distribution
      Date is:

         a. For a Participant who terminates employment prior to death,
            Disability, or retirement:

                  [ ]  a.1.  The last day of the Plan Year coinciding with
                             or next following the date of termination.
                  [ ]  a.2.  The Valuation Date coinciding with or next
                             following the date of termination.
                  [ ]  a.3.  The Valuation Date coinciding with or next
                             preceding the date of termination.
                  [X]  a.4.  As soon as practical following the date of
                             termination, based on the preceding
                             Valuation Date.
                  [ ]  a.5.  The [ ] Valuation Date, [ ] Anniversary Date
                             following ___ consecutive Breaks in Service.
                  [ ]  a.6.  The Participant's Normal or Early Retirement Date.

         b. For a Participant who terminates employment as a result of death,
            Disability, or retirement:

                  [ ]  b.1.  The last day of the Plan Year coinciding with
                             or next following the date of termination.
                  [ ]  b.2.  The Valuation Date coinciding with or next
                             following the date of termination.
                  [ ]  b.3.  The Valuation Date coinciding with or next
                             preceding the date of termination.
                  [X]  b.4.  As soon as practical following the date of
                             termination, based upon the preceding
                             Valuation Date.
                  [ ]  b.5.  The [ ]  Valuation Date, [ ]  Anniversary Date
                             following ___ consecutive Breaks in Service.

         c.    In the case of a Participant's interest in an Elective Account,
               Voluntary Account or Segregated

<PAGE>

               Account attributable to a rollover contribution from another
               plan, notwithstanding the foregoing:

                  [ ]  c.1.  The last day of the Plan Year coinciding with
                             or next following the date of termination.
                  [ ]  c.2.  The Valuation Date coinciding with or next
                             following the date of termination.
                  [ ]  c.3.  The Valuation Date coinciding with or next
                             preceding the date of termination.
                  [X]  c.4.  As soon as practical following the date of
                             termination, based upon the preceding
                             Valuation Date.
                  [ ]  c.5.  The [ ]  Valuation Date, [ ]  Anniversary Date
                             following ___ consecutive Breaks in Service.

5.    HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS - Section 2.5.5 provides that
      an Employer may permit distributions of Elective Deferrals to Participants
      while employed in the event of financial hardship as specified in the
      Plan:

         [X]  a.  Hardship distributions of Elective Deferrals are permitted.
         [ ]  b.  Hardship distributions of Elective Deferrals are not
                  permitted.

         Hardship distributions may be made from a Participant's Elective
         Account, provided that Hardship Distributions of earnings on Elective
         Deferrals may only be made on such earnings credited to the
         Participant's Account as of the end of the last Plan Year ending before
         July 1, 1989.

6.    IN SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS - Section 2.5.6 provides that if the Plan is
      designated in the Adoption Agreement as a Cash or Deferred Profit Sharing
      Plan and if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to permit
      distributions to a Participant after attaining age 59-1/2 but prior to his
      termination of employment, a Participant shall be entitled to receive a
      distribution of all or a part of his Accounts upon filing a written
      request with the Plan Administrator, provided that the amounts withdrawn
      have been allocated to the Participant for two (2) years; or the
      Participant has been a Participant for at least five years; or on account
      of Hardship. (Select all applicable.)

         ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

         [ ]  a.  In Service Distributions are not permitted.
         [ ]  b.  Plan Provision - After age 59-1/2 provided that amounts have
                  been allocated for ____ years
                  (Must be at least 2.); or require participation for at least
                  ____ years (Must be at least 5.); or on account of Hardship.

         [ ]  c.  After age _____.  (Must be greater than 59-1/2.)
         [ ]  d.  Require that amounts have been allocated for ___ years. (Must
                  be at least 2.)
         [ ]  e.  Require participation for at least ___ years. (Must be at
                  least 5.)
         [ ]  f.  In Service Distributions are permitted upon reaching Normal
                  Retirement Date.

         OTHER ACCOUNTS

         [X]  g.  In Service Distributions for Accounts other than Elective
                  Deferral Accounts not subject to age 59-1/2 requirement:

                  [ ]  g.1.  Plan Provision - Require that amounts have been
                             allocated for ____ years (Must be at least 2.); or
                             require participation for at least ____ years (Must
                             be at least 5.) or on account of Hardship.
                  [ ]  g.2.  After age ____.
                  [ ]  g.3.  Require that amounts have been allocated for ____
                             years. (Must be at least 2.)
                  [ ]  g.4.  Require participation for at least ____ years.
                             (Must be at least 5.)

<PAGE>

                  [ ]  g.5.  In Service Distributions are permitted upon
                             reaching Normal Retirement Date.
                  [X]  g.6.  In Service Distributions allowed on account of
                             Hardship, subject to the Hardship requirements of
                             Section 2.5.5.

                  [ ]  g.7.  No restriction on In Service distributions of
                             rollover amounts and voluntary contribution
                             amounts.

         [X]  h.  In Service Distributions may be taken from the following
                  accounts:

                  [X]  h.1.  All of Participant's Accounts - This election
                             shall not include Elective Deferrals prior to a
                             Participant attaining age 59-1/2, Qualified
                             Non-Elective Contributions (to the extent used in
                             ADP or ACP test), Matching Contributions (to the
                             extent used in ADP or ACP test) or Qualified
                             Matching Contributions (to the extent used in ADP
                             or ACP test).

                  [ ]  h.2.  Only the Participant's Account balances
                             attributable to the following:

                           [ ]  2.A.  Employer Contribution Account
                           [ ]  2.B.  Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
                                      Account or Qualified Matching
                                      Contribution Account (to the extent not
                                      used in ADP or ACP test)
                           [ ]  2.C.  Matching Contribution Account (to the
                                      extent not used in ADP or ACP test)
                           [ ]  2.D.  Matching Contribution Account used in ADP
                                      or ACP test upon attainment of age 59-1/2
                           [ ]  2.E.  Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
                                      Account or Qualified Matching
                                      Contribution Account used in ADP or ACP
                                      test upon attainment of age 59-1/2.

7.    QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS - Section 3.11.8 provides that the
      Employer may elect to permit distributions to an Alternate Payee pursuant
      to the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order even if the
      Participant continues to be employed.

         [ ]  a.  Distributions to an Alternate Payee are not permitted while
                  the Participant continues to be employed before the earliest
                  possible retirement age pursuant to section 414(p) of the
                  Code.

         [X]  b.  Distributions to an Alternate Payee are permitted while the
                  Participant continues to be employed on or after the date a
                  Domestic Relations Order is determined to be a Qualified
                  Domestic Relations Order by the Plan Administrator.

8.    REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

         a.     Required Beginning Date - Section 2.5.1(h)(5) provides under the
         General Rule that minimum distributions must begin to a Participant by
         April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
         Participant attains age 70-1/2.

                  [ ]  a.1.  Follow the Plan provisions under the General
                             Rule - Required Beginning Date is age 70-1/2 for
                             all Participants.

                  [X]  a.2.  Exception for Non-5-Percent Owners. (The
                             required beginning date for Participants who are
                             not 5-percent owners shall be the later of the
                             first day of April of the calendar year following
                             the calendar year in which the Participant attains
                             age 70-1/2, or the first day of April of the
                             calendar year following the calendar year in which
                             the Participant retires.)

         b.    Recalculation of Life Expectancy - Section 2.5.1(c) provides that
         unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, life expectancies
         for determining the Required Minimum Distributions shall

<PAGE>

         be recalculated:

                  [ ]  b.1.  Recalculations are permitted at the election of the
                             Participant.
                  [ ]  b.2.  Recalculations are not permitted.
                  [X]  b.3.  Recalculations shall be automatic.

<PAGE>

H.    OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

1.    EARNINGS - Section 3.1.2 permits the Employer to specify the manner in
      which earnings are allocated to Participants who receive distributions on
      any date other than a Valuation Date.

         [ ]  a.  Earnings will be credited solely as of the immediately
                  preceding Valuation Date.
         [X]  b.  Actual earnings will be credited to the date of distribution.
         [ ]  c.  Actual earnings will be credited to the date of distribution
                  based on elections made in e. or f. below.
         [ ]  d.  Earnings will be credited solely as of the immediately
                  preceding Valuation Date if distribution is within ___ days of
                  such Valuation Date and will be credited to date of
                  distribution otherwise based on elections made in e. or f.
                  below.
         [ ]  e.  Earnings will be credited to the date of distribution based
                  upon an estimate of earnings equal to _______% annually.
         [ ]  f.  Earnings will be credited to the date of distribution based
                  upon an estimate of earnings equal to the average rate of
                  earnings during the preceding:

                  [ ]  f.1.  Valuation Period.
                  [ ]  f.2.  Plan Year.
                  [ ]  f.3.  ___ Valuation Periods.

2.    LOANS - Section 3.5.1 provides that the Employer may elect to permit loans
      to Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with a Participant loan
      program adopted by the Trustee(s).

         [X]  a.  Loans are permitted.
         [ ]  b.  Loans are not permitted.

3.    ROLLOVERS - Section 3.9.3 authorizes the Employer to permit the transfer
      of interests in other qualified plans to this Plan. (Select all
      applicable.)

         [ ]  a.  Rollover contributions are not permitted.
         [ ]  b.  Rollover contributions are permitted only from other plans of
                  the Employer.
         [ ]  c.  Rollover contributions are permitted only by Employees who
                  have satisfied the conditions for participation.
         [X]  d.  Rollover contributions are permitted from any Employee even if
                  not otherwise eligible to be a Participant.
         [ ]  e.  In-kind rollovers permitted except Participant loans.
         [ ]  f.  In-kind rollovers of Participant loans permitted.
         [ ]  g.  In-kind rollovers not permitted.

4.    INVESTMENT CONTROL - Section 4.5 of the Trust provides that the Employer
      may elect to permit Participants to control the investment of their
      Accounts. (May select b. and d., or c. and d, along with c.1. through
      c.7.)

         [ ]  a.  Participants may not control their investments.
         [X]  b.  Participants may control all their investments.
         [ ]  c.  Participants may control their investments solely with respect
                  to amounts attributable to:
                  (Select one or more.)

<PAGE>

                  [ ]  c.1.  Non-Elective Contributions.
                  [ ]  c.2.  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
                  [ ]  c.3.  Qualified Matching Contributions.
                  [ ]  c.4.  Elective Contributions.
                  [ ]  c.5.  Matching Contributions.
                  [ ]  c.6.  Voluntary Contributions.
                  [ ]  c.7.  Amounts rolled over and held in a Segregated
                             Account.

         [ ]  d.  This Plan is intended to comply with section 404(c) of
                  ERISA. (Plan Administrator or appropriate Fiduciary shall
                  insure that the Plan provides Participants with the minimum
                  options and information required by ERISA section 404(c) and
                  the Regulations thereunder.)

         [ ]  e.  Not Applicable (See attached Trust)

5.    LIFE INSURANCE AUTHORIZATION - Section 3.10.1 permits the purchase of Life
      Insurance Policies. (Select one.)

         [X]  a.  No Life Insurance Policies shall be purchased.
         [ ]  b.  Life insurance may be purchased at the option of the Plan
                  Administrator.
         [ ]  c.  Life insurance may be purchased at the option of the
                  Participant.
         [ ]  d.  No Life Insurance Policies shall be purchased after
                  ___/___/_____. (Specify date.)

6.    LIFE INSURANCE LIMITS - Provided that the Employer has elected to permit
      the purchase of Life Insurance Policies, the amount of life insurance to
      be purchased on each Participant's life shall be: (Select all applicable.)

         [ ]  a.  no limit
         [ ]  b.  the amount which may be purchased by ______% of the
                  Contribution allocated to the Participant's Accounts for each
                  Plan Year. (no more than 49.9% for whole life and 25% for
                  universal life or term) Life insurance may be purchased with:

                  [ ]  b.1.  Elective Deferrals
                  [ ]  b.2.  Matching Contributions
                  [ ]  b.3.  Employer Non-Elective Contributions

         [ ]  c.  notwithstanding b., above, limit insurance to an amount not to
                  exceed ______% of the amount qualifying for an In Service
                  distribution under the terms of the Plan.
         [ ]  d.  shall not exceed $________ in total face amount
         [ ]  e.  shall be limited to the face amounts in effect on
                  ___/___/_____.
         [ ]  f.  shall not be purchased

                  [ ]  f.1.  after the Participant has attained age ____
                  [ ]  f.2.  within ____ years of Normal Retirement Age
                  [ ]  f.3.  after the Participant has attained Normal
                             Retirement Age

         [ ]  g.  shall be purchased, provided

                  [ ]  g.1.  the Participant has attained age ____
                  [ ]  g.2.  the Participant has ____ Years of Service
                  [ ]  g.3.  the Participant has ____ Years of Service as a
                             Participant
                  [ ]  g.4.  the initial amount is at least $____(cannot exceed
                             $1,000)
                  [ ]  g.5.  the additional amount is at least $____(cannot
                             exceed $1,000)

         [ ]  h.  shall be purchased in multiples of $____(cannot exceed $1,000)

<PAGE>

         [ ]  i.  shall be surrendered at Normal Retirement Age, if the
                  Participant postpones retirement
         [ ]  j.  shall be purchased for a Participant uninsurable at the
                  standard rates, for up to _______% over the standard rates,
                  provided the Participant consents.

7.    TOP-HEAVY ASSUMPTIONS - (This question applies only if the Employer also
      has a Defined Benefit Plan.) The interest rate used to establish the
      present value of accrued benefits in order to calculate the Top-Heavy
      Ratio under section 416 of the Code shall be _______% and the mortality
      table used shall be _______.

         Note:    The actuarial assumptions entered here should be coordinated
                  with any existing defined benefit plan.

8.    VALUATION DATE - For purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio, the
      Valuation Date is:

         [ ]  a.  The first day of the Plan Year.
         [X]  b.  The last day of the Plan Year.
         [ ]  c.  Other - Specify:  ___/___.  (Must be at least annually.)

9.    SINGLE PLAN MINIMUM TOP-HEAVY ALLOCATION - For purposes of minimum
      Top-Heavy allocations, an allocation of contributions and Forfeitures
      equal to the following percentage of each non-key Employee's Compensation
      will be made to the Employee's Account when the Plan is Top-Heavy: (May
      select c. and d. and one other option.)

         [X]  a.  The lesser of 3% or the highest percentage allocated to any
                  Key Employee.
         [ ]  b.  _______%.  (Must be at least 3.)
         [ ]  c.  Members of a collective bargaining group shall not receive
                  Top-Heavy minimum allocation.
         [ ]  d.  Provide Top-Heavy minimum allocation to Key Employees.

10.   MULTIPLE PLANS PROVISIONS - The Employer which maintains or ever
      maintained a qualified defined benefit plan in which any Participant in
      the Plan is, was, or could become a Participant adds the following
      optional provisions which it deems necessary to satisfy section 416 of the
      Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans: (May select e.
      and one other option.)

         [X]  a.  Not applicable - No other plan or other plan terminated
                  prior to the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.
         [ ]  b.  A minimum contribution allocation of 5% of each non-key
                  Participant's total Compensation shall be provided in a
                  defined contribution plan of the Employer.
         [ ]  c.  A minimum benefit of the lesser of 2% times years of
                  service or 20% of each non-key Participant's Average
                  Compensation shall be provided in a defined benefit plan of
                  the Employer.
         [ ]  d.  A minimum benefit of the lesser of 2% times years of
                  service or 20% of each non-key Participant's Average
                  Compensation shall be provided in a defined benefit plan of
                  the Employer but offset by the amount contributed on such
                  Participant's behalf under any defined contribution plan of
                  the Employer.
         [ ]  e.  Members of a collective bargaining group shall not receive
                  Top-Heavy minimum allocation.
         [ ]  f.  Other - Specify:  ________________________________________

         NOTE:    When selecting "f. Other" the method selected must preclude
                  Employer discretion (method used must be definitely
                  determinable and clearly stated). When selecting c. or d.
                  should be

<PAGE>
      coordinated with any existing defined benefit plan.

11.   MULTIPLE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS - If the Participant is covered under
      another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer,
      other than a master or prototype plan:

         [X]  a.  Not applicable.
         [ ]  b.  The provisions of this Plan limiting Annual Additions will
                  apply as if the other plan is a master or prototype plan.
                  (Pro-rata reduction in each plan)
         [ ]  c.  Other - Specify:  ________________________________________.

         NOTE:    Specify the method under which the plans will limit total
                  Annual Additions to the maximum permissible amount and will
                  properly reduce any excess amounts in a manner that precludes
                  Employer discretion.

12.   TOP-HEAVY DUPLICATIONS - The Employer who maintains two or more defined
      contribution plans makes the following election:

         [X]  a.  Not applicable.
         [ ]  b.  A minimum non-integrated contribution of 3% of each non-key
                  Participant's Compensation shall be provided by:

                  [ ]  b.1.  This Plan.
                  [ ]  b.2.  The following defined contribution plan:

                             ________________________.

13.   PAIRED PLAN - Indicate whether this Plan is paired with another DATAIR
      Mass-Submitter Prototype Plan. If option b. is selected, option c. or d.
      must be answered.

         [X]  a.  Not applicable - This is not a Paired Plan.
         [ ]      b. This Plan is paired with another standardized defined
                  contribution plan and or defined benefit plan of the Employer:

                  Defined contribution plan name:

                  _________________________________________

                  Three Digit Plan Number:  ___.
                  Defined benefit plan name:

                  _____________________

                  Three Digit Plan Number:  ___.

         Top-Heavy Minimum Options - If the plans benefit the same Participants,
         one of the paired plans must provide the Top-Heavy minimum benefits. If
         the plans do not benefit the same Participants, then each plan must
         make its own Top-Heavy Minimum benefits. In addition, for Limitation
         Years beginning before January 1, 2000, indicate the method used to
         determine the fraction under Code section 415(e). (SEE SECTION 2.6.3
         FOR EXPLANATION OF METHOD 1 AND METHOD 2.)

         [ ]  c.  Option A - (Make Top-Heavy Minimum to each paired plan.):

<PAGE>

                  [ ]  c.1.  Method 1 - Substitute the 1.25 factor with 1.0 in
                             the 415(e) fraction
                  [ ]  c.2.  Method 2 - Buys back 1.25 factor with additional
                             benefits or contributions
                  [ ]  c.3.  Not applicable - not a Paired Plan until Limitation
                             Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

         [ ]  d.  Option B - Top-Heavy Minimum provided by one plan (In the
                  event that this Option B is selected and the paired plans do
                  not cover the same Participants, Option A, Method 1 will
                  apply.) Top-Heavy Minimum will be satisfied by the following
                  Plan of the Employer:

                      Plan Name:

                      ________________________________________

                      Three Digit Plan Number:  ___

                  [ ]  d.1.  Method 1 - Substitute the 1.25 factor with 1.0 in
                             the 415(e) fraction
                  [ ]  d.2.  Method 2 - Buys back 1.25 factor with additional
                             benefits or contributions
                  [ ]  d.3.  Not applicable - not a Paired Plan until Limitation
                             Year beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

14.   ELECTROMECHANICAL COMMUNICATIONS - Section 3.4.6 provides for the use of
      Electromechanical Communications between the Participant and Trustee,
      custodian, or Plan Administrator if so elected by the Employer. The
      Trustee (or other agent appointed for this purpose) may act upon receipt
      of directions (including, without limitation, directions pursuant to voice
      response systems, facsimile, or other electromechanical means) certifying
      that an amount is payable to or for the benefit of a Participant. (Select
      all applicable.)

         [X]  a.  Electromechanical Communications permitted:

                  [X]  a.1.  Between all parties.
                  [ ]  a.2.  Limited to communication between Employer, Trustee,
                             custodian, and Plan Administrator.
                             (Electromechanical Communication with Participant
                             not permitted.)

         [X]  b.  Communications limited to:

                  [X]  b.1.  No limitations on Electromechanical Communications.
                  [ ]  b.2.  Distributions.
                  [ ]  b.3.  Direct rollovers.
                  [ ]  b.4.  Transfers between investment funds or directed
                             accounts.
                  [ ]  b.5.  In Service Distributions.
                  [ ]  b.6.  Disbursement of a loan.
                  [ ]  b.7.  Hardship distributions.

         [ ]  c.  No Electromechanical Communications permitted.

15.   TRUSTEE AUTHORITY - Subject to Section 2.2 of the Trust, if the Employer
      has appointed a group of 2 or more individuals to act as Trustee of the
      Plan, the Trustee may be bound by a majority of those individuals unless
      the Employer elects otherwise.

         [X]  a.  Plan Provision - Act by the Majority.
         [ ]  b.  The Trustee shall be bound by the act of any ___ (insert
                  number) of individuals acting in the capacity of the Trustee.
         [ ]  c.  Not Applicable (See Attached Trust).
<PAGE>

The name, address and telephone number of the Plan Sponsor is:

DATAIR Employee Benefit Systems, Inc.
735 N. Cass Ave
Westmont, IL 60559
(630) 325-2600

Applicable requirements mandate that the use of this Prototype Document be
registered by the Plan Sponsor with the Internal Revenue Service. Unregistered
use may cause the Plan to become disqualified because it may not be maintained
as required by law.

If the Employer's Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such plan will
no longer participate in this Master/Prototype Plan and will be considered an
individually designed plan.

The Plan Sponsor will inform the Employer of any amendments made to the Plan or
of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan.

The adopting Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal
Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under section 401 of the
Internal Revenue Code except to the extent provided in Rev. Proc. 2000-20,
2000-6 I.R.B. 553 and Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.

An Employer who has ever maintained or who later adopts any plan (including a
welfare benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, which provides
post-retirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for Key
Employees, as defined in section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, or an individual
medical account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code) in addition to
this Plan may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue
Service with respect to the requirements of sections 415 and 416.

If the Employer who adopts or maintains multiple plans wishes to obtain reliance
with respect to the requirements of sections 415 and 416, application for a
determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the
Internal Revenue Service.

The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances,
which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the Plan or in
Revenue Procedure 2000-20 and Announcement 2001-77. This Adoption Agreement may
be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan Document #01 (the DATAIR
Mass-Submitter Prototype Defined Contribution Plan) Revised 09/18/2001.

                                      * * *

The Employer hereby adopts the Plan as evidenced by the foregoing Adoption
Agreement on this _______ day of ___________________, _______.

EMPLOYER:                                         TRUSTEE:
Southwest Community Bank

_________________________________                 ______________________________
 Frank Mercardante                                Frank Mercardante
                                                  Trustee

                                                  ______________________________
                                                  Danna Murphy
                                                  Trustee

<PAGE>

PLAN NAME: SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN
PLAN NUMBER: 001
EMPLOYER EIN: 33-0738069

                         DATAIR MASS SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                      CASH OR DEFERRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN
                                   APPENDIX A
                                  Plan #01-003
                         GUST REMEDIAL AMENDMENT PERIOD

Plan Administrators are permitted to exercise certain administrative discretion
under the various provisions of the Uruguay Round Table Agreements Act, Pub. L.
103-465 ("GATT"), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
of 1994, Pub. L. 103-353 ("USERRA"), the Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, Pub. L. 104-188 ("SBJPA"), the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34
("TRA 97") and the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of
1998, Pub. L. 105-206 ("RRA"), collectively known as "GUST". Plans that are
effective for years beginning before the end of the GUST remedial amendment
period must complete this Appendix A as a part of the Adoption Agreement to
preserve the various elections made during the remedial amendment period for
GUST and prior to the adoption of a GUST restatement.

1. HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE DETERMINATION. If an employer makes or changes
either the Top-Paid Group Election or the Calendar Year Data Election for a
determination year, the plan must reflect the choices made. The Top-Paid Group
Election and the Calendar Year Data Election must apply consistently to the
determination years of all plans of the Employer. However, the consistency
requirement will not apply to determination years beginning with or within the
1997 calendar year. For determination years beginning on or after January 1,
1998, and before January 1, 2000, satisfaction of the consistency requirement is
determined without regard to any nonretirement plans of the Employer.

      Top-Paid Group Election - Highly Compensated Employee determination
      limited to top 20% of Employees by pay.

      Calendar Year Data Election - Method for determining greater than $80,000
      in Compensation (as adjusted by the Secretary pursuant to section 415(d)
      of the Code), use Compensation paid during the calendar year beginning
      with or within the preceding year. (Calendar year plans may not make this
      election after 1998.)

      Indicate if either election was selected during the remedial amendment
      period:

       Top Paid Election      Calendar Year Election

           [ ] 1997                 [ ] 1997
           [ ] 1998                 [ ] 1998
           [ ] 1999                 [ ] 1999
           [ ] 2000                 [ ] 2000
           [ ] 2001                 [ ] 2001
           [ ] 2002                 [ ] 2002

2.    PRECEDING YEAR - CURRENT YEAR TESTING FOR ADP TEST. The testing method
      selected must be used for both the Actual Deferral Percentage Test and
      the Actual Contribution Percentage Test in a prototype for

<PAGE>

      Plan Years beginning after the end of the remedial amendment period.
      This does not apply to the remedial amendment period.

         For the first Plan Year the Actual Deferral Percentage for NHCEs
         shall be:

                  [ ]  a.  Use 3% as the Actual Deferral Percentage for NHCEs.
                  [X]  b.  Use Actual Deferral Percentage for NHCEs for the
                           Current Year.

                  Remedial Amendment Period. Indicate method used, or to be used
         for each Year during the remedial amendment period.

         Preceding Year     Current Year Election

         [ ] 1997                [ ] 1997
         [ ] 1998                [X] 1998
         [ ] 1999                [X] 1999
         [ ] 2000                [X] 2000
         [ ] 2001                [X] 2001
         [ ] 2002                [X] 2002

                                Plan was a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan

                                           [ ] 1999
                                           [ ] 2000
                                           [ ] 2001
                                           [ ] 2002

3.    PRECEDING YEAR - CURRENT YEAR TESTING FOR ACP TEST. The testing method
      selected must be used for both the Actual Deferral Percentage Test and the
      Actual Contribution Percentage Test in a prototype for Plan Years
      beginning after the end of the remedial amendment period. This does not
      apply to the remedial amendment period.

              For the first Plan Year the Actual Contribution Percentage for
              NHCEs shall be:

              [ ] a.  Use 3% as the Actual Contribution Percentage for NHCEs.
              [X] b.  Use Actual Contribution Percentage for NHCEs for the
                      Current Year.

         Remedial Amendment Period. Indicate method used, or to be used for each
         Year during the remedial amendment period.

         Preceding Year    Current Year Election

           [ ] 1997              [ ] 1997
           [ ] 1998              [X] 1998
           [ ] 1999              [X] 1999
           [ ] 2000              [X] 2000
           [ ] 2001              [X] 2001

<PAGE>

           [ ] 2002              [X] 2002

                               Plan was a Safe Harbor 401(m) Plan

                                          [ ] 1999
                                          [ ] 2000
                                          [ ] 2001
                                          [ ] 2002

4.    MANDATORY CASH OUT PROVISIONS. Participants with a present value of
      accrued benefits of $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years prior to August 5, 1997)
      or less on their date of termination may be cashed out without their or
      their spouses' consent.

         [X]  a.  Adopt $5,000 threshold for Plan Years beginning after
                  01/01/1998 (Insert a date later than August 4, 1997.)
         [ ]  b.  Retain $3,500 threshold.
         [ ]  c.  Adopt $____ threshold (less than $5,000) for Plan Years
                  beginning after ___/___/_____ (Insert a date later than
                  August 4, 1997.)

5.    COMPENSATION FOR SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS - Subject to Section 2.9.2(e)
      for purposes of determining the Compensation subject to the ADP Test Safe
      Harbor Contribution and the ACP test Safe Harbor Contribution,
      Compensation shall be:

         [ ]  a.  Compensation as defined for Wages, Tips and other Compensation
                  Box on Form W-2. (Must include or exclude all of a.1 through
                  a.6 for section 414(s) safe harbor compensation.)

              Include:

                  [ ]  a.1.  402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals)
                  [ ]  a.2.  125 (Cafeteria Plan)
                  [ ]  a.3.  132(f)(4) (Transportation)
                  [ ]  a.4.  402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals)
                  [ ]  a.5.  403(b)
                  [ ]  a.6.  457(b)

                                     Years election applies:

                                             [ ] 1999
                                             [ ] 2000
                                             [ ] 2001
                                             [ ] 2002

         [ ]  b.  Compensation as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code. (Must
                  include or exclude all of b.1 through b.6 for section 414(s)
                  safe harbor compensation.)

              Include:

                  [ ]  b.1.  402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals)
                  [ ]  b.2.  125 (Cafeteria Plan)
                  [ ]  b.3.  132(f)(4) (Transportation)
<PAGE>

                  [ ]  b.4.  402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals)
                  [ ]  b.5.  403(b)
                  [ ]  b.6.  457(b)

                                     Years election applies:

                                               [ ] 1999
                                               [ ] 2000
                                               [ ] 2001
                                               [ ] 2002

         [ ]  c.  Compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code.
                  (Must include or exclude all of c.1 through c.6 for section
                  414(s) safe harbor compensation.)

              Exclude:

                  [ ]  c.1.  402(h)(1)(B) (SEP deferrals)
                  [ ]  c.2.  125 (Cafeteria Plan)
                  [ ]  c.3.  132(f)(4) (Transportation)
                  [ ]  c.4.  402(e)(3) (401(k) deferrals)
                  [ ]  c.5.  403(b)
                  [ ]  c.6.  457(b)

                                     Years election applies:

                                             [ ] 1999
                                             [ ] 2000
                                             [ ] 2001
                                             [ ] 2002

         For purposes of Section 2.9.2(e), a Participant's Compensation shall:

         [ ]  d.  Compensation for initial Plan Year of Participation:

                  [ ]  d.1.  From Entry Date as a Participant
                  [ ]  d.2.  Full Plan Year

                                     Years election applies:

                                             [ ] 1999
                                             [ ] 2000
                                             [ ] 2001
                                             [ ] 2002

         [ ]  e.  Exclude compensation which is (No exclusions permitted for
                  section 414(s) safe harbor compensation.):

                  [ ]  e.1.  overtime
                  [ ]  e.2.  commissions
                  [ ]  e.3.  discretionary bonuses
<PAGE>

                  [ ]  e.4.  bonuses
                  [ ]  e.5.  taxable employee benefits
                  [ ]  e.6.  in excess of $_____ (Does not apply to Non-highly
                             Compensated Employees)
                  [ ]  e.7.  other exclusion - Specify: ______________________

                             (Cannot discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated
                             Employees.)

                                     Years election applies:

                                             [ ] 1999
                                             [ ] 2000
                                             [ ] 2001
                                             [ ] 2002

6.    SAFE HARBOR CODA. Safe Harbor Coda provisions for each year the plan was
      operated as a Safe Harbor CODA under 401(k)(11) and 401(m)(12) prior to
      GUST restatement.

[ ]   Effective the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December
      31, 1998.
[ ]   Effective the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on. (Must be a
      date later than December 31, 1998.)

                                 Plan was a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan

                                              [ ] 1999
                                              [ ] 2000
                                              [ ] 2001
                                              [ ] 2002

[ ]   The ADP Test Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution will be made to:
      ______________________________________________________
      (Insert name of defined contribution plan of Employer.)

[ ]   Participants who have not completed a Year of Service since their
      original date of hire, or have not yet reached age 21 will not receive the
      ADP Test Safe Harbor contribution.
[ ]   Participants who have not completed a Year of Service since their
      original date of hire, or have not yet reached age 21 will not receive the
      ACP test Safe Harbor Contribution.

Alternative ADP Method Options

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Basic Matching Contributions - Basic
         Matching Contributions shall be allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY
         COMPENSATED PARTICIPANTS [ ] PARTICIPANTS [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANTS
         based on a percentage of each such Participant's Compensation
         contributed as an Elective Contribution as follows:

         100% of the first 3%; plus
         50% of the next 2%.

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Enhanced Matching contributions shall be
         allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANTS [ ]
         PARTICIPANTS [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANTS based on a

<PAGE>

         percentage of each such Participant's Compensation contributed as an
         Elective Contribution in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Elective
         Contributions of such Participant to the extent such Elective
         Contributions do not exceed 4 percent of the Participant's
         Compensation, and other Plan provisions notwithstanding, no other
         matching contributions shall be made under the Plan.

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Enhanced Matching contributions shall be
         allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANTS [ ]
         PARTICIPANTS [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANTS based on a percentage of each
         such Participant's Compensation contributed as an Elective Contribution
         in an amount equal to 150 percent of the Elective Contributions of such
         Participant to the extent such Elective Contributions do not exceed 3
         percent of the Participant's Compensation, and other Plan provisions
         notwithstanding, no other matching contributions shall be made under
         the Plan.

1999     [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Alternate enhanced Matching
         contributions shall be allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED
         PARTICIPANTS [ ] PARTICIPANTS [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANTS. The Employer
         will make Matching Contributions to the account of each Participant in
         an amount equal to the sum of:

                  1. ________ % of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do
         not exceed (1999)_____ % (2000)_____ % (2001)_____ % (2002)_____ %
         (INSERT A NUMBER THAT IS 3 OR GREATER BUT NOT GREATER THAN 6) percent
         of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year; plus

                  2. (1999)_______ % (2000)_______ % (2001)_______ %
         (2002)_______ % percent of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that
         exceed (1999)_____ % (2000)_____ % (2001)_____ % (2002)_____ % (INSERT
         A NUMBER THAT IS 3 OR GREATER BUT NOT GREATER THAN 6) percent of the
         Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year and that do not exceed
         (1999)_____ % (2000)_____ % (2001)_____ % (2002)_____ % percent of the
         Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.

                  [THE FIRST AND LAST BLANKS IN (2) MUST BE COMPLETED SO THAT,
         AT ANY RATE OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS, THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION IS AT
         LEAST EQUAL TO THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION RECEIVABLE IF THE EMPLOYER
         WERE MAKING BASIC MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS, BUT THE RATE OF MATCH CANNOT
         INCREASE AS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS INCREASE. FOR EXAMPLE, IF "5" IS
         INSERTED IN THE BLANK IN (1), (2) NEED NOT BE COMPLETED.]

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Non-Elective Optional Contribution - A
         Non-Elective Contribution of (1999)______ (2000)______ (2001)______
         (2002)______ percent (must be at least 3%) of eligible Compensation
         shall be allocated to each [ ] NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT [ ]
         PARTICIPANT [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANT who is eligible to participate in
         the Plan whether or not that Participant has elected to make an
         Elective Contribution.

Alternative ACP Method Options

(Must make the Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution to make Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution for the ACP test.)

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Basic Matching Contributions - Basic
         Matching Contributions shall be allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY
         COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT [ ] PARTICIPANT [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANT based
         on a percentage of each such Participant's Compensation contributed as
         an Elective Contribution as follows:

100% of the first 3%; plus 50% of the next 2%.

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Enhanced Matching contributions shall be
         allocated to eligible [ ] NON-

<PAGE>

         HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT [ ] PARTICIPANT [ ] NON-KEY
         PARTICIPANT based on a percentage of each such Participant's
         Compensation contributed as an Elective Contribution in an amount
         equal to 100 percent of the Elective Contributions of such Participant
         to the extent such Elective Contributions do not exceed 4 percent of
         the Participant's Compensation, and other Plan provisions
         notwithstanding, no other matching contributions shall be made under
         the plan.

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Enhanced Matching contributions shall be
         allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT [ ]
         PARTICIPANT [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANT based on a percentage of each such
         Participant's Compensation contributed as an Elective Contribution in
         an amount equal to 150 percent of the Elective Contributions of such
         Participant to the extent such Elective Contributions do not exceed 3
         percent of the Participant's Compensation, and other Plan provisions
         notwithstanding, no other matching contributions shall be made under
         the plan.

1999 [ ] 2000 [ ] 2001 [ ] 2002 [ ] Alternate enhanced Matching
         contributions shall be allocated to eligible [ ] NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED
         PARTICIPANT [ ] PARTICIPANT [ ] NON-KEY PARTICIPANTS. The Employer will
         make Matching Contributions to the account of each Participant in an
         amount equal to the sum of:

         1. _______ the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do not exceed
         (1999)_____ (2000)_____ (2001)_____ (2002)_____ (INSERT A NUMBER THAT
         IS 3 OR GREATER BUT NOT GREATER THAN 6) percent of the Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year; plus

         2. (1999)_______ (2000)_______ (2001)_______ (2002)_______ percent of
         the Participant's Elective Deferrals that exceed (1999)_____
         (2000)_____ (2001)_____ 2002)_____ (INSERT A NUMBER THAT IS 3 OR
         GREATER BUT NOT GREATER THAN 6) percent of the Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year and that do not exceed (1999)_____
         (2000)_____ (2001)_____ (2002)_____ percent of the Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year.

         [THE FIRST AND LAST BLANKS IN (2) MUST BE COMPLETED SO THAT, AT ANY
         RATE OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS, THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION IS AT LEAST EQUAL
         TO THE MATCHING CONTRIBUTION RECEIVABLE IF THE EMPLOYER WERE MAKING
         BASIC MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS, BUT THE RATE OF MATCH CANNOT INCREASE AS
         DEFERRALS INCREASE. FOR EXAMPLE, IF "4" IS INSERTED IN THE BLANK IN
         (1), (2) NEED NOT BE COMPLETED.]

7.    VESTING OF THE ADDITIONAL ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION The
      additional ACP test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will be vested in
      accordance with the following schedule (add addition schedules if this
      schedule is amended subsequent to its adoption):

                            This schedule is first effective:

                                       [ ] 1999
                                       [ ] 2000
                                       [ ] 2001
                                       [ ] 2002

         [ ]  a.  At the rate of 20% each year after 3 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in third year).
         [ ]  b.  At the rate of 20% each year after 2 Years of Service (20%
                  vested in second year).
         [ ]  c.  100% vesting upon participation.
         [ ]  d.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 5).
         [ ]  e.  100% vesting at:  (Must also select another alternative.)

                  [ ]  e.1.  Early Retirement Date
                  [ ]  e.2.  Death
                  [ ]  e.3.  Disability

<PAGE>

         [ ]  f.  Other: (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as a. or d.)

                    Year(s) of Service             Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                        _______
                    1 but less than 2                  _______
                    2 but less than 3                  _______
                    3 but less than 4                  _______
                    4 but less than 5                  _______
                    5 but less than 6                  _______
                    6 but less than 7                  _______
                    7 or more                          _______

         If the Plan becomes Top-Heavy, unless the Employer specifies otherwise,
                  vesting will be at a rate of 20% per year beginning with the
                  second Year of Service.

         [ ]  g.  At a rate of 20% per year beginning with the second Year of
                  Service.
         [ ]  h.  100% vesting after ___ Year(s) of Service (not to exceed 3).
         [ ]  i.  100% vesting upon participation.
         [ ]  j.  Same as non-Top-Heavy vesting schedule.  (Must be at least as
                  favorable as g. or h.)
         [ ]  k.  Other:  (Optional vesting schedule must be at least as
                  favorable as g. or h.)

                    Year(s) of Service              Percent Vesting

                    Less than 1                        _______
                    1 but less than 2                  _______
                    2 but less than 3                  _______
                    3 but less than 4                  _______
                    4 but less than 5                  _______
                    5 but less than 6                  _______
                    6 or more                          _______

8.    TIMING OF SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION The Safe Harbor Matching
      Contribution shall be allocated on:

         [ ]  a.  An annual basis.

                                     Years election applies:

                                          [ ] 1999
                                          [ ] 2000
                                          [ ] 2001
                                          [ ] 2002

         [ ]  b.  A payroll period basis - the Safe Harbor Matching
                  Contribution will be made only with respect to the
                  Compensation and Elective Deferral for the payroll period (the
                  "payroll period method").

                  Under the "payroll period method," the Employer elects to
                  "true-up" the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution:

<PAGE>

                  [ ] b.1. Each calendar month with respect to the Compensation
                           and Elective Deferrals for that calendar month.
                  [ ] b.2. Each plan-year quarter with respect to the
                           Compensation and Elective Deferrals for that
                           plan-year quarter.
                  [ ] b.3. At the end of each Plan Year.
                  [ ] b.4. The Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will not be
                           adjusted for any "true-up."

                                     Years election applies:

                                             [ ] 1999
                                             [ ] 2000
                                             [ ] 2001
                                             [ ] 2002

9.    FAMILY AGGREGATION. Did pre-SBJPA family aggregation rules apply to Plan
      Years beginning in?

                  1997(Y/N) N             2000(Y/N) N
                  1998(Y/N) N             2001(Y/N) N
                  1999(Y/N) N             2002(Y/N) N

10.   MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS (401(a)(9)). The Plan provides that the
      Required Beginning Date follows the pre-SBJPA rules for all Participants.
      If different, select the Plan provisions in operation during the
      transition period with respect to Non-5% owners.

         [ ]  a.  The Required Beginning Date of section 401(a)(9) of the
                  Code as it existed prior to its amendment by the SBJPA will
                  continue to be applied to Non-5% owners.
         [X]  b.  The Required Beginning Date of section 401(a)(9) of the
                  Code, as it exists after its amendment by the SBJPA, will
                  apply to Non-5% owners effective 01/01/1998. (Enter date on or
                  after January 1, 1997 and select items c., d., and e., if
                  applicable.)
         [ ]  c.  An Employee who is not a 5% owner and attained 70-1/2 prior
                  to 1997, may elect to stop receiving distributions at any time
                  and restart them no later than the Required Beginning Date of
                  section 401(a)(9) of the Code, as amended by the SBJPA.

         With respect to any Employee who elected to stop his distributions, his
         recommencement date is:

                  [ ]  c.1.  a New Annuity Starting Date. (Requires spousal
                             consent to stop payments and that the Participant
                             execute new distribution election forms upon
                             retirement.)
                  [ ]  c.2.  not a New Annuity Starting Date. (Requires that the
                             original distribution election forms stay in
                             effect, but no spousal consent necessary to stop
                             payments.)

         [X]  d.  An Employee who is not a 5% owner and attained age 70-1/2
                  after 1995 may elect to delay receiving Required Minimum
                  Distributions until his retirement.
         [ ]  e.  The right to receive a Required Minimum Distribution under
                  section 401(a)(9) of the Code, as it existed prior to its
                  amendment by the SBJPA, shall be eliminated for those
                  attaining age 70-1/2 after the later of December 31, 1998 or
                  the adoption date of the amendment eliminating such right.
                  Date of elimination is ___/___/_____ (Must be on or before
                  adoption date of GUST restatement.)

<PAGE>

         Note: If benefit payments are stopped or delayed past age 70-1/2,
         subsequent payments must be actuarially increased.

11.   HARDSHIP - NOTICE 99-5 provides transitional relief for plan
      administrators who need more time to make changes to hardship distribution
      procedures. The Notice allows plan administrators to continue to treat
      hardship distributions as eligible rollover distributions until January 1,
      2000. Hardship Distribution treated as eligible rollover in 1999?
      Y(Yes/No)

12.   30-DAY WAIVER ANNUITY PLANS. Plans may provide that Participants may elect
      to commence benefits prior to the expiration of the required 30 day notice
      period for distributions on or after September 22, 1995.

         [ ]  a.  Plan does not provide early commencement of benefits
         [ ]  b.  Plan provides for early commencement effective
                  ___/___/_____. Lump sum distributions may not be made within 7
                  days of the QJSA notice.

13.   MULTIPLE PLANS PROVISION. If during a Limitation Year beginning before
      January 1, 2000, the Employer maintained a qualified defined benefit plan
      in which any Participant in the Plan is or was a Participant, the Employer
      must complete this section.

         [X]  a.  Not applicable -  No other plan.

         415 Provisions

         [ ]  b.  The rate of accruals provided in a defined benefit plan
                  will be decreased so that the sum of the defined contribution
                  fraction and the defined benefit fraction equal 1.0.
         [ ]  c.  The contribution provided in this defined contribution plan
                  will be decreased so that the sum of the defined contribution
                  fraction and the defined benefit fraction equal 1.0.
         [ ]  d.  Other - Specify: _________________________________

         Repeal of 415(e) Effective Date

         [ ]  e.  ___/___/_____ Effective date of removal of 415(e) provisions.
                  (If different than GUST restatement date)
         [ ]  f.  415(e) provisions removed with the GUST restatement.
         [ ]  g.  415(e) provisions removed by operation of the Plan on
                  effective date of the Small Business Job Protection Act.
         [ ]  h.  Other - Specify: ______________________________________

         NOTE:    When selecting "h. Other" the method selected must preclude
                  Employer discretion (method used must be definitely
                  determinable and clearly stated). Should be coordinated with
                  any existing defined benefit plan.

         416 Provisions  (May select o. and one other option.)

         [ ]  i.  A minimum contribution allocation of 5% of each non-key
                  Participant's total compensation shall be provided in a
                  defined contribution plan of the Employer.
         [ ]  j.  A minimum contribution allocation of 7.5% of each non-key
                  Participant's total compensation shall be provided in a
                  defined contribution plan of the Employer.
         [ ]  k.  A minimum benefit of the lesser of 2% times years of
                  service or 20% of each non-key Participant's average
                  compensation shall be provided in a defined benefit plan of
                  the Employer.
         [ ]  l.  A minimum benefit of the lesser of 3% times years of
                  service or 30% of each non-key

<PAGE>

                  Participant's average compensation shall be provided in a
                  defined benefit plan of the Employer.
         [ ]  m.  A minimum benefit of the lesser of 2% times years of
                  service or 20% of each non-key Participant's average
                  compensation shall be provided in a defined benefit plan of
                  the Employer but offset by the amount contributed on such
                  Participant's behalf under any defined contribution plan of
                  the Employer.
         [ ]  n.  A minimum benefit of the lesser of 3% times years of
                  service or 30% of each non-key Participant's average
                  compensation shall be provided in a defined benefit plan of
                  the Employer but offset by the amount contributed on such
                  Participant's behalf under any defined contribution plan of
                  the Employer.
         [ ]  o.  Members of a collective bargaining group shall not receive
                  Top-Heavy minimum allocation.
         [ ]  p.  Other - Specify: ___________________________________

14.   COMPENSATION. The Plan first recognized an amendment incorporating the
      provisions of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 ("CRA"), with
      respect to qualified transportation deferrals ("section 132(f)(4) elective
      reductions") as follows:

For purposes of Code sections 415 and 416 and Sections 2.6.2(c) and 3.2.1(h) of
the Basic Document, Compensation includes section 132(f)(4) elective reductions,
effective for the first Limitation Year beginning on or after 01/01/1998. (Enter
date on or after January 1, 1998, but not later than January 1, 2001.)

For purposes of determining Plan benefits and Sections 1.2.14, 2.3.1 and 2.3.2
of the Basic Document, section 132(f) elective reductions are treated in the
same manner as amounts contributed by the Employer on behalf of a Participant
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excluded from gross income
under sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), or 457 of the Code:

         [X]  a.  Effective for the first Plan Year beginning on or after
                  01/01/1998. (Enter date on or after January 1, 1998, but not
                  later than January 1, 2001.)
         [ ]  b.  Not applicable - Plan does not use a section 414(s) safe
                  harbor definition for Compensation. (Only available to Plans
                  with non-standardized Adoption Agreements.)

 EMPLOYER:                           TRUSTEE:

 Southwest Community Bank

___________________________           _______________________
 Frank J. Mercardante                 Frank J. Mercardante
                                      Trustee

                                      _____________________________
                                      James L. Lemery
                                      Trustee

<PAGE>

                         DATAIR MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE

                            DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

                                  BASIC PLAN 01

                                   AMENDMENT 1

                                   ARTICLE 1.

                       MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

SECTION 1. GENERAL RULES

         1.1. ADOPTION AND EFFECTIVE DATE For purposes of determining required
minimum distributions, Southwest Community Bank, adopts the following amendment
to its DATAIR Mass-Submitter Prototype Defined Contribution Plan, Basic Plan 01
effective January 1, 2003, for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2003,
unless an earlier effective date is specified in the adoption agreement
supplement attached to this amendment.

         1.2. COORDINATION WITH MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS Previously in
Effect. If the adoption agreement supplement specifies an effective date of this
Article that is earlier than calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar
year, required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Article will be
determined as follows:

         If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the
         Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this
         Article equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions determined
         under this Article, then no additional distributions will be required
         to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee.

         If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the
         Plan made to the distributee prior to the effective date of this
         Article is less than the amount determined under this Article, then
         required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be
         determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions
         for 2002 made to the distributee will be the amount determined under
         this Article.

         1.3. PRECEDENCE. The requirements of this Article will take precedence
over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

         1.4. REQUIREMENTS OF TREASURY REGULATIONS INCORPORATED. All
distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in
accordance with the Treasury Regulation under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal
Revenue Code.

         1.5. TEFRA SECTION 242(b)(2) ELECTIONS. Notwithstanding the other
provisions of this Article, distributions may be made under a designation made
before January 1, 1984, in accordance with section 242

<PAGE>

b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions
of the Plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.

SECTION 2. TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION.

         2.1. REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE. The participant's entire interest will be
distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the participant no later than the
participant's required beginning date.

         2.2. DEATH OF PARTICIPANT BEFORE DISTRIBUTIONS BEGIN. If the
participant dies before distributions begin, the participant's entire interest
will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

         (a) If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole
designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in the adoption agreement
supplement, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of
the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the
participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.

         (b) If the participant's surviving spouse is not the participant's sole
designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in the adoption agreement,
distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the
calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the participant
died.

         (c) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the
year following the year of the participant's death, the participant's entire
interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the
fifth anniversary of the participant's death.

         (d) If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole
designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant but
before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 2.2, other than
Section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.

         For purposes of this Section 2.2 and Section 4, unless Section 2.2(d)
applies, distributions are considered to begin on the participant's required
beginning date. If Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin
on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under
Section 2.2(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance
company irrevocably commence to the participant before the participant's
required beginning date (or to the participant's surviving spouse before the
date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section
2.2(a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date
distributions actually commence.

         2.3. FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION. Unless the participant's interest is
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in
a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first
distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with
Sections 3 and 4 of this Article. If the participant's interest is distributed
in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions
thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of section 401(a)(9)
of the Code and the Treasury Regulations.

SECTION 3. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT'S LIFETIME.

         3.1. AMOUNT OF REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION FOR EACH DISTRIBUTION
CALENDAR YEAR. During the participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that will
be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

         (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's account balance
by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section
1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations, using the participant's age as of the
participant's birthday in the distribution calendar year; or

<PAGE>

         (b) if the participant's sole designated beneficiary for the
distribution calendar year is the participant's spouse, the quotient obtained by
dividing the participant's account balance by the number in the Joint and Last
Survivor Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations,
using the participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the participant's and
spouse's birthdays in the distribution calendar year.

         3.2. LIFETIME REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS CONTINUE THROUGH YEAR OF
PARTICIPANT'S DEATH. Required minimum distributions will be determined under
this Section 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and
including the distribution calendar year that includes the participant's date of
death.

SECTION 4. REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT'S DEATH.

         4.1. DEATH ON OR AFTER DATE DISTRIBUTIONS BEGIN.

         (a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the participant
dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated
beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution
calendar year after the year of the participant's death is the quotient obtained
by dividing the participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining
life expectancy of the participant or the remaining life expectancy of the
participant's designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

         (1) The participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the
age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent
year.

         (2) If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's sole
designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is
calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the
participant's death using the surviving spouse's age as of the spouse's birthday
in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving
spouse's death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is
calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday in
the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent
calendar year.

         (3) If the participant's surviving spouse is not the participant's sole
designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary's remaining life expectancy
is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of
the participant's death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

         (b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies on or after the
date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September
30 of the year after the year of the participant's death, the minimum amount
that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of
the participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's
account balance by the participant's remaining life expectancy calculated using
the age of the participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each
subsequent year.

         4.2. DEATH BEFORE DATE DISTRIBUTIONS BEGIN.

         (a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as provided
in the adoption agreement, if the participant dies before the date distributions
begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the
participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the participant's
account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the participant's designated
beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 4.1.

         (b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the participant dies before the date
distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of
the year following the year of the participant's death, distribution of the
participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar
year containing the fifth anniversary of the participant's death.

         (c) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse
Are Required to Begin. If the

<PAGE>

participant dies before the date distributions begin, the participant's
surviving spouse is the participant's sole designated beneficiary, and the
surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the
surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a), this Section 4.2 will apply as if the
surviving spouse were the participant.

SECTION 5. DEFINITIONS.

         5.1. DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY. The individual who is designated as the
beneficiary under Section 2.5.1(h)(2) of the Plan and is the designated
beneficiary under section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and section
1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury Regulations.

         5.2. DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR. A calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the participant's
death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately
preceding the calendar year which contains the participant's required beginning
date. For distributions beginning after the participant's death, the first
distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are
required to begin under Section 2.2. The required minimum distribution for the
participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the
participant's required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for
other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution
for the distribution calendar year in which the participant's required beginning
date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar
year.

         5.3. LIFE EXPECTANCY. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single
Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury Regulations.

         5.4. PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT BALANCE. The account balance as of the last
Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution
calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any
contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance
as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and
decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the
valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any
amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar
year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the
valuation calendar year.

         5.5. REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE. The date specified in Section 2.5.1(h)(5)
of the Plan.

<PAGE>

                          ADOPTION AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

                      SOUTHWEST COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) PLAN

                         DATAIR MASS-SUBMITTER PROTOTYPE
                            DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

                                  BASIC PLAN 01

                                   AMENDMENT 1
                       MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

         (Check and complete Section 1 below if any required minimum
distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year were made in accordance
with the section 401(a)(9) Final and Temporary Regulations.)

SECTION 1. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN AMENDMENT FOR SECTION 401(a)(9) FINAL AND
TEMPORARY TREASURY REGULATIONS.

[ ] Article 1, Minimum Distribution Requirements, applies for purposes of
determining required minimum distributions for distribution calendar years
beginning with the 2003 calendar year, as well as required minimum distributions
for the 2002 distribution calendar year that are made on or after ___/___/_____.

         (Check and complete any of the remaining sections if you wish to modify
the rules in Sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article 1 of this Amendment.)

SECTION 2. ELECTION TO APPLY 5-YEAR RULE TO DISTRIBUTIONS TO DESIGNATED
BENEFICIARIES.

[X] If the participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated
beneficiary, distribution to the designated beneficiary is not required to begin
by the date specified in Section 2.2 of Article 1 of this Amendment, but the
participant's entire interest will be distributed to the designated beneficiary
by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
participant's death. If the participant's surviving spouse is the participant's
sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the participant
but before distributions to either the participant or the surviving spouse
begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the participant.

         This election will apply to:

    [X]  All distributions.

    [ ]  For distributions made on or after: ___/___/_____. (01/01/02 or later)

SECTION 3. ELECTION TO ALLOW PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES TO ELECT 5-YEAR RULE.

[X] Participants or beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the
5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article 1 of
this Amendment applies to distributions after the death of a participant who has
a designated beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of
September

<PAGE>

30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under
Section 2.2 of Article 1 of this Amendment, or by September 30 of the calendar
year which contains the fifth anniversary of the participant's (or, if
applicable, surviving spouse's) death. If neither the participant nor
beneficiary makes an election under this Paragraph, distributions will be made
in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.2 of Article 1 of this Amendment and, if
applicable, the elections in Section 2 above.

SECTION 4. ELECTION TO ALLOW DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY RECEIVING DISTRIBUTIONS
UNDER 5-YEAR RULE TO ELECT LIFE EXPECTANCY DISTRIBUTIONS.

[ ] A designated beneficiary who is receiving payments under the 5-year rule may
make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until
December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be
distributed under the life expectancy rule for all distribution calendar years
before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of
the 5-year period.

EMPLOYER:

Southwest Community Bank

____________________________________
Frank J. Mercardante

____________________________________
Dateexv10w2

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CODE SHARE AND REVENUE

SHARING AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

     THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO CODE SHARE AND REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT AND
RELEASE (this “Fourth Amendment”) is made and entered as of September 5, 2003
(the “Effective Date”), between AMERICA WEST AIRLINES, INC., a Delaware
corporation (“AWA”), MESA AIRLINES, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Mesa”), AIR
MIDWEST, INC., a Kansas corporation (“AM”), and FREEDOM AIRLINES, INC., a
Nevada corporation (“Freedom”).

     RECITALS:

     A.     AWA, Mesa, AM and Freedom are parties to that certain Code Share and
Revenue Sharing Agreement, dated to be effective February 1, 2001, as amended
by that certain First Amendment to Code Share and Revenue Sharing Agreement,
dated to be effective April 27, 2001, that certain Second Amendment to Code
Share and Revenue Sharing Agreement, dated to be effective October 24, 2003,
and that certain Third Amendment to Code Share and Revenue Sharing Agreement,
dated to be effective January 29, 2003 (the “Code Share Agreement”). All
capitalized terms used herein, but not otherwise defined herein, shall have the
meaning given to such terms in the Code Share Agreement.

     B.     The Code Share Agreement requires Mesa to provide certain Flight
Services and Other Services for AWA, pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the Code Share Agreement.

     C.     AWA and Mesa desire to amend the Code Share Agreement pursuant to the
terms and conditions of this Fourth Amendment.

     D.     AWA and Mesa, subject to certain exceptions, desire to release the
other from certain amounts owed under the Code Share and Revenue Sharing
Agreement dated July 15, 1998, as amended (“Original Agreement”) and the Code
Share Agreement.

     E.     In connection with the execution of this Amendment, AWA intends to
compensate Mesa in an amount equal to $[...***...] (“Payment Amount”), which
amount shall be offset and paid pursuant to the terms of this Fourth Amendment.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, covenants,
representations and warranties hereinafter set forth, and for other valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
AWA and Mesa, and Freedom and AM as Affiliated Service Providers under and
pursuant to the Code Share Agreement, agree as set forth below.

	 [. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately with
the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance
with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

     AMENDMENTS:

	 	1.	 	The Parties agree that the first paragraph of Section 2.1 of
the Code Share Agreement is amended in its entirety as follows:
	 
	 	 	 	Flight Service. During the term of this Agreement, Mesa (and its
Affiliated Service Providers) shall operate America West Express
air transportation services (the “Flight Services”), using the
Fleet of Aircraft established pursuant to Section 2.2, to and from
the cities and based upon the schedule established from time to
time by AWA (the “Schedule”) in written notice to Mesa (a “Schedule
Notice”). For purposes of this Agreement, “Flights” means flights
operated pursuant to the Schedule. AWA may change the Schedule by
issuance of a Schedule Notice at any time. When creating a
Schedule, AWA shall: (i) take into account Mesa’s (or its
Affiliated Service Providers’) aircraft maintenance requirements;
(ii) create a Schedule which will permit Mesa (or its Affiliated
Service Providers)to schedule flight crews in a manner consistent
with industry operational practices; (iii) schedule block times
based on AWA’s internal block time policy; (iv) provide for the
following turn times: (a) in a hub location: 20 minutes for Dash
8s and 25 minutes for any Aircraft in the CRJ Subfleet; and (b) in
other stations: 15 minutes for Dash 8s and 20 minutes for any
Aircraft in the CRJ Subfleet; (v) take into account airport
facilities available for Aircraft handling; (vi) provide for
maintenance as required by Section 2.6.3 and scheduled heavy
maintenance on Aircraft as required from time to time; and (vii)
provide for at least 45 days prior notice of any holiday
cancellations. Mesa (and its Affiliated Service Providers) shall
implement all changes in the Schedule contained in a Schedule
Notice in accordance with AWA’s scheduling requirements within 60
days after Mesa’s receipt of a Schedule Notice. Mesa or any of its
affiliates shall not provide any flight service for any other
airline for flights that originate in or end in Phoenix, Arizona,
other than flights approved in advance by AWA, in writing, that are
scheduled or operated for maintenance requirements only; provided,
however, that Mesa, until 11:59 p.m. Phoenix time on March 1, 2004,
may operate [...***...] as United Express into Phoenix, Arizona
[...***...].
	 
	 	2.	 	The Parties agree that the introductory paragraph of Section
2.2.2 and Section 2.2.2(a) of the Code Share Agreement are amended
in their entirety as follows:
	 
	 	 	 	CRJ Fleet Expansion. Pursuant to the Aircraft Contract, Mesa (or
its Affiliated Service Providers) has the right to acquire
additional CRJ Model 900 Aircraft, by virtue of firm orders (the
“Firm Aircraft”), and additional CRJ Models 700 and 900 Aircraft,
by virtue of options (the “Option Aircraft”), in the number and in
the months set forth on Exhibit A, attached hereto. The Firm
Aircraft consist of CRJ Model 900 Aircraft and the Option Aircraft
consist of CRJ Models 700 and 900 Aircraft as set forth in Exhibit
A. For purposes of this Agreement, the CRJ Model 200s shall be a
“CRJ Subfleet” and the CRJ Model 700s and 900s shall be a “CRJ
Subfleet”. The term “CRJ” is intended to refer to CRJ Models 200s,
700s or 900s, as applicable.

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

	 	(a)	 	Each of the Firm Aircraft shall be placed into
Flight Services by Mesa (or its Affiliated Service Providers)
in the calendar months set forth on Exhibit A (the “Delivery
Schedule”). Mesa shall provide AWA with at least 90 days’
prior written notice of the week each of the Firm Aircraft
will be placed into Flight Service under this Agreement and at
least 60 days’ prior written notice of the date on which each
of the Firm Aircraft will be placed into Flight Service under
this Agreement (each, a “Scheduled Delivery Date”).

	 	3.	 	The Parties agree that Section 2.2.2(c) of the Code Share
Agreement is amended by: (A) adding the phrase: (i) “or in the
calendar month in which the Firm Aircraft is to be delivered
pursuant to the Delivery Schedule, as applicable” after “Scheduled
Delivery Date” in the first sentence of Section 2.2.2(c); and (ii)
“or the calendar month in which the Firm Aircraft is to be delivered
pursuant to the Delivery Schedule, as applicable” after the term
“Scheduled Delivery Date” is used in the second and third sentences
of Section 2.2.2(c); and (B) adding the parenthetical “(as initially
established by the Delivery Notice, as defined in Section 2.2.2(e))”
after the term “Scheduled Delivery Date” in the Section.
	 
	 	4.	 	The Parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
adding the following as Section 2.2.2(d):
	 
	 	 	 	Notwithstanding anything contained in Sections 2.2.2(a) and (c) to
the contrary, Mesa, by providing AWA with written notice (a “Delay
Notice”) at least [...***...] prior to the first day of the
calendar month in which a Firm Aircraft is to be delivered pursuant
to the Delivery Schedule (the “Scheduled Delivery Month”), may, at
its sole option and without penalty of any kind, delay the
Scheduled Delivery Month for a Firm Aircraft by up to [...***...]
if either: (i) Bombardier notifies Mesa, in writing, that
Bombardier will be unable to deliver the applicable Firm Aircraft
on time; or (ii) if Mesa, despite using commercially reasonable
efforts, is unable to obtain financing for the applicable Firm
Aircraft, timely to deliver the Firm Aircraft in the Scheduled
Delivery Month. The Delay Notice shall: (i) be accompanied with
the Bombardier notice or a reasonable description of the efforts
made by Mesa to obtain the financing and the reason for not
obtaining the financing, as applicable; and (ii) establish the new
Scheduled Delivery Month in which the Firm Aircraft being delayed
is to be delivered. Mesa shall only be entitled to extend the
Scheduled Delivery Month for a Firm Aircraft one time pursuant to
this Section 2.2.2(d).
	 
	 	5.	 	The Parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
adding the following as Section 2.2.2(e):
	 
	 	 	 	Bombardier Delivery Date. Pursuant to Mesa’s agreement with
Bombardier, Bombardier is required to provide Mesa with 90 days’
written notice of the scheduled delivery week of each Firm Aircraft
(the “B-90 Notice”). Based on the

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

	 	 	 	B-90 Notice, Mesa, at least 60 days prior to the Scheduled Delivery
Date, provides AWA with written notice of the Scheduled Delivery
Date pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.2.2(a) (the
“Delivery Notice”) for each Firm Aircraft. For purposes of this
Section 2.2.2(e), Mesa, based upon a change in delivery dates
received by Mesa from Bombardier, shall have the right to extend
the Scheduled Delivery Date to a new date certain once for each
Firm Aircraft by providing AWA with written notice at least 45 days
prior to the Scheduled Delivery Date established by the applicable
Delivery Notice (the “Extension Notice”). If a Firm Aircraft is
delivered by Mesa to AWA and is ready to be placed into Flight
Services prior to the Scheduled Delivery Date established by the
Delivery Notice (as may be extended by an Extension Notice), then
AWA shall not be obligated to make any payment under this Agreement
for such Firm Aircraft until the Scheduled Delivery Date
established by Mesa pursuant to the Delivery Notice (as may be
extended by an Extension Notice). If a Firm Aircraft is delivered
by Mesa to AWA and is ready to be placed into Flight Services after
the Scheduled Delivery Date established by the Delivery Notice (as
may be extended as a result of an Excusable Delay or an Extension
Notice), then, notwithstanding anything in Section 2.2.2(c) to the
contrary, Mesa, within 30 days after receipt of written demand from
AWA, shall pay to AWA an amount equal to $[...***...] for each day
following the fifth day after the Scheduled Delivery Date that the
Firm Aircraft is not delivered until the date that the Firm
Aircraft is available to AWA to be placed into Flight Services
under this Agreement (“Delay Amount”), not to exceed for any Firm
Aircraft the greater of (i) $[...***...] or (ii) the amount paid by
Bombardier to Mesa as damages for the late delivery of such Firm
Aircraft. An “Excusable Delay” shall be defined to include delays
commencing after the date of the Delivery Notice and before the
Scheduled Delivery Date (as may be extended by an Extension Notice)
and occasioned by the following causes:
	 

	 	i.	 	acts of God;
	 
	 	ii.	 	war, warlike operations, act of the
enemy, armed aggression, civil commotion, insurrection,
riot or embargo;
	 
	 	iii.	 	fire, explosion, earthquake, lightning,
flood, drought, windstorm or other action of the elements
or other catastrophic or serious accidents;
	 
	 	iv.	 	epidemic or quarantine restrictions;
	 
	 	v.	 	any change in legislation, acts, orders,
directives or regulations of any governmental or other
duly constituted authority (other than CRJ Regulatory
Changes and CRJ Airworthiness Directives) once the
applicable Aircraft type has been certified by the FAA; or
	 
	 	vi.	 	strikes, lock-out, walk-out, and/or other
labor troubles, in each case, with respect to employees of
Bombardier causing cessation of work;.
	 

	 	 	 	If an Excusable Delay occurs, then the Scheduled Delivery Date for
purposes of this Section 2.2.2(e) shall be extended for the number
of days of Excusable Delay (“Excusable Delay Period”), and the
Delay Amount shall not begin to accrue until the fifth day after
the Scheduled Delivery Date, as extended by the Excusable

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

	 	 	 	Delay Period. The terms of this Section 2.2.2(e) are in addition
to, and not in lieu of, the terms of Sections 2.2.2(c) and
2.2.2(d).
	 
	 	6.	 	The Parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
adding the following as Section 2.2.2(f):
	 
	 	 	 	CRJ 900 Put Option. Mesa, by written notice to AWA given on or
before the 180th day prior to the first day of the applicable
Scheduled Delivery Month (each, an “Induction Notice”), shall have
the right to add to the CRJ Subfleet and place into Flight Services
under this Agreement up to [...***...] CRJ Model 900s as follows:
(i) [...***...] of the [...***...] CRJ Model 900s scheduled to be
placed into Flight Services in [...***...] (the other [...***...]
is to be placed into Flight Services without notice); and (ii)
[...***...] of the CRJ Model 900s scheduled to be placed into
Flight Services in [...***...] (each, a “Put CRJ 900s”). Each
Induction Notice shall set forth the number of Put CRJ 900s to be
added to the CRJ Subfleet. After an Induction Notice is given for
a Put CRJ 900, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this
Agreement relating to the establishment of the delivery week,
Scheduled Delivery Date, delivery delays (and rights, obligations
and penalties associated therewith) and the placing of Firm
Aircraft into the CRJ Subfleet and Flight Services shall apply to
the Put CRJ 900s. All Put CRJ 900s shall be marked with AWA’s
livery and shall be configured with all coach seating in the manner
required by AWA, at Mesa’s sole cost and expense, upon being placed
into Flight Services. If Mesa does not issue an Induction Notice
for [...***...] Put CRJ 900s, timely, then notwithstanding the
inclusion of such Put CRJ 900s on the Delivery Schedule, such Put
CRJ 900s shall not be added to the CRJ Subfleet nor placed into
Flight Services pursuant to this Agreement.
	 
	 	7.	 	The Parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
adding the following as Section 2.2.2(g):
	 
	 	 	 	700/900 Swap Right. In the event that [...***...] and it
subsidiaries (collectively, “[...***...]”) cease to operate as
certificated air transportation providers and elect or are forced
to liquidate their assets or if Mesa’s (or its affiliates’) code
share agreement or any other agreement to operate CRJ Model 700
aircraft for [...***...] and if no substitute or modified agreement
is reached for Mesa or its affiliates to operate such aircraft,
either with [...***...]) (each, the “Trigger Event”), then Mesa, by
providing AWA with written notice within 30 days of the Trigger
Event (the “Swap Notice”), may elect to substitute [...***...] of
the CRJ Model 900s, that are either: (i) scheduled to be added to
the CRJ Subfleet and placed into Flight Services pursuant to the
Delivery Schedule; or (ii) subject to the put right to AWA pursuant
to Section 2.2.2(f), in either case more than 60 days after the
date of the Trigger Event, with CRJ Model 700s (the “Swap 700s”).
The Swap Notice shall indicate the number of Aircraft to be
substituted and the Scheduled Delivery Months in which the
substitutions are to occur. If Mesa issues the Swap Notice,
timely, then each of the Swap 700s shall be added to the

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

	 	 	 	CRJ Subfleet and placed into Flight Services in the same Scheduled
Delivery Months as for each of the CRJ Model 900s to be replaced
and all of the terms, covenants, and conditions relating to the
establishment of the delivery week, Scheduled Delivery Date,
delivery delays (and rights, obligations, and penalties associated
therewith) and placing of the Firm Aircraft into the CRJ Subfleet
and Flight Services shall apply to the Swap 700s. If Mesa does not
issue the Swap Notice, timely, then Mesa shall have no further
right to swap CRJ Model 700s for CRJ Model 900s pursuant to this
Section 2.2.2(g). All Swap 700s shall be marked with AWA’s livery
and shall be configured with all coach seating in the manner
required by AWA, at Mesa’s sole cost and expense for the
[...***...] and AWA’s sole cost and expense for any additional
Swap 700s ([...***...]), upon being placed into Flight Services.
All Swap 700s shall be reintroduced into Flight Services at the
same ownership cost (not to exceed the cap for such ownership costs
set forth in Exhibit C) existing for such Aircraft on the date such
Aircraft was removed pursuant to Section 2.2.3 or 2.2.5(d), as
applicable. Mesa’s right to issue a Swap Notice and to substitute
CRJ Model 700s for CRJ Model 900s pursuant to this Section 2.2.2(g)
is expressly subject to the condition that neither Mesa nor any of
its affiliates take any action, including, but not limited to,
[...***...], that seeks, attempts to cause, requests or increases
the risk of the occurrence of a Trigger Event. Mesa’s right to
issue a Swap Notice and to substitute CRJ Model 700s for CRJ Model
900s pursuant to this Section 2.2.2(g) will terminate effective
without further documentation if such condition is not met.
	 
	 	8.	 	The Parties agree that Section 2.2.3 of the Code Share
Agreement is amended by adding the following:
	 
	 	 	 	Elimination of CRJ Model 700s. In addition to the terms of
Sections 2.2.4 and 2.2.5(d), (i) in recognition of the total of
four (4) CRJ Model 900s to be delivered pursuant to the Delivery
Schedule in October 2003, November 2003 and December 2003, Mesa
shall remove, or cause Freedom to remove, from the CRJ Subfleet one
(1) CRJ Model 700 at 11:59 p.m. Phoenix time on each of the
following dates: November 24, 2003; December 1, 2003; December 2,
2003; and December 24, 2003; and (ii) on each date that a CRJ Model
900 is placed into Flight Services pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, commencing with the CRJ Model 900 to be delivered in
January 2004, Mesa shall remove, or shall cause Freedom to remove,
from the CRJ Subfleet a CRJ Model 700 for each CRJ Model 900 placed
into Flight Services, until the number of CRJ Model 700s in the CRJ
Subfleet is reduced to zero, which, pursuant to the Delivery
Schedule, is scheduled to occur upon the delivery of the March 2004
CRJ Model 900. AWA shall reimburse Mesa for the actual,
out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred by Mesa (or Freedom as
applicable) as a direct result of the painting (including the days
out of service for painting) of each CRJ Model 700 removed pursuant
to this Section 2.2.3 within thirty (30) days after receipt of an
invoice from Mesa together with commercially reasonable evidence of
such costs or expenses.

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

	 	9.	 	The Parties agree that Section 2.2.4 of the Code Share
Agreement is amended in its entirety as follows:
	 
	 	 	 	Additional CRJ Fleet Reduction. In addition to the terms of
Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.5, upon 180 days’ prior written notice from
AWA to Mesa given from time to time during the Term, AWA, subject
to limitations set forth in the next sentence, may require Mesa to
reduce, or require Mesa to cause Freedom to reduce, the number of
Aircraft in the combined CRJ Subfleets. AWA shall not require Mesa
to reduce, or require Mesa to cause Freedom to reduce, the number
of Aircraft: (i) in the CRJ Model 200 CRJ Subfleet prior to January
1, 2007; (ii) in the CRJ Model 900s (and CRJ Model 700s if any CRJ
Model 900s are replaced pursuant to Section 2.2.2(g)) CRJ Subfleet
prior to: (1) January 1, 2007, if Mesa does not induct any of the
Put CRJ 900s pursuant to Section 2.2.2(f) (as may be replaced
pursuant to Section 2.2.2(g) with CRJ Model 700s), or (2) July 1,
2006, if Mesa inducts one or more of the Put CRJ 900s pursuant to
Section 2.2.2(f) (as may be replaced pursuant to Section 2.2.2(g)
with CRJ Model 700s); and (iii) in the combined CRJ Subfleets by
more than one Aircraft in any Six Calendar Month Period;
notwithstanding such limitation, during the two (2) Six Calendar
Month Periods commencing January 1, 2007 and July 1, 2007, AWA may
reduce the combined CRJ Subfleets by either: (i) up to two (2) CRJ
Model 200 Aircraft; or (ii) one (1) CRJ Model 900 or CRJ Model 700
Aircraft and one (1) CRJ Model 200 Aircraft, in each such Six
Calendar Month Periods. For purposes of this Agreement, “Six
Calendar Month Period” means each period during the Term (as
defined below) commencing on January 1 and ending on June 30 and
commencing on July 1 and ending on December 31.
	 
	 	10.	 	The Parties agree that Section 2.2.5 of the Code Share
Agreement is amended in its entirety as follows:
	 
	 	 	 	Additional Aircraft Reduction.
	 

	 	(a)	 	Effective July 1, 2003, the Subfleet of Beech
1900s was reduced to zero. From and after July 1, 2003, Mesa
shall no longer provide any Flight Services using Beech 1900s
and AWA shall have no payment or other obligations under this
Agreement accruing or arising after July 1, 2003 in regards to
any Beech 1900s. All references to the Beech 1900s and the
subcontracting of services relating to the Beech 1900s shall
be eliminated from the Agreement effective as of July 1, 2003.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Mesa, on July 1, 2003, removed one (1) Dash 8
Aircraft from the Dash 8 Subfleet and on September 3, 2003,
will remove two (2) Dash 8 Aircraft from the Dash 8 Subfleet.
At any time during the Term after August 25, 2007, AWA may
require Mesa to reduce the Subfleet of Dash 8s to zero by
providing Mesa with at least 180 days’ prior written notice of
AWA’s election to eliminate the Dash 8s on or after such date
(the “Dash 8 Elimination Notice”). The Dash 8 Elimination
Notice may be given at any time during the Term on or after
February 27, 2007.

 

 

	 	(c)	 	Mesa removed one (1) CRJ Model 200 from the CRJ
Subfleet (for a total of five (5) CRJ Model 200s) on each of
the following dates:
	 
	 	 	 	April 27, 2003

June 4, 2003

June 22, 2003

June 27, 2003

July 2, 2003
	 
	 	 	 	reducing the CRJ Model 200 CRJ Subfleet to 18 Aircraft.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Mesa removed two (2) CRJ Model 700s from the CRJ
Subfleet at 11:59 p.m. Phoenix time on September 2, 2003.
Mesa shall remove, or cause Freedom to remove, (or not place
into Flight Services, as applicable) one (1) CRJ Model 700 at
11:59 p.m. Phoenix time on September 14, 2003, and two (2) CRJ
Model 700s at 11:59 p.m. Phoenix time on September 21, 2003
from the CRJ Subfleet, reducing the CRJ Model 700s in the
applicable CRJ Subfleet to 10.
	 
	 	(e)	 	On or before October 31, 2003, AWA, by written
notice to Mesa, shall have the right to cause the 12 CRJ Model
900s scheduled to be delivered into Flight Services from
April, 2005 to November, 2005 (the “Rejectable CRJs”),
pursuant to the Delivery Schedule, not to be added to the CRJ
Subfleet and not to be placed into Flight Services (the “900
Election Notice”). If AWA does not issue the 900 Election
Notice, timely, and such failure to issue the 900 Election
Notice, timely, continues for 15 days after AWA’s receipt of
written notice from Mesa stating that AWA failed to issue the
900 Election Notice, then AWA shall have no further right to
issue a 900 Election Notice and reject the Rejectable CRJs.
If AWA issues the Election Notice as provided by this Section
2.2.5(e), then none of the Rejectable CRJs shall be added to
the CRJ Subfleet or placed into Flight Services under this
Agreement.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Neither Mesa, AM nor Freedom shall operate any
Aircraft removed from Flight Services for itself or any other
airline while the Aircraft are marked with AWA’s livery
	 
	 	(g)	 	From and after the date each Aircraft was or is
removed from Flight Services pursuant to any section of this
Agreement, AWA had and shall have no further payment or other
obligation under this Agreement for such Aircraft.
	 

	 	11.	 	The Parties agree that Section 2.2.6 is amended in its
entirety as follows:
	 
	 	 	 	Spares. Mesa shall have available 1 spare CRJ Model 200, 700 or
900 Aircraft for Flight Services under this Agreement at any time
there are 25 or more Aircraft in the combined CRJ Subfleets in
Flight Services under this Agreement and 2 spare CRJ Model 200, 700
or 900 Aircraft available for Flight Services under this Agreement
at any time there are 65 or more Aircraft in the combined CRJ
Subfleets in Flight Services under this Agreement. AWA shall pay
the Actual Costs, Guaranteed Non-Maintenance Costs (other than
overhead) and Guaranteed

 

 

	 	 	 	Maintenance Costs actually incurred by or payable to Mesa for each
spare Aircraft as provided in Section 7.
	 
	 	12.	 	The Parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
adding the following as Section 2.2.8:
	 
	 	 	 	Affiliated Service Provider Aircraft. Mesa, with at least 30 days’
prior written notice to AWA, may substitute any Aircraft operated
by Mesa or Freedom under or pursuant to this Agreement with an
aircraft of the same model, capacity, configuration and meeting the
other requirements of this Agreement, operated by an Affiliated
Service Provider (each, a “Substituted Aircraft”); provided that
Mesa and such Affiliated Service Provider have complied with the
provisions of Section 2.1 and all other provisions relating to
Affiliated Service Providers. Upon each substitution, each
Substituted Aircraft shall become an Aircraft for all purposes of
this Agreement. Mesa shall reimburse AWA for any out-of-pocket
costs or expenses incurred by AWA as a result of the substitution
of Aircraft under this Section 2.2.8 within thirty (30) days after
receipt of an invoice from AWA together with commercially
reasonable evidence of the out-of-pocket costs or expenses actually
incurred by AWA.
	 
	 	13.	 	The Parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
deleting Section 7.1.8.
	 
	 	14.	 	The parties agree that the Code Share Agreement is amended by
adding the following as a new Section 7.10:
	 
	 	 	 	Station Costs. AWA shall reimburse to Mesa the costs and expenses
incurred by Mesa at stations maintained by Mesa in the amounts and
at the rates set forth in Exhibit B, attached hereto (the “Station
Costs”). Mesa shall invoice, as part of the “Estimated Costs”, and
AWA shall pay the Station Costs on a monthly basis in accordance
with Section 7.5.1 of this Agreement. Pursuant to Section 7.5.2 of
this Agreement, Mesa shall include in each Incurred Costs Statement
the final amount of the Station Costs payable by AWA to Mesa for
each applicable calendar month, all as calculated in accordance
with Exhibit B, attached hereto. Underpayments and overpayments of
Station Costs shall be reconciled in the manner set forth in
Section 7.5.2 for “Incurred Costs”. The terms of Section 7.5.4
shall be applicable to the Station Costs included or not included
in each applicable Incurred Costs Statement; provided, however,
that if any landlord or operator of any station is entitled to
retroactively adjust station rents, then the applicable station
rent shall be adjusted by Mesa as soon as reasonably practicable
after such adjustment and shall be paid by or reimbursed to AWA
within 30 days after Mesa provides AWA with notice of such
adjustment and recalculation. All of the terms contained in
Sections 7.8 and 7.9 shall apply to the invoicing, paying,
collecting and auditing of Station Costs.
	 
	 	 	 	AWA and Mesa intend for the Station Costs to be effective
retroactive to January 1, 2003. As soon as practicable and in no
event later than 90 days after the Effective Date of the Fourth
Amendment, Mesa shall submit to AWA a reconciliation of the Station
Costs (the “Reconciliation”) since January 1, 2003

 

 

	 	 	 	calculated in accordance with Exhibit F. To the extent the
Reconciliation discloses that sums are due from AWA to Mesa, AWA
shall pay such sums to Mesa.
	 
	 	15.	 	The Parties agree that Section 8.1 of the Code Share
Agreement is amended as follows:
	 
	 	 	 	Term. The term of this Agreement (the “Term”) commences on the
Effective Date retroactive to the Contract Date (the
“Commencement Date”) and shall expire at 11:59 p.m., Phoenix
time, on June 30, 2012 (“Expiration Date”), unless earlier
terminated as provided in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing to the contrary, if the 900 Election Notice is not
issued by AWA to Mesa as required by Section 2.2.5(e) and the
Rejectable CRJs are added to the CRJ Subfleet, then the
Expiration Date shall be extended to 11:59 p.m., Phoenix time,
on November 30, 2013. AWA, by written notice to Mesa at least
180 days prior to the Expiration Date, may extend the
Expiration Date for two years, expiring at 11:59 p.m., Phoenix
time, on June 30, 2014 or November 30, 2015, as applicable.
	 
	 	16.	 	The Parties agree that Exhibit A to the Code Share Agreement
is amended in its entirety as set forth in Attachment 1 to this
Fourth Amendment, and Exhibit B to the Code Share Agreement is
amended in its entirety as set forth in Attachment 2 to this Fourth
Amendment.
	 
	 	17.	 	Reserved.
	 
	 	 	 	AGREEMENTS:
	 
	 	18.	 	Release.

	 	(a)	 	Except as provided in Section 17(c), below, AWA
fully and finally releases, acquits and forever discharges
Mesa and its parent companies and subsidiaries from any and
all claims or demands for any amounts owed, accrued, payable,
incurred, billed or invoiced pursuant to the Code Share
Agreement or the Original Agreement for matters, services,
actions, events, activities or other items provided or
occurring on or before, or related to the period expiring on,
December 31, 2002.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Except as provided in Section 17(c), below, Mesa,
AM and Freedom fully and finally release, acquit and forever
discharge AWA and its parent companies and subsidiaries from
any and all claims or demands for any amounts owed, accrued,
payable, incurred, billed or invoiced pursuant to the Code
Share Agreement or the Original Agreement for matters,
services, actions, events, activities or other items provided
or occurring on or before, or related to the period expiring
on, December 31, 2002.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree
that the releases set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above
shall not apply to (i) any amounts accruing or payable under
the Code Share Agreement after December 31, 2002 for

 

 

	 	 	 	services, actions, events, activities or other items occurring
after December 31, 2002; (ii) any amounts owed by Mesa pursuant
to Section 5 of the Code Share Agreement (provided, however,
that AWA shall not use its right of offset for these amounts
until payment by AWA of any amounts owing pursuant to the
Reconciliation, unless Mesa has not provided AWA with the
Reconciliation pursuant to Section 7.10 within 90 days of the
Effective Date of this Fourth Amendment in which case AWA may
exercise its offset rights for these amounts at any time after
the 90th day after the Effective Date of this Fourth Amendment);
(iii) any Transition Reimbursement owed by AWA pursuant to
Section 2.2.7 of the Code Share Agreement; (iv) any amounts to
be paid by AWA pursuant to paragraph 18 below; (v) any amount
payable by AWA to Mesa for the closure of the maintenance base
in Columbus, Ohio pursuant to Section 2.6.3 of the Code Share
Agreement; (vi) any amounts owed by Mesa to AWA as reimbursement
for overpayment of landing fees by AWA to Mesa; or (vii) any
amounts payable by Mesa to AWA as reimbursement for Aviation
Security Infrastructure Fees.

	 	19.	 	Payment Obligation. On the Effective Date, AWA shall be
obligated to pay to Mesa the Payment Amount, which Payment Amount
AWA and Mesa agree is offset by $[...***...] of the $[...***...]
received by Mesa from [...***...]. If Mesa is required by
[...***...] to return any portion of the [...***...], AWA, either
within thirty (30) days of written notice from Mesa or consistent
with any payment plan that Mesa may have negotiated with [...***...]
for satisfying any return or repayment obligation (the “Payment
Plan”), shall pay Mesa the difference between (i) $[...***...] and
the (ii) the amount of [...***...] that Mesa is not required to
return to [...***...] as a result of [...***...], not to exceed, in
the aggregate, the Payment Amount (the “Reimbursement Payment”). In
no event shall the Reimbursement Payment be calculated by taking
into account the receipt or reimbursement of any funds received by
Mesa pursuant to [...***...]. Mesa shall use good faith efforts to
negotiate a commercially reasonable Payment Plan for the repayment
of any [...***...]. If Mesa is permitted to make the repayment
pursuant to a Payment Plan, then AWA shall pay to Mesa the amount of
each installment payable by Mesa pursuant to the Payment Plan at
least one business day prior to each installment payment being
payable by Mesa (up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the
Reimbursement Payment).
	 
	 	 	 	If AWA has made the Reimbursement Payment and Mesa has caused any
of the Put CRJ 900s (as may be replaced pursuant to Section
2.2.2(g) of the Code Share Agreement with CRJ Model 700s) to be
placed into Flight Services pursuant to an Induction Notice from
Mesa, then Mesa, on the date that each Put CRJ 900 (or CRJ Model
700, as applicable) is placed back into Flight Services, shall pay
to AWA an amount equal to 1/6th of the Reimbursement Payment made
by AWA, for each of the Put CRJ 900s (or CRJ Model 700, as
applicable) placed into Flight Services (each, an “Induction
Payment”). If Mesa has negotiated a Payment Plan [...***...], then
Mesa shall be entitled to make each Induction Payment on terms
similar to the repayment terms of the Payment Plan.

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

	 	20.	 	Withdrawal of Notice. AWA withdraws all notices that it
provided to Mesa for the cancellation of three (3) CRJ Model 700s
and agrees and acknowledges that, as of the Effective Date of this
Fourth Amendment, the number of CRJ Model 700s in the CRJ Subfleet
(and committed to be added to the CRJ Subfleet) is, in the
aggregate, fifteen (15).
	 
	 	21.	 	CRJ Model 200s. As of the Effective Date of this Fourth
Amendment, the number of CRJ Model 200s in the CRJ Subfleet is
eighteen (18).
	 
	 	22.	 	Effect. Except as set forth in this Fourth Amendment, all of
the terms and conditions of the Code Share Agreement remain in full
force and effect.
	 
	 	23.	 	Counterparts. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in
counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be one and the
same document.
	 
	 	24.	 	Entire Agreement. This Fourth Amendment constitutes the
entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings with respect
thereto.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AMERICA WEST AIRLINES, INC.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
By:
	 	/s/ J. Scott Kirby
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	
Name:
	 	J. Scott Kirby
	 	 	
Title:
	 	EVP - Sales and Marketing
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	MESA AIRLINES, INC.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
By:
	 	/s/ Jonathan Ornstein
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	
Name:
	 	Jonathan Ornstein
	 	 	
Title:
	 	Chief Executive Officer
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AIR MIDWEST, INC.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
By:
	 	/s/ George Murnane
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	
Name:
	 	George Murnane
	 	 	
Title:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	FREEDOM AIRLINES, INC.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	
By:
	 	/s/ Michael Lotz
	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	
Name:
	 	Michael Lotz
	 	 	
Title:	 	 
	 	 	 	 	

 

 

Exhibit A

CRJ-700/900 Delivery Schedule

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Current	 	 	 	 	 	New	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total
	 	 	CRJ-900	 	CRJ-700	 	CRJ-900	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	CRJ-7/900
	 	 	Deliveries	 	Reductions	 	Deliveries	 	CRJ-700	 	CRJ-900	 	Fleet
	 	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	

	9/2/03
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 
	Sep-03
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Oct-03
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Nov-03
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dec-03
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Jan-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Feb-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Mar-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Apr-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	May-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Jun-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Jul-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Aug-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Sep-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Oct-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Nov-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Dec-04
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Jan-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Feb-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Mar-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Apr-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	May-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Jun-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Jul-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Aug-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Sep-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Oct-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Nov-05
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Incremental Aircraft
	 	 	 	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

Note:

[...***...]

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

Exhibit A

Option CRJ-700/900

Delivery Schedule

	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Delivery	 	Option
	Month	 	CRJ-7/900
	
	 	

	 	Jan-04
	 	 	[...***...]	 
	 	Feb-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Mar-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Apr-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	May-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Jun-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Jul-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Aug-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Sep-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Oct-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Nov-04
	 	 	 	 
	 	Dec-04
	 	 	 	 
	Each calendar month
thereafter through Oct-07
	 	 	[...***...]	 
	 
	 	 	[...***...]	 

Note: [...***...]

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

Exhibit B

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Cost per	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Departure	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Monthly	 	>3	 	Cost/	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Cost Per	 	Departures	 	Departure	 	 	 	 
	Aircraft Type	 	Station	 	per Day	 	PHX Hub	 	B19, DH8 and CRJ 200 Markets Covered by Model (as of 12/31/02)
	
	 	
	 	
	 	
	 	

	B19
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 
	DH8
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 
	CRJ 200
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 
	CRJ 700
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 
	CRJ 900
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	[...***...]	 
	Mexico Stations
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	GDL (CRJ 200)
	 	 	[...***...]	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

Each month, overall station cost reimbursement (exclusive of station rent) will
be determined by the sum of:

               [...***...]

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

 

 

Notes:

[...***...]

	[. . . *** . . .] Portions hereof have been omitted and filed separately
with the Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in
accordance with Rule 24b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00060-of-00352.parquet"}]]